SDL Trader 2011 Full Catalogue by Storage Design Limited

South Moons Moat Industrial Estate, Redditch, Worcestershire, B98 0RA. Tel: +44 (0)1527 529002 Fax: +44 (0)1527 523950 Email: sales@redhillmanufacturing.co.uk www.redhillmanufacturing.co.uk

Redhill Manufacturing Ltd

Unit 6, Padgets Lane,

Redhill Manufacturing Limited is one of the UKâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s leading manufacturers of access, storage and manual handling equipment. We have a comprehensive range of products, built in the West Midlands and supplied to catalogue companies and distributors across the UK and Europe. Established for over 30 years, we offer an unrivalled wealth of metal manufacturing resources, skills and experience. As well as creating over 3000 standard and catalogued products, we also offer bespoke product design and prototyping through to large volume production. At Redhill you can rely on us delivering excellent products on time every time.

We reserve the right to alter designs and specifications without prior notice. All technical data, dimensions, weights etc. stated in this catalogue serve only as a guide. The seller cannot accept any liability which may be attributed in any way to the use of this information. All goods are sold strictly in accordance with our terms and conditions of sale, details are available on request.

Trader

2011

Handling Access Storage

2011

Mobile Steps Ladders & Steps Trucks & Trolleys Tray Trolleys Table Trucks Shelf Trucks Platform Trucks Rolling Corners Drum Handling Trucks Stands Levers Lifting Storage & Racking Cylinder Handling Racks & Stands Trolleys Cradles Trailers Hand Pull Trailers Towing Trailers Sack Trucks Traditional Trucks Rough Terrain Trucks and more....

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Product Index Product Access Equipment Platform Mobile steps Static steps Acid Storage Cabinets Antistatic Equipment Workbenches Accessories Balance Wheel Trucks Various Bar & Pipe Racking & trolleys Barrow Basket Trollies Beam Trolley Bin Cabinets Steel Bins Hazardous Oily rag Skip bins Plastic Bogies – Low Loading & Reel Book Trolleys – Library & Office Box Container Trucks Cage Construction Trucks and trailers Chairshifter Trucks & Trolleys Chemical Storage Cabinets Cigarette Bins Container Trucks Cupboards Bin - louvre and shelf Engineering Euro system First aid Combinations Imperial Louvre Mesh door Polycarbonate door PPE Stainless steel Tool Wall Workshop Cranes Swing Jib Cylinder Handling (Cradles, racks, stands and trolleys) Dished Bin Cabinets Dollies Container Drum Universal

Page No.

Product

Page No.

Drawer Cabinets 124 1-17 1, 5 165-166

Static

171-174

Mobile

160

Drum Handling

41-55

(Clamps, dollies, levers, lifters, pallets, trucks, racking, stands, tines, sump systems)

148 149

Drum transporter

32, 33, 68, 93, 98

First Aid Cabinets

161

Flammable Storage Cabinets

165-166

Fork Truck Attachments

49-52, 124

Hazardous Storage 132, 134, 135 40 98-102 132 169-170 167 167 40 92, 93 130 17, 18 29

56-63 172 89 48 130

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

165-166

Bins

167

Chemical

165-166

Flammable

165-166

Pesticide

165-166

Janitorial – Maid’s trolley

179

Library Equipment Book trolleys

17-18

Steps

1-17

Lift Tables Single and double scissor

120-123

Stainless steel single scissor

123

Lift Trucks & Stackers Ezi-Lift range

103-110

(Winch, gearbox, hydraulic – hand & electro)

28, 29, 67 81, 83-86 165-166 167-168 87-97 159 154-158 154-158 161 154 163 157-159 162 162 161 163-164 157-158 155 154-160 111

Acid

Pallet trucks & stackers

112-119

Portable loaders

103-104

Stackers Small, all purpose

105

Medium, all purpose

106-107

Industrial single mast

108-110

Lifting Equipment Swing jib cranes

111

Long Load Equipment

33, 71, 72, 130, 132

(Bogies, platform trucks, beam trolley and trailers) Louvre Panels - mobile and wall

24, 136

Mail Room Equipment Mail room trolleys

100

Other

98, 99, 101

Maintenance Trolleys

160

Mesh Door Cabinets

162

Mobile Steps

1-17

Multi-Trip Containers & Trolleys

Order Picking Warehouse steps and

Page No.

Platform Trucks Various 32-39 Platform trailers 64-72, 101 Plastic Container Systems 87-97 Food grade 90, 92 Polycarbonate Door Cabinets 162 Racks Bar, pipe and plate 134-135 Drum 53-55 Tray mobile racks 87-88 Sack Trucks 73-82 Convertible (3 or 2 position) 82 Security Container Truck 29 Shelf Trucks 25-28 Sheving Units 175-176 Sheet Handling Trucks and racks 30, 134-135 Shifters Bogies, corners, dollies and skates 125-128 Large load 129 Skip 40 Small Parts Bins, racks and containers 95-96 Bin cabinets 159, 169-170 Drawer cabinets 160, 171-174 Stacker Trucks (see Lift Trucks & Stackers) Ezi-Lift range 103-110 Stainless Steel Cupboards 163-164 Lift table 123 Lockers 163-164 Platform trucks 36 Sack trucks 73 Tray trolleys 19-20 Workbenches 147 Stairclimber Trucks 79-81 Stanchion Truck 30 Steps – Static & Mobile 1-17 Handlock anchorage 11-17 Straps – Load Retaining 73 Tables – Mobile Heavy duty and workshop 22-23 Scissor lift 120-123 Heavy duty table tray trolleys 22 Tipping Skips & Barrows 40 Tool panels - Mobile & Wall 25, 136 Tool Hooks 142

Product

Page No.

Trailers Hand pull turntable Hand pull single Ackerman In-plant towing turntable In-plant towing Ackerman Mini trailers Tray Trolleys & Trucks Trolleys Cupboard Stainless steel Workshop Wall Panels - Tool & Louvre Wall Cupboards Warehouse Parcel trucks Traditional platform truck Water Bin Carrier Wheel Wheelbarrow Wire Basket Trolleys Workbenches Adjustable height Accessories Antistatic Cantilever Cupboard Easy order Engineering Extra heavy duty Heavy duty Knock-down Medium duty Stainless steel Timber & Woodworking Worktops Workdesks Workshop Cupboards Workshop Equipment Cylinder racks and stands Scissor lift tables Skates and bogies Store and distributor trolleys Table trolley – heavy duty Tray trolleys – heavy duty Welder’s trolley Workstations Mobile and Static Zinc Plated Trucks, flat base construction Sack trucks

64-70 70 71 72 101 18-23 23 19-10, 36 23 136 155 30 32 40 40 98-102 137 140-142 148 138 143 143, 146 144-146 145 144, 146 139 138 147 149-150 153 151-152 154-160 56-57 120-123 125-128 95-96 22-23 21 57 151-152 39 75

Page Colour Reference

step tray trolleys

11-17

Drum

Steptek Mobile Steps

Sack Trucks & Stairclimbers

Liftmate Pallet Trucks, Stackers, Scissor Lifts

Pallet Trucks

112-116

Trucks & Trolleys

Chair Storage & Handling

Access Platform, Roller Platforms, Skates & Jacks

Pallet Stackers

117-119

Parcel Trucks

Drum Storage & Handling

Plastic Container Systems

Plate & Sheet Handling & Storage

Pesticide Storage Cabinets

165-166

Cylinder Storage & Handling

Basket Trolleys

Redditek Workbenches & Accessories

Trailers

Ezi-Lift Lifters & Stackers, Jib Cranes

Redditek Cabinets / Drawer Systems & Shelving Units

Pallets

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Page No.

Product

Page No.

Drawer Cabinets 124 1-17 1, 5 165-166

Static

171-174

Mobile

160

Drum Handling

41-55

(Clamps, dollies, levers, lifters, pallets, trucks, racking, stands, tines, sump systems)

148 149 32, 33, 68, 93, 98

Drum transporter

First Aid Cabinets

161

Flammable Storage Cabinets

165-166

Fork Truck Attachments

49-52, 124

Hazardous Storage 132, 134, 135 40 98-102 132 169-170 167 167 40 92, 93 130 17, 18 29

56-63 172 89 48 130

165-166

Bins

167

Chemical

165-166

Flammable

165-166

Pesticide

165-166

Janitorial – Maid’s trolley

179

Library Equipment Book trolleys

17-18

Steps

1-17

Lift Tables Single and double scissor

120-123

Stainless steel single scissor

123

Lift Trucks & Stackers Ezi-Lift range

103-110

(Winch, gearbox, hydraulic – hand & electro)

28, 29, 67 81, 83-86 165-166 167-168 87-97 159 154-158 154-158 161 154 163 157-159 162 162 161 163-164 157-158 155 154-160 111

Acid

Pallet trucks & stackers

112-119

Portable loaders

103-104

Stackers Small, all purpose

105

Medium, all purpose

106-107

Industrial single mast

108-110

Lifting Equipment Swing jib cranes Long Load Equipment

111 33, 71, 72, 130, 132

(Bogies, platform trucks, beam trolley and trailers) Louvre Panels - mobile and wall

24, 136

Mail Room Equipment Mail room trolleys

100

Other

98, 99, 101

Maintenance Trolleys

160

Mesh Door Cabinets

162

Mobile Steps

1-17

Multi-Trip Containers & Trolleys

Order Picking Warehouse steps and

Page No.

Product

Page No.

Page Colour Reference

step tray trolleys

11-17

Drum

Steptek Mobile Steps

Sack Trucks & Stairclimbers

Liftmate Pallet Trucks, Stackers, Scissor Lifts

Pallet Trucks

112-116

Trucks & Trolleys

Chair Storage & Handling

Access Platform, Roller Platforms, Skates & Jacks

Pallet Stackers

117-119

Parcel Trucks

Drum Storage & Handling

Plastic Container Systems

Plate & Sheet Handling & Storage

Pesticide Storage Cabinets

165-166

Cylinder Storage & Handling

Basket Trolleys

Redditek Workbenches & Accessories

Trailers

Ezi-Lift Lifters & Stackers, Jib Cranes

Redditek Cabinets / Drawer Systems & Shelving Units

Pallets

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Round Step

Wheelalong Two Step with grab handle

HOUR DESPATCH

Convenient access and hands-free movement Moulded from high density polypropylene ‘Arched’ design for extra strength Heavy duty rubber bumper around base for ultimate grip when weight is applied. Mounted on 3 spring-loaded castors, which retract when weight is applied. Anti-slip moulded plastic to both treads Max UDL: 150kg Dimensions (H x dia): 410 x 440mm

Ideal moveable access steps for industry, offices, libraries and hospitals etc. Finished in a choice of four attractive powder coated colours. Fitted with wheels to aid moving to new location. Stable to use and Easy to Move. Manufactured from ERW tube, with formed steel steps fitted with ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads. Fitted with 2 x 50mm wheels with rubber non-marking tyres. Push-it along ...

Pull-it along ...

or carry-it along

Wheelalong Steps

Ideal accessory for storeroom, office, workshop, library etc.

Portable Steps

Ref: RSK-1

HOUR Choice of colours at no extra cost

DESPATCH

Description

Tread

Overall H x W x D mm

Top Tread mm

Weight Kgs

Ref Grey

Ref Red

Ref Blue

Ref Yellow

Two Step

R/Rubber

1030 x 500 x 355

385

S230/G

S230/R

S230/B

S230/Y

Anti-slip

1030 x 500 x 355

385

S240/G

S240/R

S240/B

S240/Y

Folding Portable Steps

Wheelalong Two, Three and Four Steps

Fully welded tubular steel construction Fold away for space saving easy storage Tread size: 520 x 210mm Ribbed rubber treads Rubber GNM feet for stability and non-slip Finished in red or blue powder coating

Static steps which are fitted with 2 x 75mm dia wheels to the rear frame. When steps are tilted, wheels allow easy movement to next location. Finished in powder coating in choice of grey, red, blue or yellow.

Model S230G

Model S029/R

Model S028/Y

Fitted with 75 mm wheels with grey non marking rubber tyres. Model

Number of treads

Platform H mm

Overall in use LxWxHmm

Overall folded LxWxHmm

Weight Kgs

Ref

710

610 x 600 x 860

300 x 600 x 1060

S903

940

850 x 600 x 1080

300 x 600 x 1360

S904

1180

1010 x 600 x 1320

300 x 600 x 1660

S905

S243/B

HOUR DESPATCH

Tilt and Move ...

Choice of colours at no extra cost Description

Tread

Overall H x W x D mm

Top Tread mm

Weight Kgs

Ref Grey

Ref Red

Ref Blue

Ref Yellow

Two Step

R/Rubber

1025 x 455 x 605

510

S028/G

S028/R

S028/B

S028/Y

Anti-slip

1025 x 455 x 605

510

S241/G

S241/R

S241/B

S241/Y

R/Rubber

1310 x 455 x 785

762

S029/G

S029/R

S029/B

S029/Y

Anti-slip

1310 x 455 x 785

762

S242/G

S242/R

S242/B

S242/Y

R/Rubber

1700 x 590 x 1030

1020

S243/G

S243/R

S243/B

S243/Y

Anti-slip

1700 x 590 x 1030

1020

S244/G

S244/R

S244/B

S244/Y

Three Step

Four Step

Pull-it along ...

Handy Steps STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Handy Steps info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Round Step

Wheelalong Two Step with grab handle

HOUR DESPATCH

Pull-it along ...

or carry-it along

Wheelalong Steps

Ideal accessory for storeroom, office, workshop, library etc.

Portable Steps

Ref: RSK-1

HOUR Choice of colours at no extra cost

DESPATCH

Description

Tread

Overall H x W x D mm

Top Tread mm

Weight Kgs

Ref Grey

Ref Red

Ref Blue

Ref Yellow

Two Step

R/Rubber

1030 x 500 x 355

385

S230/G

S230/R

S230/B

S230/Y

Anti-slip

1030 x 500 x 355

385

S240/G

S240/R

S240/B

S240/Y

Folding Portable Steps

Wheelalong Two, Three and Four Steps

Model S230G

Model S029/R

Model S028/Y

Fitted with 75 mm wheels with grey non marking rubber tyres. Model

Number of treads

Platform H mm

Overall in use LxWxHmm

Overall folded LxWxHmm

Weight Kgs

Ref

710

610 x 600 x 860

300 x 600 x 1060

S903

940

850 x 600 x 1080

300 x 600 x 1360

S904

1180

1010 x 600 x 1320

300 x 600 x 1660

S905

S243/B

HOUR DESPATCH

Tilt and Move ...

Choice of colours at no extra cost Description

Tread

Overall H x W x D mm

Top Tread mm

Weight Kgs

Ref Grey

Ref Red

Ref Blue

Ref Yellow

Two Step

R/Rubber

1025 x 455 x 605

510

S028/G

S028/R

S028/B

S028/Y

Anti-slip

1025 x 455 x 605

510

S241/G

S241/R

S241/B

S241/Y

R/Rubber

1310 x 455 x 785

762

S029/G

S029/R

S029/B

S029/Y

Anti-slip

1310 x 455 x 785

762

S242/G

S242/R

S242/B

S242/Y

R/Rubber

1700 x 590 x 1030

1020

S243/G

S243/R

S243/B

S243/Y

Anti-slip

1700 x 590 x 1030

1020

S244/G

S244/R

S244/B

S244/Y

Three Step

Four Step

Pull-it along ...

Handy Steps

Handy Steps STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Double Sided Mobile 2 Step

Classic Colour Range

Stylish and colourful mobile two-step units with dome covered spring loaded castors, with grey non-marking tyres.

Close fitting continuous single rail guard around top platform, extending down each side of stairway as a short handrail.

Model

2 Sided 1 Handle

2 Sided 2 Handles

Average working height

2.00m

Platform height mm

460

Platform width mm

355

Platform depth mm

230

O/all H (inc rails) mm

1035

O/all width mm

545

O/all depth mm

695

Weight kgs

Treads

R/Rubber

Anti-slip

R/Rubber

Ref

S007/GN

S008/GN

S247/GN

S249/GN

Yellow

Ref

S007/Y

S008/Y

S247/Y

S249/Y

Blue

Ref

S007/B

S008/B

S247/B

S249/B

DESPATCH

Red

Ref

S007/R

S008/R

S247/R

S249/R

Grey

Ref

S007/GY

S008/GY

S247/GY

S249/GY

Choice of single or double grab rail Choice of ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads Choice of five colours

Model S013/GR

Model S011/Y

Model S009/B

Model S005/R

Green

HOUR

General Specification: All Classic models are fully welded throughout and available with ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads Finish: All colour finishes are hardwearing powder coated.

Classic Colour Range

Classic Two Step

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Anti-slip

Single Sided Mobile 2 Step Single sided units without handrail, single grab handle, or twin side handrails and cross bar. Crossbar accepts optional accessories - hook-on basket or tray.

HOUR DESPATCH

Choice of colours at no extra cost Treads (inc platform)

Average working height

2.00m

2.26m

2.52m

2.77m

Platform height mm

508

762

1016

1270

Platform width mm

380

Platform depth mm

280

O/all H (inc rails) mm

1185

1425

1683

1940

O/all width mm

580

O/all depth mm

540

795

955

1120

Weight kgs

Ribbed Rubber Treads Model

1 Sided without grabrail

1 Sided 1 grabrail

1 Sided 2 handles

Accessories Only suitable for S248/S251

Average working height

2.00m

Platform height mm

508

Platform width mm

380

Platform depth mm

180

O/all H (inc rails) mm

610

1185

O/all width mm

530

O/all depth mm

540

Weight kgs

Treads

R/Rubber

Anti-slip

R/Rubber

Anti-slip

R/Rubber

Hook-on wire basket (load capacity 3 kg) LxWxD: 350x220x220 mm White powder coated finish Ref: S015

Anti-slip

Green

Ref

S001/GN

S002/GN

S003/GN

S004/GN

S248/GN

S251/GN

Yellow

Ref

S001/Y

S002/Y

S003/Y

S004/Y

S248/Y

S251/Y

Hook-on tray unit (load capacity 3 kg) LxWxD: 415x260x40 mm White powder coated finish Ref: S250

White

Ref

S005/W

S009/W

S011/W

S013/W

Grey

Ref

S005/GY

S009/GY

S011/GY

S013/GY

Light Blue

Ref

S005/B

S009/B

S011/B

S013/B

Ref

S005/R

S009/R

S011/R

S013/R

Green

Ref

S005/GN

S009/GN

S011/GN

S013/GN

Yellow

Ref

S005/Y

S009/Y

S011/Y

S013/Y

Optional Accessory

Orange

Ref

S005/OR

S009/OR

S011/OR

S013/OR

Hook-on wire basket

Sandstone

Ref

S005/S

S009/S

S011/S

S013/S

(load capacity 3 kg)

White

Ref

S006/W

S010/W

S012/W

S014/W

White powder coated finish

Grey

Ref

S006/GY

S010/GY

S012/GY

S014/GY

Ref: S015

Light Blue

Ref

S006/B

S010/B

S012/B

S014/B

Red

Ref

S006/R

S010/R

S012/R

S014/R

Anti Slip Treads

Accessories

L x W x D: 350 x 220 x 220 mm

Blue

Ref

S001/B

S002/B

S003/B

S004/B

S248/B

S251/B

Green

Ref

S006/GN

S010/GN

S012/GN

S014/GN

Ref

S001/R

S002/R

S003/R

S004/R

S248/R

S251/R

Yellow

Ref

S006/Y

S010/Y

S012/Y

S014/Y

Grey

Ref

S001/GY

S002/GY

S003/GY

S004/GY

S248/GY

S251/GY

Orange

Ref

S006/OR

S010/OR

S012/OR

S014/OR

Sandstone

Ref

S001/S

S002/S

S003/S

S004/S

S248/S

S251/S

Sandstone

Ref

S006/S

S010/S

S012/S

S014/S

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Fitted with dome covered spring loaded, 50mm dia swivel castors which retract when weight is applied to the steps, giving firm contact with the floor. Grey non marking tyres. Dome covers have a double rolled bottom edge together with a protective cover strip, giving a neat appearance and reasonable protection to carpets and other floor surfaces.

Red

Classic Two Step

Classic Castors system

Hook-on tray unit (load capacity 3 kg) LxWxD: 415x260x40 mm White powder coated finish Ref: S250

The steps should not be moved with loaded basket in place.

Classic Colour Range info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Double Sided Mobile 2 Step

Classic Colour Range

Stylish and colourful mobile two-step units with dome covered spring loaded castors, with grey non-marking tyres.

Close fitting continuous single rail guard around top platform, extending down each side of stairway as a short handrail.

Model

2 Sided 1 Handle

2 Sided 2 Handles

Average working height

2.00m

Platform height mm

460

Platform width mm

355

Platform depth mm

230

O/all H (inc rails) mm

1035

O/all width mm

545

O/all depth mm

695

Weight kgs

Treads

R/Rubber

Anti-slip

R/Rubber

Ref

S007/GN

S008/GN

S247/GN

S249/GN

Yellow

Ref

S007/Y

S008/Y

S247/Y

S249/Y

Blue

Ref

S007/B

S008/B

S247/B

S249/B

DESPATCH

Red

Ref

S007/R

S008/R

S247/R

S249/R

Grey

Ref

S007/GY

S008/GY

S247/GY

S249/GY

Choice of single or double grab rail Choice of ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads Choice of five colours

Model S013/GR

Model S011/Y

Model S009/B

Model S005/R

Green

HOUR

General Specification: All Classic models are fully welded throughout and available with ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads Finish: All colour finishes are hardwearing powder coated.

Classic Colour Range

Classic Two Step

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Anti-slip

Single Sided Mobile 2 Step Single sided units without handrail, single grab handle, or twin side handrails and cross bar. Crossbar accepts optional accessories - hook-on basket or tray.

HOUR DESPATCH

Choice of colours at no extra cost Treads (inc platform)

Average working height

2.00m

2.26m

2.52m

2.77m

Platform height mm

508

762

1016

1270

Platform width mm

380

Platform depth mm

280

O/all H (inc rails) mm

1185

1425

1683

1940

O/all width mm

580

O/all depth mm

540

795

955

1120

Weight kgs

Ribbed Rubber Treads Model

1 Sided without grabrail

1 Sided 1 grabrail

1 Sided 2 handles

Accessories Only suitable for S248/S251

Average working height

2.00m

Platform height mm

508

Platform width mm

380

Platform depth mm

180

O/all H (inc rails) mm

610

1185

O/all width mm

530

O/all depth mm

540

Weight kgs

Treads

R/Rubber

Anti-slip

R/Rubber

Anti-slip

R/Rubber

Hook-on wire basket (load capacity 3 kg) LxWxD: 350x220x220 mm White powder coated finish Ref: S015

Anti-slip

Green

Ref

S001/GN

S002/GN

S003/GN

S004/GN

S248/GN

S251/GN

Yellow

Ref

S001/Y

S002/Y

S003/Y

S004/Y

S248/Y

S251/Y

Hook-on tray unit (load capacity 3 kg) LxWxD: 415x260x40 mm White powder coated finish Ref: S250

White

Ref

S005/W

S009/W

S011/W

S013/W

Grey

Ref

S005/GY

S009/GY

S011/GY

S013/GY

Classic Castors system Fitted with dome covered spring loaded, 50mm dia swivel castors which retract when weight is applied to the steps, giving firm contact with the floor. Grey non marking tyres. Dome covers have a double rolled bottom edge together with a protective cover strip, giving a neat appearance and reasonable protection to carpets and other floor surfaces.

Light Blue

Ref

S005/B

S009/B

S011/B

S013/B

Red

Ref

S005/R

S009/R

S011/R

S013/R

Green

Ref

S005/GN

S009/GN

S011/GN

S013/GN

Yellow

Ref

S005/Y

S009/Y

S011/Y

S013/Y

Optional Accessory

Orange

Ref

S005/OR

S009/OR

S011/OR

S013/OR

Hook-on wire basket

Sandstone

Ref

S005/S

S009/S

S011/S

S013/S

(load capacity 3 kg)

White

Ref

S006/W

S010/W

S012/W

S014/W

White powder coated finish

Grey

Ref

S006/GY

S010/GY

S012/GY

S014/GY

Ref: S015

Light Blue

Ref

S006/B

S010/B

S012/B

S014/B

Red

Ref

S006/R

S010/R

S012/R

S014/R

Anti Slip Treads

Accessories

L x W x D: 350 x 220 x 220 mm

Blue

Ref

S001/B

S002/B

S003/B

S004/B

S248/B

S251/B

Green

Ref

S006/GN

S010/GN

S012/GN

S014/GN

Red

Ref

S001/R

S002/R

S003/R

S004/R

S248/R

S251/R

Yellow

Ref

S006/Y

S010/Y

S012/Y

S014/Y

Grey

Ref

S001/GY

S002/GY

S003/GY

S004/GY

S248/GY

S251/GY

Orange

Ref

S006/OR

S010/OR

S012/OR

S014/OR

Sandstone

Ref

S001/S

S002/S

S003/S

S004/S

S248/S

S251/S

Sandstone

Ref

S006/S

S010/S

S012/S

S014/S

Classic Two Step

Hook-on tray unit (load capacity 3 kg) LxWxD: 415x260x40 mm White powder coated finish Ref: S250

The steps should not be moved with loaded basket in place.

Classic Colour Range STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Go-anywhere Two Steps - Double Sided

Classic Plus Colour Range

Ideal unit for many applications: Office: Live filing and archives, stores and janitorial use. Industry: Parts stores, racking at 2 m working height, machine access and general use. Specific applications: Library shelving, supermarket shelving, retail outlets. Popular in health industry. Strong but lightweight construction Attractive hardwearing white powder coated finish with ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads.

All models have larger top platform Platform W x D: 400 x 380mm Double rail platform guarding 4 and 5 step have long handrails on both sides of stairway.

Model S222B

HOUR DESPATCH

Tread Surface

Platform H mm

Overall H mm

Platform WxD mm

Overall W x fr-rear mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

R/Rubber

385

1030

280 x 140

355 x 500

S016

Anti-slip

385

1030

280 x 140

355 x 500

S017

Model S221GY

Classic Plus

Grab rail doubles as carry handle

Portable Steps

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Model S220R

Model S218GN

HOUR

Model S016

DESPATCH

Model S223Y

Plain Steps - Single Sided

Six models in a choice of six colours

Model

Model S020

S018

Manufactured from ERW tube with mild steel formed steps with ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads Plastic feet for floor protection Attractive hardwearing white powder coated finish.

Model S022

Choice of colours at no extra cost

Handrails

none

single

full

Large platform size: 400 x 380mm

Platform height mm

508

762

1016

1270

O/all H (inc rails) mm

570

1175

1430

1680

1935

Platform width mm

400

Platform depth mm

380

Hook-on wire basket

O/all width mm

550

(load capacity 3 kg)

O/all depth mm

650

790

1005

1225

L x W x D: 350 x 220 x 220 mm

Weight kgs

S220R

S221R

S222R

S223R

S224R

S218Y

S220Y

S221Y

S222Y

S223Y

S224Y

HOUR

Blue

Ref

S218B

S220B

S221B

S222B

S223B

S224B

White powder coated finish

DESPATCH

Grey

Ref

S218GY

S220GY

S221GY

S222GY

S223GY

S224GY

Ref: S250

Green

Ref

S218GN

S220GN

S221GN

S222GN

S223GN

S224GN

The steps should not be moved with loaded basket in place.

White

Ref

S218W

S220W

S221W

S222W

S223W

S224W

Single Step

R/Rubber

285 x 400 x 380

S018

Red

Ref

S219R

S225R

S226R

S227R

S228R

S229R

Anti-Slip

285 x 400 x 380

S019

Yellow

Ref

S219Y

S225Y

S226Y

S227Y

S228Y

S229Y

S020

Blue

Ref

S219B

S225B

S226B

S227B

S228B

S229B

Ref

S219GY

S225GY

S226GY

S227GY

S228GY

S229GY

Anti-Slip

440 x 450 x 695

S021

R/Rubber

1160 x 450 x 695

S022

Green

Ref

S219GN

S225GN

S226GN

S227GN

S228GN

S229GN

S023

White

Ref

S219W

S225W

S226W

S227W

S228W

S229W

1160 x 450 x 695

(load capacity 3 kg) LxWxD: 415x260x40 mm

Anti Slip Treads

Grey

Anti-Slip

Hook-on tray unit

S218R

Ref

Two Step with Handle

Ref: S015

Ref

Weight Kgs

White powder coated finish

Yellow

Overall HxWxD mm

440 x 450 x 695

Optional Accessory

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Tread Surface

R/Rubber

Accessories

Red

Portable Steps STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Treads (inc platform)

Description

Two Step

Model S224R

Classic Plus info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

5 Go-anywhere Two Steps - Double Sided

Classic Plus Colour Range

All models have larger top platform Platform W x D: 400 x 380mm Double rail platform guarding 4 and 5 step have long handrails on both sides of stairway.

Model S222B

HOUR DESPATCH

Tread Surface

Platform H mm

Overall H mm

Platform WxD mm

Overall W x fr-rear mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

R/Rubber

385

1030

280 x 140

355 x 500

S016

Anti-slip

385

1030

280 x 140

355 x 500

S017

Model S221GY

Classic Plus

Grab rail doubles as carry handle

Portable Steps

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Model S220R

Model S218GN

HOUR

Model S016

DESPATCH

Model S223Y

Plain Steps - Single Sided

Six models in a choice of six colours

Model

Model S020

S018

Manufactured from ERW tube with mild steel formed steps with ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads Plastic feet for floor protection Attractive hardwearing white powder coated finish.

Model S022

Treads (inc platform)

Choice of colours at no extra cost

Handrails

none

single

full

Large platform size: 400 x 380mm

Platform height mm

508

762

1016

1270

O/all H (inc rails) mm

570

1175

1430

1680

1935

Platform width mm

400

Platform depth mm

380

Hook-on wire basket

O/all width mm

550

(load capacity 3 kg)

O/all depth mm

650

790

1005

1225

L x W x D: 350 x 220 x 220 mm

Weight kgs

S220R

S221R

S222R

S223R

S224R

S218Y

S220Y

S221Y

S222Y

S223Y

S224Y

HOUR

Blue

Ref

S218B

S220B

S221B

S222B

S223B

S224B

White powder coated finish

DESPATCH

Grey

Ref

S218GY

S220GY

S221GY

S222GY

S223GY

S224GY

Ref: S250

Green

Ref

S218GN

S220GN

S221GN

S222GN

S223GN

S224GN

The steps should not be moved with loaded basket in place.

White

Ref

S218W

S220W

S221W

S222W

S223W

S224W

Single Step

R/Rubber

285 x 400 x 380

S018

Red

Ref

S219R

S225R

S226R

S227R

S228R

S229R

Anti-Slip

285 x 400 x 380

S019

Yellow

Ref

S219Y

S225Y

S226Y

S227Y

S228Y

S229Y

S020

Blue

Ref

S219B

S225B

S226B

S227B

S228B

S229B

Ref

S219GY

S225GY

S226GY

S227GY

S228GY

S229GY

Anti-Slip

440 x 450 x 695

S021

R/Rubber

1160 x 450 x 695

S022

Green

Ref

S219GN

S225GN

S226GN

S227GN

S228GN

S229GN

S023

White

Ref

S219W

S225W

S226W

S227W

S228W

S229W

1160 x 450 x 695

(load capacity 3 kg) LxWxD: 415x260x40 mm

Anti Slip Treads

Grey

Anti-Slip

Hook-on tray unit

S218R

Ref

Two Step with Handle

Ref: S015

Ref

Weight Kgs

White powder coated finish

Yellow

Overall HxWxD mm

440 x 450 x 695

Optional Accessory

Red

Tread Surface

R/Rubber

Accessories

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Description

Two Step

Model S224R

Portable Steps

Classic Plus STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

White Single and Double Sided Steps

Classic Plus - WHITE

Polar 330 Range 2-3-4-5 Steps

2, 3, 4 and 5 step versions Large platform W x D: 400 x 380mm For full details see previous page

Model S238

Easily manoeuvrable steps with generous platform size. Retracting castor system ensures firm contact with floor when mounted. Plastic floor pads. Two-step available with or without support handle. Model Choice of ribbed rubber or anti-slip treads. S036 Hard-wearing white powder coated finish.

Model S038

HOUR DESPATCH

Mobile 3 and 4 Steps

Treads (inc platform)

Double-Sided Access Double sided steps with handrail, Ribbed rubber treads or Anti slip tread surface available. Castors: spring loaded all swivel 75mm dia wheels with grey non marking rubber tyres. Finish: White powder coating.

Treads (inc platform)

Model S032

Model S034

Model S234

Mobile Steps with retracting castors

Grabrail

Without

With

Full

Average working height

2.2m

2.4m

2.6m

Platform height mm

460

690

920

1155

O/all H (inc rails) mm

545

1105

1470

1700

1940

Platform width mm

457

Platform depth mm

330

O/all width mm

535

O/all depth mm

520

655

790

900

Weight kgs

Ribbed Rubber treads

Ref

S034

S234

S036

S038

S238

Anti Slip treads

Ref

S035

S235

S037

S039

S239

Average wkg height

2.2m

2.4m

Platform height mm

685

915

Platform W x D mm

500 x 300

O/all height mm

1575

1805

O/all width mm

570

O/all length mm

800

980

Weight kgs

Ribbed rubber

Ref

S030

S032

Anti-slip

Ref

S031

S033

Stainless Wheelalong 2 and 3 Steps

Static steps which are fitted with 75mm dia wheels to the rear frame. When steps are tilted, wheels allow easy movement to next location. Manufactured from formed tube, and stainless steel sheet steps with anti-slip surface. 75 mm wheels fitted with grey non marking rubber tyres.

Description

Overall HxWxD mm

Top Tread mm

Weight Kgs

Ref Grey

Two step

1025 x 450 x 605

510

S213

Three step

1310 x 450 x 785

762

S214 Model

Model S030

S214

S213

White Single and Double Sided Steps STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Model

info@storage-design.co.uk

Mobile Steps www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Polar 330 Range 2-3-4-5 Steps

2, 3, 4 and 5 step versions Large platform W x D: 400 x 380mm For full details see previous page

Model S238

Model S038

HOUR DESPATCH

Mobile 3 and 4 Steps

Treads (inc platform)

Model S032

Model S034

Model S234

Mobile Steps with retracting castors

White Single and Double Sided Steps

Classic Plus - WHITE

Grabrail

Without

With

Full

Average working height

2.2m

2.4m

2.6m

Platform height mm

460

690

920

1155

O/all H (inc rails) mm

545

1105

1470

1700

1940

Platform width mm

457

Platform depth mm

330

O/all width mm

535

O/all depth mm

520

655

790

900

Weight kgs

Ribbed Rubber treads

Ref

S034

S234

S036

S038

S238

Anti Slip treads

Ref

S035

S235

S037

S039

S239

Average wkg height

2.2m

2.4m

Platform height mm

685

915

Platform W x D mm

500 x 300

O/all height mm

1575

1805

O/all width mm

570

O/all length mm

800

980

Weight kgs

Ribbed rubber

Ref

S030

S032

Anti-slip

Ref

S031

S033

Stainless Wheelalong 2 and 3 Steps

Description

Overall HxWxD mm

Top Tread mm

Weight Kgs

Ref Grey

Two step

1025 x 450 x 605

510

S213

Three step

1310 x 450 x 785

762

S214 Model

Model S030

S214

Model S213

White Single and Double Sided Steps

Mobile Steps STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Stainless Steps

Stainless Steel Selection

A selected standard range, easy to clean, for use where hygiene is essential. Particularly suitable for food, drink and chemical industries. Stainless treads have anti-slip surfaces, resistant to water, oil and most chemicals. Other models can be manufactured on request.

Stainless Portable and Mobile 2 Steps

Premier Commercial

MOBILE Manufactured from stainless steel - 304 Grade. Retracting castor system. Anti-slip treads. Mountable either side so that grab handle can be rack or aisle side. O/all front-rear: 600 mm O/all width: 410 mm Available with or without grab rail.

Robust, hardworking units with spring loaded castors.

Type

Static

Mobile Without Grabrail

Mobile With Grabrail

Treads (inc platform)

Average wkg height

Platform height

385 mm

460 mm

O/all height

1030 mm

530 mm

1035 mm

Platform W x D mm

280 x 140

355 x 230

O/A W x Front-Rear

355 x 500

425 x 615

Weight kgs

Ref

S210

S211

S212

Portable Static Strong stainless steel construction with anti-slip treads. Model S212

All welded steel construction Spring loaded castors lower to the ground under operatorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s weight. Red epoxy finish. Treads: formed from sheet steel with choice of tread surfaces.

Treads (inc platform)

Average working height

2.21m

2.44m

2.65m

Platform height mm

685

915

1145

Platform width mm

560

Platform depth mm

340

O/all H (inc rails) mm

1530

1760

1985

O/all width mm

640

O/all depth mm

695

850

1000

Weight kgs

R/Rubber treads

Ref

S040

S044

S048

Anti-slip treads

Ref

S041

S045

S049

Punched treads

Ref

S042

S046

S050

Aluminium treads

Ref

S043

S047

S051

HOUR DESPATCH

Premier Commercial 3, 4 and 5 step mobiles

Tread Options

Ribbed Rubber

Anti-slip

Punched steel

Mobile Steps with Retracting Castors

Aluminium

Model S210

Stainless Three, Four and Five Step High quality range of mobile step units, manufactured from formed tube and sheet stainless steel of quality particularly suitable for food drink and chemical industries. Fully welded throughout for maximum rigidity. All step units fitted with 4 x 80mm dia spring loaded castors with grey non marking rubber tyres fitted in heavy zinc plated housing which retract when weight is applied to the steps, giving firm contact with the floor. Anti-slip tread surfaces. Each unit is fitted with four grey non marking rubber feet. Stainless steel treads covered with anti-slip surface which is both hard wearing and resistant to water, oil and most chemicals. Other stainless steel steps can be made to order, all enquiries are welcome.

Model S217

Model S216

Model S215

Stainless steel mobile step units with close fitting handrail round three sides of platform.

Treads (inc platform)

Average working height

2.26m

2.52m

2.77m

Platform height mm

765

1016

1270

Platform width mm

380

Platform depth mm

280

O/all H (inc rails) mm

1425

1683

1940

O/all width mm

790

O/all depth mm

710

885

1140

Weight kgs

Ref

S215

S216

S217

Stainless Steel Selection STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Model S048

Model S044

Model S040

Mobile Steps info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Stainless Steps

Stainless Steel Selection

Stainless Portable and Mobile 2 Steps

Premier Commercial

Robust, hardworking units with spring loaded castors.

Type

Static

Mobile Without Grabrail

Mobile With Grabrail

Treads (inc platform)

Average wkg height

Platform height

385 mm

460 mm

O/all height

1030 mm

530 mm

1035 mm

Platform W x D mm

280 x 140

355 x 230

O/A W x Front-Rear

355 x 500

425 x 615

Weight kgs

Ref

S210

S211

S212

Portable Static Strong stainless steel construction with anti-slip treads. Model S212

All welded steel construction Spring loaded castors lower to the ground under operatorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s weight. Red epoxy finish. Treads: formed from sheet steel with choice of tread surfaces.

Treads (inc platform)

Average working height

2.21m

2.44m

2.65m

Platform height mm

685

915

1145

Platform width mm

560

Platform depth mm

340

O/all H (inc rails) mm

1530

1760

1985

O/all width mm

640

O/all depth mm

695

850

1000

Weight kgs

R/Rubber treads

Ref

S040

S044

S048

Anti-slip treads

Ref

S041

S045

S049

Punched treads

Ref

S042

S046

S050

Aluminium treads

Ref

S043

S047

S051

HOUR DESPATCH

Premier Commercial 3, 4 and 5 step mobiles

Tread Options

Ribbed Rubber

Anti-slip

Punched steel

Mobile Steps with Retracting Castors

Aluminium

Model S210

Model S217

Model S216

Model S215

Stainless steel mobile step units with close fitting handrail round three sides of platform.

Treads (inc platform)

Average working height

2.26m

2.52m

2.77m

Platform height mm

765

1016

1270

Platform width mm

380

Platform depth mm

280

O/all H (inc rails) mm

1425

1683

1940

O/all width mm

790

O/all depth mm

710

885

1140

Weight kgs

Ref

S215

S216

S217

Model S048

Model S044

Model S040

Stainless Steel Selection

Mobile Steps STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Model S162

Steptek Quality Red Range

Steptek Quality Blue Range

560mm tread width

Choice of 610mm or 760mm tread width

Handbuilt with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation.

Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation.

Welded steel tube and bar construction. Fitted with handlock anchorage; when locked the front feet rest firmly on the floor, feet fitted with protective plastic floor pads. Outboard axle mounted rear wheels gives extra stability.

Platform Gate Option

Mobile Steps with Handlock Anchorage

All steelwork blue epoxy finish. Wheels: Front swivel and rear fixed castors with 100 mm dia. white nylon wheels. Roller bearings. All models fitted with hand lock anchorage, when locked the front feet rest firmly on the floor; fitted with protective plastic floor pads.

Inward opening spring loaded platform

Accessories

gate, with spring loaded plunger bolt, to fit at the end, or either side of the platform.

Hook on wire basket

Adds 380mm to overall length for

Dimensions: (L x W x D)

platforms with 5-9 treads, 300mm for

600mm x 220mm x 220mm

platforms with 10-14 treads.

Load capacity: 5kg

Ref: S175 (Extra)

Ref: S088 (Extra)

Accessories

Hook on tool tray Dimensions: (L x W x D)

Lower gate

600mm x 250mm x 220mm

Fully fitted hinged gate fitted to bottom

Load capacity: 5kg

of steps (not removable) with padlock

Ref: S089 (Extra)

facility. Folds through 270o.

Tread Options

Ref: S170 (Extra) Hook on tool tray Dimensions: (L x W x D) 600mm x 250mm x 220mm Finish: All steelwork red epoxy finish

Load capacity: 5kg

Wheels: Front 2 swivel castors with 100mm diameter rubber tyred wheels

Ref: S089 (Extra)

with roller bearings. Rear 2 axle mounted 200mm diameter wheels with rubber

Ribbed Rubber

tyres and roller bearings.

Hook on wire basket

Caution Notice: A caution notice is fitted to each set to remind user of

Dimensions: (L x W x D)

operation procedure. A health and safety at work information sheet is supplied.

600mm x 220mm x 220mm

Number of Treads inc Platform

Ref: S088 (Extra)

10-14 steps 560 x 460 mm

Tread Options

Handlock Anchorage When locked the feet rest firmly on the floor.

Number of Treads inc Platform

Average Working Height

Platform Height

Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

2750mm

1250mm

2165x850x1220

S130

3000mm

1500mm

2415x850x1400

3250mm

1750mm

3500mm

3750mm

Punched Treads

S140

S131

2665x850x1580

S132

2000mm

2915x850x1760

2250mm

3165x850x1940

4000mm

2500mm

4250mm

Anti Slip Treads

Aluminium Treads

S150

S160

S141

S151

S161

S142

S152

S162

S133

S134

S143

S153

S163

S144

S154

S164

3415x1000x2200

S135

S145

S155

S165

2750mm

3665x1000x2380

S136

S146

S156

4500mm

3000mm

3915x1000x2560

S137

110

S147

106

S157

4750mm

3250mm

4165x1250x2740

S138

117

S148

112

5000mm

3500mm

4415x1250x2920

S139

124

S149

120

Average Working Height

Platform Height

Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Expamet Treads

Anti Slip Treads

Punched Treads

2400 mm

915

1830 x 760 x 1085

S052

S061

S070

S079

2700 mm

1145

2060 x 760 x 1260

S053

S062

S071

S080

2900 mm

1370

2285 x 760 x 1435

S054

S063

S072

S081

3100 mm

1600

2515 x 760 x 1690

S055

S064

S073

S082

3400 mm

1830

2745 x 760 x 1865

S056

S065

S074

S083

3600 mm

2060

2975 x 760 x 2045

S057

S066

S075

S084

3800 mm

2285

3200 x 760 x 2225

S058

S067

S076

S085

4000 mm

2515

3430 x 760 x 2400

S059

S068

S077

S086

4300 mm

2745

3660 x 760 x 2580

S060

104

S069

104

S078

104

S087

Tread width 760 mm / Platform W x D 760 x 457 mm Number of Treads inc Platform

Average Working Height

Platform Height

Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Expamet Treads

Anti Slip Treads

Punched Treads

2700 mm

1145

2060 x 915 x 1260

S090

S100

S110

S120

2900 mm

1370

2285 x 915 x 1435

S091

S101

S111

S121

3100 mm

1600

2515 x 915 x 1690

S092

S102

S112

S122

S166

101

3400 mm

1830

2745 x 915 x 1865

S093

S103

S113

S123

110

S167

113

3600 mm

2060

2975 x 915 x 2045

S094

S104

S114

S124

S158

117

S168

121

3800 mm

2285

3200 x 915 x 2225

S095

105

S105

S115

105

S125

102

S159

124

S169

127

4000 mm

2515

3430 x 915 x 2400

S096

114

S106

107

S116

114

S126

110

4300 mm

2745

3660 x 915 x 2580

S097

123

S107

115

S117

123

S127

118

4500 mm

2975

3890 x 915 x 2755

S098

130

S108

122

S118

130

S128

127

4700 mm

3200

4115 x 915 x 2935

S099

138

S109

130

S119

138

S129

134

Handlock Anchorage STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Retracting Castors fitted as standard.

Punched Steel

15-20 please ask for details

Anti-slip

Tread width 610 mm / Platform W x D 610 x 457 mm

Load capacity: 5kg Tread width 560 mm. Platform W x D: 5-9 steps 560 x 380 mm;

Expamet

Handlock Anchorage info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Model S162

Steptek Quality Red Range

Steptek Quality Blue Range

560mm tread width

Choice of 610mm or 760mm tread width

Handbuilt with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation.

Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation.

Platform Gate Option

Mobile Steps with Handlock Anchorage

Inward opening spring loaded platform

Accessories

gate, with spring loaded plunger bolt, to fit at the end, or either side of the platform.

Hook on wire basket

Adds 380mm to overall length for

Dimensions: (L x W x D)

platforms with 5-9 treads, 300mm for

600mm x 220mm x 220mm

platforms with 10-14 treads.

Load capacity: 5kg

Ref: S175 (Extra)

Ref: S088 (Extra)

Accessories

Hook on tool tray Dimensions: (L x W x D)

Lower gate

600mm x 250mm x 220mm

Fully fitted hinged gate fitted to bottom

Load capacity: 5kg

of steps (not removable) with padlock

Ref: S089 (Extra)

facility. Folds through 270o.

Tread Options

Ref: S170 (Extra) Hook on tool tray Dimensions: (L x W x D) 600mm x 250mm x 220mm Finish: All steelwork red epoxy finish

Load capacity: 5kg

Wheels: Front 2 swivel castors with 100mm diameter rubber tyred wheels

Ref: S089 (Extra)

with roller bearings. Rear 2 axle mounted 200mm diameter wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings.

Hook on wire basket

Caution Notice: A caution notice is fitted to each set to remind user of

Dimensions: (L x W x D)

operation procedure. A health and safety at work information sheet is supplied.

600mm x 220mm x 220mm

Ribbed Rubber

Number of Treads inc Platform

Ref: S088 (Extra)

10-14 steps 560 x 460 mm

Tread Options

Handlock Anchorage When locked the feet rest firmly on the floor.

Number of Treads inc Platform

Average Working Height

Platform Height

Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

2750mm

1250mm

2165x850x1220

S130

3000mm

1500mm

2415x850x1400

3250mm

1750mm

3500mm

3750mm

Punched Treads

S140

S131

2665x850x1580

S132

2000mm

2915x850x1760

2250mm

3165x850x1940

4000mm

2500mm

4250mm

Anti Slip Treads

Aluminium Treads

S150

S160

S141

S151

S161

S142

S152

S162

S133

S134

S143

S153

S163

S144

S154

S164

3415x1000x2200

S135

S145

S155

S165

2750mm

3665x1000x2380

S136

S146

S156

4500mm

3000mm

3915x1000x2560

S137

110

S147

106

S157

4750mm

3250mm

4165x1250x2740

S138

117

S148

112

5000mm

3500mm

4415x1250x2920

S139

124

S149

120

15-20 please ask for details

Anti-slip

Retracting Castors fitted as standard.

Punched Steel

Tread width 610 mm / Platform W x D 610 x 457 mm

Load capacity: 5kg Tread width 560 mm. Platform W x D: 5-9 steps 560 x 380 mm;

Expamet

Average Working Height

Platform Height

Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Expamet Treads

Anti Slip Treads

Punched Treads

2400 mm

915

1830 x 760 x 1085

S052

S061

S070

S079

2700 mm

1145

2060 x 760 x 1260

S053

S062

S071

S080

2900 mm

1370

2285 x 760 x 1435

S054

S063

S072

S081

3100 mm

1600

2515 x 760 x 1690

S055

S064

S073

S082

3400 mm

1830

2745 x 760 x 1865

S056

S065

S074

S083

3600 mm

2060

2975 x 760 x 2045

S057

S066

S075

S084

3800 mm

2285

3200 x 760 x 2225

S058

S067

S076

S085

4000 mm

2515

3430 x 760 x 2400

S059

S068

S077

S086

4300 mm

2745

3660 x 760 x 2580

S060

104

S069

104

S078

104

S087

Tread width 760 mm / Platform W x D 760 x 457 mm Number of Treads inc Platform

Average Working Height

Platform Height

Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Expamet Treads

Anti Slip Treads

Punched Treads

2700 mm

1145

2060 x 915 x 1260

S090

S100

S110

S120

2900 mm

1370

2285 x 915 x 1435

S091

S101

S111

S121

3100 mm

1600

2515 x 915 x 1690

S092

S102

S112

S122

S166

101

3400 mm

1830

2745 x 915 x 1865

S093

S103

S113

S123

110

S167

113

3600 mm

2060

2975 x 915 x 2045

S094

S104

S114

S124

S158

117

S168

121

3800 mm

2285

3200 x 915 x 2225

S095

105

S105

S115

105

S125

102

S159

124

S169

127

4000 mm

2515

3430 x 915 x 2400

S096

114

S106

107

S116

114

S126

110

4300 mm

2745

3660 x 915 x 2580

S097

123

S107

115

S117

123

S127

118

4500 mm

2975

3890 x 915 x 2755

S098

130

S108

122

S118

130

S128

127

4700 mm

3200

4115 x 915 x 2935

S099

138

S109

130

S119

138

S129

134

Handlock Anchorage

Handlock Anchorage STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Steptek Quality Extra Heavy Duty Range

760mm tread width

Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation. Construction: Welded heavy guage steel box section and bar. Fitted with hand lock lever anchorage; when locked, the front feet rest firmly on the floor, feet fitted with protective grey non-marking rubber feet. Safety warning bar fitted to protrude in front of steps, linked to hand lock lever mechanism, to deter users from climbing steps when still in ‘mobile’ mode. Stability base model: Outboard wheels mounted on splayed base frame gives superior stability. Narrow base model: Outboard wheels mounted on straight base frame for optimum space saving requirements.

Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation.

Easy Rise Mobile Steps

Extra Heavy Duty Mobile Steps

Capacity: 200kg Tread width: 490mm Platform W x D: 540 x 500mm

Steptek Easy Rise Range with Handlock Anchorage

48 degree slope for extra safety and comfort Designed to allow user to turn and descend the steps facing forward Welded steel tube and bar construction. Fitted with hand lock anchorage; when locked the front feet rest firmly on the floor, feet fitted with protective plastic floor pads.

Finish: Main structure red epoxy finish; safety bar and hand lever mechanism in safety yellow. Wheels: Front 2 swivel castors with 100 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels, with roller bearings. 2 rear axle mounted 200mm dia. wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings.

Finish: All steelwork red epoxy finish. Wheels: Front 2 swivel castors with 100 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings. Rear 2 axle mounted 200 mm dia. wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings.

Accessories

A caution notice is fitted to remind user of operation procedure A health and Safety at Work information sheet is supplied.

Hook on wire basket Dimensions: (L x W x D)

Options

600mm x 220mm x 220mm Load capacity: 5kg

Tread options:

Platform gate

Lower gate

Only available on narrow base models.

Fully welded hinged steel tube

Inward opening spring loaded platform

gate fitted to bottom of steps

Hook on tool tray

gate, with spring loaded plunger bolt,

(not removable). Gate folds back

Dimensions: (L x W x D)

to fit at the end, or either side of the top

through 270º. Fitted with padlock

platform. Gate closes against vertical

facility (padlock not supplied).

retention plate. Adds 260mm to platform

Ref: S088 (Extra)

600mm x 250mm x 220mm Ribbed rubber

Load capacity: 5kg Ref: S089 (Extra)

Ref: S170 (Extra)

and o/a length Ref S175 (Extra) Expamet

Stability base models

Narrow base models

Number of Treads inc Platform

Average Working Height

Platform Height

Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Expamet Treads

Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Expamet Treads

2190 mm

690

1690 x 780 x 955

S920

S940

1690 x 700 x 930

S960

S980

2420 mm

920

1920 x 850 x 1120

S921

S941

1920 x 700 x 1140

S961

S981

Platform W x D: 760 x 380 mm (5-9 tread)

2650 mm

1150

2150 x 910 x 1290

S922

S942

2150 x 700 x 1240

S962

S982

Platform W x D: 760 x 460mm (10-12 tread)

2880 mm

1380

2380 x 960 x 1425

S923

S943

2380 x 700 x 1410

S963

S983

3110 mm

1610

2610 x 1010 x 1610

S924

102

S944

2610 x 700 x 1570

S964

S984

3340 mm

1840

2840 x 1060 x 1790

S925

112

S945

2840 x 700 x 1740

S965

107

S985

3570 mm

2070

3070 x 1140 x 1955

S926

122

S946

109

3070 x 700 x 1900

S966

117

S986

104

2650 mm

1150

2065 x 980 x 1400

S601

S611

S621

S631

S641

3800 mm

2300

3300 x 1220 x 2130

S927

136

S947

124

3300 x 900 x 2060

S967

131

S987

119

2880 mm

1380

2295 x 980 x 1600

S602

S612

S622

S632

S642

4030 mm

2530

3530 x 1270 x 2290

S928

145

S948

132

3530 x 900 x 2230

S968

140

S988

127

3110 mm

1610

2525 x 980 x 1800

S603

S613

S623

S633

S643

3340 mm

1840

2755 x 980 x 2000

S604

104

S614

104

S624

104

S634

102

S644

108

3570 mm

2070

2985 x 980 x 2200

S605

112

S615

112

S625

112

S635

110

S645

117

3800 mm

2300

3215 x 1150 x 2400

S606

132

S616

132

S626

132

S636

130

S646

138

Tread width 760 mm

Number of Treads inc Platform

Average Working Height

Platform Height

Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Anti-Slip Treads

Expamet Treads

Punched Treads

Aluminium Treads

4260 mm

2760

3760 x 1270 x 2290

S929

157

S949

143

3760 x 900 x 2400

S969

151

S989

138

4490 mm

2990

3990 x 1370 x 2455

S930

168

S950

153

3990 x 1230 x 2560

S970

163

S990

148

4720 mm

3220

4220 x 1540 x 2790

S931

180

S951

165

4220 x 1230 x 2730

S971

175

S991

160

4030 mm

2530

3445 x 1150 x 2600

S607

142

S617

142

S627

142

S637

140

S647

149

4950 mm

3450

4450 x 1565 x 2975

S932

192

S952

177

4450 x 1230 x 2890

S972

187

S992

172

4260 mm

2760

3675 x 1150 x 2800

S608

152

S618

152

S628

152

S638

150

S648

160

Handlock Anchorage STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Easy Rise Range with Handlock Anchorage info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Steptek Quality Extra Heavy Duty Range

760mm tread width

Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation.

Easy Rise Mobile Steps

Extra Heavy Duty Mobile Steps

Capacity: 200kg Tread width: 490mm Platform W x D: 540 x 500mm

Steptek Easy Rise Range with Handlock Anchorage

Accessories

A caution notice is fitted to remind user of operation procedure A health and Safety at Work information sheet is supplied.

Hook on wire basket Dimensions: (L x W x D)

Options

600mm x 220mm x 220mm Load capacity: 5kg

Tread options:

Platform gate

Lower gate

Only available on narrow base models.

Fully welded hinged steel tube

Inward opening spring loaded platform

gate fitted to bottom of steps

Hook on tool tray

gate, with spring loaded plunger bolt,

(not removable). Gate folds back

Dimensions: (L x W x D)

to fit at the end, or either side of the top

through 270º. Fitted with padlock

platform. Gate closes against vertical

facility (padlock not supplied).

retention plate. Adds 260mm to platform

Ref: S088 (Extra)

600mm x 250mm x 220mm Ribbed rubber

Load capacity: 5kg Ref: S089 (Extra)

Ref: S170 (Extra)

and o/a length Ref S175 (Extra) Expamet

Stability base models

Narrow base models

Number of Treads inc Platform

Average Working Height

Platform Height

Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Expamet Treads

Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Expamet Treads

2190 mm

690

1690 x 780 x 955

S920

S940

1690 x 700 x 930

S960

S980

2420 mm

920

1920 x 850 x 1120

S921

S941

1920 x 700 x 1140

S961

S981

Platform W x D: 760 x 380 mm (5-9 tread)

2650 mm

1150

2150 x 910 x 1290

S922

S942

2150 x 700 x 1240

S962

S982

Platform W x D: 760 x 460mm (10-12 tread)

2880 mm

1380

2380 x 960 x 1425

S923

S943

2380 x 700 x 1410

S963

S983

3110 mm

1610

2610 x 1010 x 1610

S924

102

S944

2610 x 700 x 1570

S964

S984

3340 mm

1840

2840 x 1060 x 1790

S925

112

S945

2840 x 700 x 1740

S965

107

S985

3570 mm

2070

3070 x 1140 x 1955

S926

122

S946

109

3070 x 700 x 1900

S966

117

S986

104

2650 mm

1150

2065 x 980 x 1400

S601

S611

S621

S631

S641

3800 mm

2300

3300 x 1220 x 2130

S927

136

S947

124

3300 x 900 x 2060

S967

131

S987

119

2880 mm

1380

2295 x 980 x 1600

S602

S612

S622

S632

S642

4030 mm

2530

3530 x 1270 x 2290

S928

145

S948

132

3530 x 900 x 2230

S968

140

S988

127

3110 mm

1610

2525 x 980 x 1800

S603

S613

S623

S633

S643

3340 mm

1840

2755 x 980 x 2000

S604

104

S614

104

S624

104

S634

102

S644

108

3570 mm

2070

2985 x 980 x 2200

S605

112

S615

112

S625

112

S635

110

S645

117

3800 mm

2300

3215 x 1150 x 2400

S606

132

S616

132

S626

132

S636

130

S646

138

Tread width 760 mm

Number of Treads inc Platform

Average Working Height

Platform Height

Overall Dimension (H x W x D) mm

Ribbed Rubber Treads

Anti-Slip Treads

Expamet Treads

Punched Treads

Aluminium Treads

4260 mm

2760

3760 x 1270 x 2290

S929

157

S949

143

3760 x 900 x 2400

S969

151

S989

138

4490 mm

2990

3990 x 1370 x 2455

S930

168

S950

153

3990 x 1230 x 2560

S970

163

S990

148

4720 mm

3220

4220 x 1540 x 2790

S931

180

S951

165

4220 x 1230 x 2730

S971

175

S991

160

4030 mm

2530

3445 x 1150 x 2600

S607

142

S617

142

S627

142

S637

140

S647

149

4950 mm

3450

4450 x 1565 x 2975

S932

192

S952

177

4450 x 1230 x 2890

S972

187

S992

172

4260 mm

2760

3675 x 1150 x 2800

S608

152

S618

152

S628

152

S638

150

S648

160

Handlock Anchorage

Easy Rise Range with Handlock Anchorage STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Easy-rise Steps with truck/dock platform

Step Tray Trolleys - 3 Step

48 degree slope for extra safety and comfort 750 x 1200mm platform Designed to allow user to descend the steps facing forward

Ideal for stock picking and putting away in stores, warehouse, office, library etc.

Large platform with removable chain on end and both sides for 3-sided access. Welded steel tube and bar construction. Fitted with handlock anchorage. Front feet, fitted with protective plastic floor pads Expamet treads and large working top platform makes them ideal for loading and unloading items outside. Wheels: 2 front swivel castors with 100mm dia rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings 2 rear axle-mounted 200mm wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: All steelwork red epoxy or galvanised finish

Spring loaded step unit, with ribbed rubber treads, locates firmly on floor when foot placed on first step, immobilising trolley. Top tread height 686mm. Fully welded construction, from RSA angle and ERW tube. Rubber feet fitted to step unit. Blue epoxy finish.

Medium Duty 125kg total load capacity 2 and 3 tray Heavy Duty 175kg total load capacity 2 and 3 tray

Model S185

Tread width 750 mm / Platform W x D: 750 x 1200 mm No. of Treads (inc platform)

Average working height mm

Platform height mm

Overall (H x W x D) mm

Red Expamet

Galvanised Expamet

Ref

Wt. Kg

2420 mm

920

1910 x 960 x 1870

S681

S691

2650 mm

1150

2140 x 960 x 2060

S682

S692

2880 mm

1380

2370 x 960 x 2250

S683

107

S693

107 Model S192

Model S186

Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation.

Tilt and Go Steps Welded steel tube and bar construction. Expamet treads and large working top platform makes them ideal for loading and unloading items outside.

Medium Duty Castors:

Heavy Duty Castors:

4 stem fitting swivel castors with 125mm dia. wheels with grey

2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 125mm dia rubber

non marking tyres and thread guards.

tyred wheels with roller bearings.

Tray options ( For medium or heavy duty trolleys )

Tray Type

Wheels: 2 rear 200mm steel centred wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings.

Fixed blue trays

Duty

Medium

Fixed plywood shelf

Tread width 500 mm / Platform W x D: 500 x 600 mm

Option Inward opening gate on platform end. Ref: S700 (Extra).

Average working height mm

Platform height mm

Overall (H x W x D) mm

Blue Expamet

Galvanised Expamet

Ref

Wt. Kg

2250 mm

750

1760 x 650 x 1345

S701

S711

2500 mm

1000

2010 x 650 x 1535

S702

S712

2750 mm

1250

2260 x 650 x 1725

S703

S713

3000 mm

1500

2510 x 650 x 1915

S704

S714

Easy Rise and Tilt and Go STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Removable baskets

No. of

Tray Heights mm

Tiers

Top

Middle

Usable

Overall

Wt.

Bottom

W x L mm

H x W x L mm

Ref

125

920

310

465 x 780

1150x 495 x 1325

S180

920

615

310

465 x 780

1150x 495 x 1325

S181

175

955

180

465 x 780

1070x 475 x 1325

S188

175

955

570

180

465 x 780

1070x 475 x 1325

S189

125

920

310

465 x 780

1150x 495 x 1325

S182

125

920

615

310

465 x 780

1150x 495 x 1325

S183

175

955

180

465 x 780

1070x 475 x 1325

S191

175

955

570

180

465 x 780

1070x 475 x 1325

S192

Medium

125

920

310

455 x 770

1150x 495 x 1325

S184

125

920

615

310

455 x 770

1150x 495 x 1325

S185

Heavy

175

955

180

455 x 770

1070x 475 x 1325

S194

175

955

570

180

455 x 770

1070x 475 x 1325

S195

125

1060

450

450 x 755

1150x 495 x 1325

S186

125

1060

755

450

450 x 755

1150x 495 x 1325

S187

175

1095*

320*

450 x 755

1095x 475 x 1325

S197

175

1095*

710*

320*

450 x 755

1095x 475 x 1325

S198

Medium

Heavy

Reversible white trays

Cap.

125 Heavy

No. of Treads (inc platform)

Removable steel trays, reversible to give either a flush finish, or 25mm lip all round, white powder coated finish. Removable wire baskets with 160mm high sides, white powder coated finish.

Fixed sheet steel trays with 20mm lip all round, blue epoxy finish. Fixed plywood shelves, recessed with 10mm lip all round.

The steps have 2 handles at the front, fitted with knuckle guard hand grips for safe lifting and moving.

Model S183

Step Tray Trolleys - 3 Step

Easy Rise and Tilt and Go Mobile Steps

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Medium

Heavy

Reversible steel trays

Removable wire baskets

* Dimension to top of basket. Recommended working height with Steptek models is 1.5m from top tread

Step Tray Trolleys info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Step Tray Trolleys - 3 Step

48 degree slope for extra safety and comfort 750 x 1200mm platform Designed to allow user to descend the steps facing forward

Ideal for stock picking and putting away in stores, warehouse, office, library etc.

Model S183

Medium Duty 125kg total load capacity 2 and 3 tray Heavy Duty 175kg total load capacity 2 and 3 tray

Step Tray Trolleys - 3 Step

Easy Rise and Tilt and Go Mobile Steps

Easy-rise Steps with truck/dock platform

Model S185

Tread width 750 mm / Platform W x D: 750 x 1200 mm No. of Treads (inc platform)

Average working height mm

Platform height mm

Overall (H x W x D) mm

Red Expamet

Galvanised Expamet

Ref

Wt. Kg

2420 mm

920

1910 x 960 x 1870

S681

S691

2650 mm

1150

2140 x 960 x 2060

S682

S692

2880 mm

1380

2370 x 960 x 2250

S683

107

S693

107 Model S192

Model S186

Hand built with attention to detail, both in design and manufacture, to ensure total reliability and many years of arduous operation.

Tilt and Go Steps Welded steel tube and bar construction. Expamet treads and large working top platform makes them ideal for loading and unloading items outside.

Medium Duty Castors:

Heavy Duty Castors:

4 stem fitting swivel castors with 125mm dia. wheels with grey

2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 125mm dia rubber

non marking tyres and thread guards.

tyred wheels with roller bearings.

Tray options ( For medium or heavy duty trolleys )

Tray Type

Wheels: 2 rear 200mm steel centred wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings.

Fixed blue trays

Duty

Medium

Fixed plywood shelf

Tread width 500 mm / Platform W x D: 500 x 600 mm

Option Inward opening gate on platform end. Ref: S700 (Extra).

Average working height mm

Platform height mm

Overall (H x W x D) mm

Blue Expamet

Galvanised Expamet

Ref

Wt. Kg

2250 mm

750

1760 x 650 x 1345

S701

S711

2500 mm

1000

2010 x 650 x 1535

S702

S712

2750 mm

1250

2260 x 650 x 1725

S703

S713

3000 mm

1500

2510 x 650 x 1915

S704

S714

Removable baskets

No. of

Tray Heights mm

Tiers

Top

Middle

Usable

Overall

Wt.

Bottom

W x L mm

H x W x L mm

Ref

125

920

310

465 x 780

1150x 495 x 1325

S180

920

615

310

465 x 780

1150x 495 x 1325

S181

175

955

180

465 x 780

1070x 475 x 1325

S188

175

955

570

180

465 x 780

1070x 475 x 1325

S189

125

920

310

465 x 780

1150x 495 x 1325

S182

125

920

615

310

465 x 780

1150x 495 x 1325

S183

175

955

180

465 x 780

1070x 475 x 1325

S191

175

955

570

180

465 x 780

1070x 475 x 1325

S192

Medium

125

920

310

455 x 770

1150x 495 x 1325

S184

125

920

615

310

455 x 770

1150x 495 x 1325

S185

Heavy

175

955

180

455 x 770

1070x 475 x 1325

S194

175

955

570

180

455 x 770

1070x 475 x 1325

S195

125

1060

450

450 x 755

1150x 495 x 1325

S186

125

1060

755

450

450 x 755

1150x 495 x 1325

S187

175

1095*

320*

450 x 755

1095x 475 x 1325

S197

175

1095*

710*

320*

450 x 755

1095x 475 x 1325

S198

Medium

Heavy

Reversible white trays

Cap.

125 Heavy

No. of Treads (inc platform)

Removable steel trays, reversible to give either a flush finish, or 25mm lip all round, white powder coated finish. Removable wire baskets with 160mm high sides, white powder coated finish.

Fixed sheet steel trays with 20mm lip all round, blue epoxy finish. Fixed plywood shelves, recessed with 10mm lip all round.

The steps have 2 handles at the front, fitted with knuckle guard hand grips for safe lifting and moving.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Medium

Heavy

Reversible steel trays

Removable wire baskets

* Dimension to top of basket. Recommended working height with Steptek models is 1.5m from top tread

Easy Rise and Tilt and Go

Step Tray Trolleys STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Model S193

Heavy Duty Step Tray Trolleys - 5 step

Book Trolleys

Capacity 175kg UDL

Capacity 150kg UDL Popular design for libraries, offices, classrooms, laboratories etc. Single with flat shelves and double sided with angled shelves Strong all steel construction finished in cream epoxy. Overall L x W: 840 x 470mm Fitted with 4 swivel castors 100mm, grey non-marking tyres and thread guards.

3 tray tiers - 5 steps Top tread height 1145mm. Castors: Fitted with 2 retractable castors in front and 2 fixed castors to rear, each with 125mm rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Operation: Front castors retract with hand operated lever to immobilise trolley. Steps: Fixed steps, handrail fitted to each side and across top. Construction: Fully welded from RSA angle and ERW tube. Finish: Blue epoxy

4 Handle frame colours Ideal for job or location coding

Tray options: Fixed sheet steel trays with 20mm lip all round, blue epoxy finish. Fixed plywood shelves, recessed with 10mm lip all round. Removable steel trays, reversible to give either a flush finish, or 25mm lip all round, white powder coated finish. Removable wire baskets with 160mm high sides, white powder coated finish.

Reversible steel trays

Removable wire baskets

Model S196

Model S199

Tray heights mm

Tray type

Top

Middle

Bottom

Usable W x L mm

Overall H x W x L mm

Wt. Kg

Ref

Fixed blue trays

1115

650

185

525 x 935

2075x 620x 1730

S190

Fixed ply shelves

1115

650

185

525 x 935

2075x 620x 1730

S193

Reversible white trays

1115

650

185

510 x 920

2075x 620x 1730

S196

Removable baskets

1245*

785*

320*

500 x 905

2075x 620x 1730

S199

Book Trolleys / Low Cost Tray Trolleys

Step Tray Trolleys - 5 Step / Book Trolley

*Dimension to top of basket. Maximum recommended step load is 120kg (operator and goods carried) Trolley capacities as stated.

Model TT21B

2 tier

single sided

double sided

O/a height

940mm

955mm

Shelf heights

185/580mm

185/655mm

O/a L x W

840 x 390mm

840 x 470mm

27kg

35kg

Red Ref

TT24/R

TT21/R

Green Ref

TT24/G

TT21/G

YellowRef

TT24/Y

TT21/Y

Blue Ref

TT24/B

TT21/B

3 tier

single sided

double sided

O/a height

1265mm

1325mm

Shelf heights

185/540/895mm

185/600/1020mm

O/a L x W

840 x 390mm

840 x 470mm

38kg

46kg

Red Ref

TT25/R

TT22/R

Green Ref

TT25/G

TT22/G

YellowRef

TT25/Y

TT22/Y

Blue Ref

TT25/B

TT22/B

Model TT24R

Model TT25B

Model TT22G

Low Cost Tray Trolleys

Book Trolley

HOUR DESPATCH

Popular design for libraries, offices, classrooms, laboratories etc. Double sided with angled shelves Tubular steel frame with sheet steel shelves. Clearance between shelves: 345mm Overall L x W x H: 880 x 550 x 1115mm Fitted with 4 swivel castors 125mm, grey non-marking tyres and thread guards. Weight: 37kg

Optional extras Total stop brakes: Ref B052 (pair) Revolving buffer corners: Ref B172 (set)

Red Ref Green Ref Yellow Ref Blue Ref

HOUR

TT26/R TT26/G TT26/Y TT26/B

Capacity 150kg UDL 2 or 3 fixed steel trays Fully welded construction. Tray size 762 x 457mm Fixed steel trays with smooth folded lips. Trays are welded in position at heights: 2 tier - 265; and 840mm 3 tier - 265; 555 and 840mm O/A height: 840mm O/A L x W: 890 x 465mm Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 125mm dia. grey non marking tyres with thread guards. Choice of finish: Blue or white epoxy. Weight: 2 tier 19 kgs / 3 tier 23 kgs

2 Tier: Blue Ref. TT70 / White Ref. TT70W 3 Tier: Blue Ref. TT71 / White Ref. TT71W Total stop brakes: Ref. B047 (pair)

Colour options:

DESPATCH

Step Tray Trolleys / Book Trolley STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Book Trolleys

Capacity 250kg UDL

info@storage-design.co.uk

Book Trolleys / Tray Trolleys www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Model S193

Heavy Duty Step Tray Trolleys - 5 step

Book Trolleys

Capacity 175kg UDL

4 Handle frame colours Ideal for job or location coding

Reversible steel trays

Removable wire baskets

Tray type

Model S196

Model S199

Tray heights mm Top

Middle

Bottom

Usable W x L mm

Overall H x W x L mm

Wt. Kg

Ref

Fixed blue trays

1115

650

185

525 x 935

2075x 620x 1730

S190

Fixed ply shelves

1115

650

185

525 x 935

2075x 620x 1730

S193

Reversible white trays

1115

650

185

510 x 920

2075x 620x 1730

S196

Removable baskets

1245*

785*

320*

500 x 905

2075x 620x 1730

S199

Book Trolleys / Low Cost Tray Trolleys

Step Tray Trolleys - 5 Step / Book Trolley

*Dimension to top of basket. Maximum recommended step load is 120kg (operator and goods carried) Trolley capacities as stated.

Model TT21B

2 tier

single sided

double sided

O/a height

940mm

955mm

Shelf heights

185/580mm

185/655mm

O/a L x W

840 x 390mm

840 x 470mm

27kg

35kg

Red Ref

TT24/R

TT21/R

Green Ref

TT24/G

TT21/G

YellowRef

TT24/Y

TT21/Y

Blue Ref

TT24/B

TT21/B

3 tier

single sided

double sided

O/a height

1265mm

1325mm

Shelf heights

185/540/895mm

185/600/1020mm

O/a L x W

840 x 390mm

840 x 470mm

38kg

46kg

Red Ref

TT25/R

TT22/R

Green Ref

TT25/G

TT22/G

YellowRef

TT25/Y

TT22/Y

Blue Ref

TT25/B

TT22/B

Model TT24R

Model TT25B

Model TT22G

Low Cost Tray Trolleys

Book Trolley

HOUR DESPATCH

Optional extras Total stop brakes: Ref B052 (pair) Revolving buffer corners: Ref B172 (set)

HOUR DESPATCH

Red Ref Green Ref Yellow Ref Blue Ref

TT26/R TT26/G TT26/Y TT26/B

Book Trolleys

Capacity 250kg UDL

2 Tier: Blue Ref. TT70 / White Ref. TT70W 3 Tier: Blue Ref. TT71 / White Ref. TT71W Total stop brakes: Ref. B047 (pair)

Colour options:

Step Tray Trolleys / Book Trolley

Book Trolleys / Tray Trolleys STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Tray Trolleys

Tray trolleys with stainless steel trays

Capacity 200kg UDL

150kg capacity UDL 2 or 3 trays - removable

2 or 3 removable steel trays or fixed ply shelves Removable and reversible steel trays for flush or recessed fitting. Welded tube and angle construction. Overall height 1065 mm 125 mm dia. stem fitting castors. Grey non marking tyres with thread guards.

Choice of elegant and smart removable and reversible white or blue trays in blue frame, or fixed ply shelves. Tough durable epoxy finish throughout.

Model TT65

HOUR

White epoxy coated tubular steel frame 304 food grade stainless steel trays. Tray L x W: 760 x 457mm with 25mm high upstand all round Tray heights: 220, 550 and 880mm Overall H x L x W: 1030 x 870 x 490mm Grey, stem fitting all plastic swivel castors 125mm dia, non-marking tyres with thread guards.

DESPATCH

Options No. of trays

2 - Tray

3 - Tray

Tray size L x W mm

760 x 457

Tray heights mm

245 : 945

Weight Kgs

TTW Series Ref

TT62

TT66

TT63

TT67

TT72

TT76

TT73

TT77

TT60 Series Ref

TT60

TT64

TT61

TT65

Fixed ply trays Wt. Kgs

1065 x 610

760 x 457

1065 x 610

Model TT66

TTB Series Ref

2 Tier

3 Tier

Weight:

25kg

28kg

Ref:

TT54

TT55

Stainless steel tray trolleys

Total Stop Brakes always recommended Ref: B047 (pair)

Model TT61

Revolving Protector Buffers to protect walls and trolley. Factory fitted Ref: B171 (set)

Stainless steel trolleys Capacity 150kg UDL

Stainless Steel Tray Trolleys

Tray Tiers

Blue epoxy trays

Options

Model TT77

Total Stop Brakes always recommended Ref. B219 (pair)

245 : 595 : 945

White epoxy trays Model TT72

2 and 3 tier options All stainless steel, food standard trolleys, suitable for many clean and hygienic work environments: Hospitals, laboratories, catering and food preparation. Stainless steel shelf trays are removable and reversible, providing 18mm lip or flush top surfaces.

Food grade tray trolleys 150kg capacity UDL 2 or 3 tray - fixed 304 food grade stainless steel frame with fixed 304 food grade stainless steel trays Overall H x L x W: 1030 x 870 x 490mm Tray L x W: 760 x 457mm with 25mm high upstand all round Tray heights: 220, 550 and 880mm Grey, stem fitting all plastic swivel castors 125mm dia, non-marking tyres with thread guards

Options: Total stop brakes: Ref. B219 (pair)

Stainless Steel Mobiles

Overall height: Top Tray height: Middle Tray height: Bottom Tray height:

Tray Trolleys / S/Steel Tray Trolleys

Tray Trolleys / Stainless Steel Trolleys

Model TT63

960mm 800mm 525mm 250mm

920mm 770mm 510mm 250mm

Wheels 4 x 125mm dia white nylon swivel castors with stainless steel bearings and casings. 2 braked castors available as an option.

Tray Tiers

HxWxD

Ref

2 tier

960 x 855 x 465

ST842SS

920 x 785 x 545

ST752SS

920 x 990 x 545

ST952SS

960 x 855 x 465

ST843SS

920 x 785 x 545

ST753SS

Tray Tiers

2 Tier

3 Tier

920 x 990 x 545

ST953SS

Weight:

19kg

22kg

2 x braked castors

T21TSBSS

Ref:

TT50

TT51

3 tier

Option

Tray Trolleys / Stainless Steel Trolleys STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Tray Trolleys / Stainless Steel Tray Trolleys www.storage-design.co.uk

19 Tray Trolleys

Tray trolleys with stainless steel trays

Capacity 200kg UDL

150kg capacity UDL 2 or 3 trays - removable

Choice of elegant and smart removable and reversible white or blue trays in blue frame, or fixed ply shelves. Tough durable epoxy finish throughout.

Model TT65

HOUR

Tray Trolleys / S/Steel Tray Trolleys

Tray Trolleys / Stainless Steel Trolleys

Model TT63

DESPATCH

Options No. of trays

2 - Tray

3 - Tray

Tray size L x W mm

760 x 457

Tray heights mm

245 : 945

Weight Kgs

TTW Series Ref

TT62

TT66

TT63

TT67

TT72

TT76

TT73

TT77

TT60 Series Ref

TT60

TT64

TT61

TT65

Fixed ply trays Wt. Kgs

1065 x 610

760 x 457

1065 x 610

Model TT66

TTB Series Ref

2 Tier

3 Tier

Weight:

25kg

28kg

Ref:

TT54

TT55

Stainless steel tray trolleys

Total Stop Brakes always recommended Ref: B047 (pair)

Model TT61

Revolving Protector Buffers to protect walls and trolley. Factory fitted Ref: B171 (set)

Stainless steel trolleys Capacity 150kg UDL

Stainless Steel Tray Trolleys

Tray Tiers

Blue epoxy trays

Options

Model TT77

Total Stop Brakes always recommended Ref. B219 (pair)

245 : 595 : 945

White epoxy trays Model TT72

Options: Total stop brakes: Ref. B219 (pair)

Stainless Steel Mobiles

Overall height: Top Tray height: Middle Tray height: Bottom Tray height:

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

960mm 800mm 525mm 250mm

920mm 770mm 510mm 250mm

Wheels 4 x 125mm dia white nylon swivel castors with stainless steel bearings and casings. 2 braked castors available as an option.

Tray Tiers

HxWxD

Ref

2 tier

960 x 855 x 465

ST842SS

920 x 785 x 545

ST752SS

920 x 990 x 545

ST952SS

960 x 855 x 465

ST843SS

920 x 785 x 545

ST753SS

Tray Tiers

2 Tier

3 Tier

920 x 990 x 545

ST953SS

Weight:

19kg

22kg

2 x braked castors

T21TSBSS

Ref:

TT50

TT51

3 tier

Option

Tray Trolleys / Stainless Steel Trolleys

Tray Trolleys / Stainless Steel Tray Trolleys STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Heavy Duty Table Trucks

Tray Trolleys / S/Steel Tray Trolleys

Tray Trolleys / Stainless Steel Trolleys

TT350 Series

Timber or steel decks 500 kg Capacity

Capacity 350kg Strong construction from square and round section steel tubes and steel shelves with lip.

Special heavyweight tray trolleys custom built to your specification if required.

Ideal truck series for tough work in Stores, Warehouses, Factories and Workshops. General specification: Welded steel construction throughout. Overall length = Deck length + 135mm Overall width = Deck width + 20mm Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 fixed 2 swivel castors 200 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels.

Extremely stable, especially when fitted with optional Brakes 1200mm height model

900mm height model

Recessed Deck Option

O/A length x width x height: 1090 x 500 x 1200 mm External tray size L x W: 900 x 500 mm Bottom shelf height: 280 mm Middle shelf height: 740 mm Top shelf height: 1200 mm Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 200mm dia red centred wheels fitted with solid rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy Weight 58 kg Ref: TT35

O/A length x width x height: 1090 x 500 x 900 mm External tray size L x W: 900 x 500 mm Bottom shelf height: 280 mm Middle shelf height: 590 mm Top shelf height: 900 mm Wheels: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 200mm dia red centred wheels fitted with solid rubber tyres and roller bearings Finish: Blue epoxy Weight 56 kg Ref: TT34

Recessed top and bottom decks optional at no extra cost. Add suffix RD to chosen Ref.

Option Extras Total stop brakes: Ref. B013 (pair) Protective bumper strips (factory fitted):

Deck size 1000 x 700: Ref. BS2 Deck size 1200 x 800: Ref. BS3

Models TT230T / TT240T Heavy duty top deck Height: 895 mm

HOUR DESPATCH

HOUR

Optional extra

DESPATCH

Total stop brakes: Ref. B013 (pair)

Industrial Tray Trolleys Capacity 350kg UDL 2 or 3 tray â&#x20AC;&#x201D; steel or timber Tough, High Capacity Industrial Design Highly suited to industrial use: stores, workshops and factories Heavy duty, fully welded angle and tube construction. Varnished ply timber panel or sheet steel trays Plate fixing castors with 160 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels. Roller bearings. 2 swivel 2 fixed. Finish: Blue or red epoxy

HOUR

Optional extra

DESPATCH

Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair)

Capacity

300 Kg

Tray L x W mm

1000 x 600

Type

Timber panel trays 10mm raised edge

Steel panel trays 20mm raised edge

Deck size

Overall dimensions

Shelf heights

No. of trays

2 Tray

3 Tray

2 Tray

3 Tray

Length:

1070mm

Length:

950mm

O/all Weight Kg

Width:

615mm

Width:

605mm

Blue Ref

TT36

TT37

TT38

TT39

Height:

1045mm

Height:

260mm

Red Ref

TT36R

TT37R

TT38R

TT39R

Tray Trolleys / Stainless Steel Trolleys STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Models TT210S / TT220S 2 heavy duty steel decks Heights: 275 : 895 mm

Models TT230S / TT240S Heavy duty steel top deck Height: 895 mm

1000 x 700 mm

Models TT210T / TT220T 2 heavy duty timber decks Heights: 275 : 895 mm

1200 x 900 mm

Type

Top deck only

Top and bottom deck

Top deck only

Top and bottom deck

Weight Kgs

Timber Deck Ref

TT230T

TT210T

TT240T

TT220T

Weight Kgs

Steel Deck Ref

TT230S

TT210S

TT240S

TT220S

Tray Trolleys / Stainless Steel Tray Trolleys www.storage-design.co.uk

21 Heavy Duty Table Trucks

Tray Trolleys / S/Steel Tray Trolleys

TT350 Series Tray Trolleys / Stainless Steel Trolleys

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Timber or steel decks 500 kg Capacity

Capacity 350kg Strong construction from square and round section steel tubes and steel shelves with lip.

Special heavyweight tray trolleys custom built to your specification if required.

Extremely stable, especially when fitted with optional Brakes 1200mm height model

900mm height model

Recessed Deck Option

Recessed top and bottom decks optional at no extra cost. Add suffix RD to chosen Ref.

Option Extras Total stop brakes: Ref. B013 (pair) Protective bumper strips (factory fitted):

Deck size 1000 x 700: Ref. BS2 Deck size 1200 x 800: Ref. BS3

Models TT230T / TT240T Heavy duty top deck Height: 895 mm

HOUR DESPATCH

HOUR

Optional extra

DESPATCH

Total stop brakes: Ref. B013 (pair)

HOUR

Optional extra

DESPATCH

Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair)

Capacity

300 Kg

Tray L x W mm

1000 x 600

Type

Timber panel trays 10mm raised edge

Steel panel trays 20mm raised edge

Deck size

Overall dimensions

Shelf heights

No. of trays

2 Tray

3 Tray

2 Tray

3 Tray

Length:

1070mm

Length:

950mm

O/all Weight Kg

Width:

615mm

Width:

605mm

Blue Ref

TT36

TT37

TT38

TT39

Height:

1045mm

Height:

260mm

Red Ref

TT36R

TT37R

TT38R

TT39R

Models TT210S / TT220S 2 heavy duty steel decks Heights: 275 : 895 mm

Models TT230S / TT240S Heavy duty steel top deck Height: 895 mm

1000 x 700 mm

Models TT210T / TT220T 2 heavy duty timber decks Heights: 275 : 895 mm

1200 x 900 mm

Type

Top deck only

Top and bottom deck

Top deck only

Top and bottom deck

Weight Kgs

Timber Deck Ref

TT230T

TT210T

TT240T

TT220T

Weight Kgs

Steel Deck Ref

TT230S

TT210S

TT240S

TT220S

Tray Trolleys / Stainless Steel Trolleys

Tray Trolleys / Stainless Steel Tray Trolleys STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TT160 Trolley Series

Louvre Panel Trolleys

Workshop Trolleys

7 Model TT160 Series Overall H x W x L mm: 1045 x 620 x 1160 Capacity 150 kg General specification: Welded tubular and flat steel chassis frame. All plywood shelves are fixed, polyurethane coated with hardwood edge and have 20mm upstand. Steel shelves have 25 mm upstand. All steelwork is finished in blue epoxy. Cupboards and drawers supplied with lock and 2 keys. Wheels: Standard design 2 swivel 2 fixed 125 mm dia. rubber tyres.

Model TT160 Shelf heights mm 285 and 805

Model TT161 Shelf heights mm 285, 545 and 805

Trolley Specification

Weight

Ref

2 plywood shelves

30 kgs

TT160

3 plywood shelves

37 kgs

TT161

Plywood top shelf and 2 plywood half shelves 1 steel cupboard H x W x D 485 x 500 x 600 mm

52 kgs

TT162

Plywood top shelf with 2 steel cupboards Each cupboard H x W x D 485 x 500 x 600 mm

58 kgs

TT163

Removable steel top tray with deep 200 mm sides Bottom steel shelf

54 kgs

TT164

Top and bottom steel shelves 2 drawers each H x W x D 95 x 500 x 460 mm

51 kgs

TT165

Top and bottom steel shelves, drawer and cupboard drawer H x W x D 95 x 500 x 460 mm

51 kgs

TT166

Top and bottom steel shelves 3 drawers each H x W x D 95 x 500 x 460 mm

51 kgs

TT167

2 steel shelves

37 kgs

TT168

Optional extras (factory fitted) Pneumatic tyres 200 x 50 mm: Ref. B008 All swivel castors 125 dia. RT castors: Ref. B031 Total stop brakes (pair): Ref. B032

â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Aâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; frame double sided louvre panel trolleys with integral sheet steel deck storage area Fully welded steel frame construction with bolt-on louvre panels Tubular push/pull handle Available in 2 heights (2 or 3 panels) Overall heights: 1220mm and 1600mm Base L x W: 1000 x 600mm Deck height: 205mm Wheels: 2 swivel braked and 2 fixed 125mm castors with blue resilex wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Grey epoxy trolley (BS00A05) with Blue panels (BS18E53) Capacity 200kg

Double sided louvre panel trolley - 3 panel high Ref: LPT-13

For additional bin packs, see p136

Louvre Panel Trolleys / Static Tool Panel

HOUR DESPATCH

Model TT162

Double sided louvre panel trolley - 2 panel high Ref: LPT-12

Double sided louvre panel trolley - 2 panel high complete with 72 x XL2 & 36 x XL3 bins Ref: LPT-12C (bin colours as shown)

Double sided louvre panel trolley - 3 panel high complete with 108 x XL3 bins Ref: LPT-13C (bin colours as shown)

Static Tool Panel Model TT164

Model TT165

Model TT167

Model TT163

Model TT166

Model TT168

Double sided static tool panel, manufactured from 18 and 20swg sheet steel Welded frame construction with bolt-in tool panels This unit requires to be fixed to floor for full stability - holes provided (fixings not supplied) Overall H x W x D: 1840 x 1000 x 610mm Finish: Grey epoxy trolley (BS00A05) with Blue panels (BS18E53)

For tool hooks - see p142

Workshop Trolleys STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Double sided static tool panel - 4 panel high Ref: LPT-10

Louvre Panel Trolleys / Static Tool Panel info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

TT160 Trolley Series

Louvre Panel Trolleys

7 Model TT160 Series Overall H x W x L mm: 1045 x 620 x 1160 Capacity 150 kg

Workshop Trolleys

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

General specification: Welded tubular and flat steel chassis frame. All plywood shelves are fixed, polyurethane coated with hardwood edge and have 20mm upstand. Steel shelves have 25 mm upstand. All steelwork is finished in blue epoxy. Cupboards and drawers supplied with lock and 2 keys. Wheels: Standard design 2 swivel 2 fixed 125 mm dia. rubber tyres.

Model TT160 Shelf heights mm 285 and 805

Model TT161 Shelf heights mm 285, 545 and 805

Trolley Specification

Weight

Ref

2 plywood shelves

30 kgs

TT160

3 plywood shelves

37 kgs

TT161

Plywood top shelf and 2 plywood half shelves 1 steel cupboard H x W x D 485 x 500 x 600 mm

52 kgs

TT162

Plywood top shelf with 2 steel cupboards Each cupboard H x W x D 485 x 500 x 600 mm

58 kgs

TT163

Removable steel top tray with deep 200 mm sides Bottom steel shelf

54 kgs

TT164

Top and bottom steel shelves 2 drawers each H x W x D 95 x 500 x 460 mm

51 kgs

TT165

Top and bottom steel shelves, drawer and cupboard drawer H x W x D 95 x 500 x 460 mm

51 kgs

TT166

Top and bottom steel shelves 3 drawers each H x W x D 95 x 500 x 460 mm

51 kgs

TT167

2 steel shelves

37 kgs

TT168

Optional extras (factory fitted) Pneumatic tyres 200 x 50 mm: Ref. B008 All swivel castors 125 dia. RT castors: Ref. B031 Total stop brakes (pair): Ref. B032 Model TT162

Double sided louvre panel trolley - 3 panel high Ref: LPT-13

For additional bin packs, see p136

Louvre Panel Trolleys / Static Tool Panel

HOUR DESPATCH

Double sided louvre panel trolley - 2 panel high Ref: LPT-12

Double sided louvre panel trolley - 2 panel high complete with 72 x XL2 & 36 x XL3 bins Ref: LPT-12C (bin colours as shown)

Double sided louvre panel trolley - 3 panel high complete with 108 x XL3 bins Ref: LPT-13C (bin colours as shown)

Static Tool Panel Model TT164

Model TT165

Model TT167

Model TT163

Model TT166

Model TT168

For tool hooks - see p142

Double sided static tool panel - 4 panel high Ref: LPT-10

Workshop Trolleys

Louvre Panel Trolleys / Static Tool Panel STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Tool Panel Trolleys

TT100 Range

â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Aâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; frame double sided tool panel trolleys with integral sheet steel deck storage area. Fully welded steel frame construction with bolt-on tool panels. Tubular push/pull handle. Available in 2 heights (2 or 3 panels). Overall heights: 1220mm and 1600mm Base L x W: 1000 x 600mm Deck height: 205mm Wheels: 2 swivel braked and 2 fixed 125mm castors with blue resilex wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Grey epoxy trolley (BS00A05) with Blue panels (BS18E53) Capacity: 200kg

Ideal for Warehouses, Stores, Supermarkets, Factories, Offices

General specification High quality red epoxy coated finish tubular chassis frame. 2 fixed 2 swivel castors with 160 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels with bright steel centres. Brakes optional. Bright zinc plated mesh infill panels as required. Fixed timber shelves with bright steel protector strips on both long sides. Special combinations custom built on request

Double sided tool panel trolley 2 panel high Ref: LPT-02

Double sided tool panel trolley - 3 panel high Ref: LPT-03

1, 2, 3 and 4 deck models. Overall Length x Width 1070 x 600mm Overall Height: 1,2 & 3 deck models - 1160mm; 4 deck - 1500mm Deck Length x Width 1000 x 600 mm Capacity 250 kg UDL Smart and attractive, narrow overall width - only 600 mm

Optional extra

Shown with optional brakes

Total stop brakes: Ref. B083 (pair) For tool hooks - see p142

Shelf Trucks

Tool Panel Trolleys / Shelf Trucks

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Always recommended as an important safety feature. Suitable for all models.

Narrow Aisle Shelf Trucks Capacity 350kg UDL Designed for use in narrow gangways and confined spaces, easily passes through standard doorways. Combination of options meet most requirements in workshops, warehouses, hospitals etc. Deck capacity 150 kg; shelf capacity 100 kg Overall L x W x H: 1030 x 625 x 1785 mm Deck L x W: 960 x 600mm Shelf L x W: 960 x 560mm Deck height: 220mm 1st shelf height: 720mm Second shelf height: 1200mm

Optional extra

Model TS63

Model TS64

Total capacity

Weight Kg

2 fixed mesh ends 1 fixed full mesh side / 1 removable full mesh side

TT110 (Not Illustrated)

Model

Combinations

Weight Kgs

Ref

2 fixed open ends

TT100

2 fixed mesh ends

TT102

2 fixed mesh ends 4 removable deck sides (170mm)

TT106

2 fixed open ends

TT113

2 fixed mesh ends

TT115

TS62

TS63

Deck + 2 ends + 2 shelves + 2 sides

350 kg

TS64

Air-flow punched steel shelves with flush surface. Ends and shelves fixed, both sides hook-on.

Ref

350 kg

info@storage-design.co.uk

Ref

Tool Panel Trolleys / Shelf Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Ref

Weight Kgs

350 kg

DESPATCH

Weight Kgs

Combinations

Deck + 2 ends + 2 shelves + 1 side

HOUR

Combinations

Model

Deck + 2 ends + 2 shelves

Model

TT100 3 Decks Decks at: 290 : 650 : 1010mm

Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair) Decription

Shown with optional brakes

TT100 1 Deck Base only with mesh ends/sides

TT100 2 Decks Decks at: 290 : 880mm

Manufactured from tubular steel framework with steel rod infil panels, and punched steel, flush surface shelves. Castors: 2 fixed, 2 swivel with 160mm dia rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings. Finish: Main frame red epoxy; deck and shelves light grey epoxy.

Model TS62

TT100 4 Decks Decks at: 290 : 650 : 1010 : 1370mm Model

Combinations

Weight Kgs

Ref

2 fixed open ends

TT116

1 fixed open end / 1 fixed mesh end

TT115

2 fixed mesh ends

TT118

Shown with optional brakes and memo board.

Shelf Trucks www.storage-design.co.uk

Double sided tool panel trolley - 3 panel high Ref: LPT-03

Tool Panel Trolleys

TT100 Range

Ideal for Warehouses, Stores, Supermarkets, Factories, Offices 1, 2, 3 and 4 deck models. Overall Length x Width 1070 x 600mm Overall Height: 1,2 & 3 deck models - 1160mm; 4 deck - 1500mm Deck Length x Width 1000 x 600 mm Capacity 250 kg UDL Smart and attractive, narrow overall width - only 600 mm General specification High quality red epoxy coated finish tubular chassis frame. 2 fixed 2 swivel castors with 160 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels with bright steel centres. Brakes optional. Bright zinc plated mesh infill panels as required. Fixed timber shelves with bright steel protector strips on both long sides. Special combinations custom built on request

Double sided tool panel trolley 2 panel high Ref: LPT-02

Optional extra

Shown with optional brakes

Total stop brakes: Ref. B083 (pair) For tool hooks - see p142

Shelf Trucks

Tool Panel Trolleys / Shelf Trucks

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Always recommended as an important safety feature. Suitable for all models.

Optional extra

Model TS63

Model TS64

Ref

2 fixed mesh ends 1 fixed full mesh side / 1 removable full mesh side

TT110 (Not Illustrated)

Model

Combinations

Weight Kgs

Ref

2 fixed open ends

TT100

2 fixed mesh ends

TT102

2 fixed mesh ends 4 removable deck sides (170mm)

TT106

Total capacity

Weight Kg

Ref

2 fixed open ends

TT113

2 fixed mesh ends

TT115

TS62

350 kg

TS63

Deck + 2 ends + 2 shelves + 2 sides

350 kg

TS64

Air-flow punched steel shelves with flush surface. Ends and shelves fixed, both sides hook-on.

13 Weight Kgs

350 kg

DESPATCH

Weight Kgs

Combinations

Deck + 2 ends + 2 shelves + 1 side

HOUR

Combinations

Model

Deck + 2 ends + 2 shelves

Model

TT100 3 Decks Decks at: 290 : 650 : 1010mm

Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair) Decription

Shown with optional brakes

TT100 1 Deck Base only with mesh ends/sides

TT100 2 Decks Decks at: 290 : 880mm

Model TS62

TT100 4 Decks Decks at: 290 : 650 : 1010 : 1370mm Model

Combinations

Weight Kgs

Ref

2 fixed open ends

TT116

1 fixed open end / 1 fixed mesh end

TT115

2 fixed mesh ends

TT118

Shown with optional brakes and memo board.

Tool Panel Trolleys / Shelf Trucks

Shelf Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Shelf Truck

Shelf Truck with mesh superstructure

Industry favourite Capacity 500kg UDL

Capacity 500kg UDL

Spring loaded catch holds drawbar in vertical position.

Shelf Trucks

Overall height 1780 mm. Overall length = Deck length + 200mm 2 fixed 2 swivel castors with 200 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Model TS31T shown with drawbar handle

With mesh superstructure - 3 sides and top Welded mesh infill 50 x 50 mm panels 5 drop-in shelves Welded angle chassis and superstructure. Fixed ply platform and 5 removable ply shelves. Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 fixed 2 swivel castors with 200 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings.

Optional extra Total stop brakes: Ref. B013 (pair)

Total stop brakes: Ref. B013 (pair)

Model

Deck size L x W mm

Deck height mm

Shelf levels mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

Standard

1000 x 700

275

635 : 1005 : 1375

TS30

1200 x 800

275

635 : 1005 : 1375

TS31

1000 x 700

275

635 : 1005 : 1375

TS30T

1200 x 800

275

635 : 1005 : 1375

TS31T

Model

Standard Capacity UDL Kg: Truck max 500; per shelf max 50; base 350 when shelves fully loaded With drawbar

Shelf Truck with rod superstructure Industry favourite Capacity 500kg UDL

Model

Standard

With drawbar

Optional hook on front

Open Fronted

With Hook on Front

Weight

Ref

Weight

Ref

1000 x 700

110kg

TS36

127kg

TS37

1200 x 800

120kg

TS38

138kg

TS39

1000 x 700

112kg

TS36T

129kg

TS37T

1200 x 800

122kg

TS38T

140kg

TS39T

Capacity UDL Kg: Truck max 500; per shelf max 50; base 250 when shelves fully loaded Deck height: 275mm Shelf heights at 250mm centres: 275 : 775 : 1025 : 1275 : 1525 mm Clearance: 230mm

Capacity 450kg UDL

Deck/Shelf L x W mm

Open Fronted Weight

Ref

Weight

Ref

1000 x 700

88kg

TS32

98kg

TS33

1200 x 800

106kg

TS34

117kg

TS35

Sectioned trolley designed for the transportation of mixed products: Flat boards, boxes and tubes etc. Welded tube framework with flush fitting ply wood deck. Overall L x W x H: 1000 x 600 x 1200mm Deck height: 220mm Rail heights from deck: 650 and 980mm Castors: 2 swivel, 2 fixed 160mm steel centred wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings Finish: Red epoxy Weight: 36 Kg

1000 x 700

90kg

TS32T

100kg

TS33T

Trolley Ref: TP37

1200 x 800

108kg

TS34T

119kg

TS35T

Capacity UDL Kg: Truck max 500; per shelf max 50; base 300 when shelves fully loaded Deck height: 275mm Shelf heights at 300mm centres: 570 : 870 : 1170 : 1470mm Clearance: 280mm Overall length = Deck Length + 200mm

With Hook on Front

Optional extra Total stop brakes: Ref. B013 (pair)

Shelf Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Deck/Shelf L x W mm

DIY Trolley

Welded angle chassis and tubular superstructure with vertical retaining rods Fixed ply platform and 4 removable ply shelves. Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 fixed 2 swivel castors with 200 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings.

Optional drawbar

Optional hinged doors

Optional extra

With drawbar handle

Model TS30 Standard

Shelf Trucks / DIY Trolley

Welded angle chassis with tubular end frames. Fixed ply platform plus 3 drop-in ply shelves. 2 standard models. Both available as drawbar version

Optional extra Total stop brakes: Ref. B237 (pair)

Shelf Trucks / DIY Trolley info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

27 Shelf Truck

Shelf Truck with mesh superstructure

Industry favourite Capacity 500kg UDL

Capacity 500kg UDL

Spring loaded catch holds drawbar in vertical position.

Shelf Trucks

Overall height 1780 mm. Overall length = Deck length + 200mm 2 fixed 2 swivel castors with 200 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Model TS31T shown with drawbar handle

Optional extra Total stop brakes: Ref. B013 (pair)

Total stop brakes: Ref. B013 (pair)

Model

Deck size L x W mm

Deck height mm

Shelf levels mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

Standard

1000 x 700

275

635 : 1005 : 1375

TS30

1200 x 800

275

635 : 1005 : 1375

TS31

1000 x 700

275

635 : 1005 : 1375

TS30T

1200 x 800

275

635 : 1005 : 1375

TS31T

Model

Standard Capacity UDL Kg: Truck max 500; per shelf max 50; base 350 when shelves fully loaded With drawbar

Shelf Truck with rod superstructure Industry favourite Capacity 500kg UDL

Model

Standard

With drawbar

Optional hook on front

Deck/Shelf L x W mm

Open Fronted

With Hook on Front

Weight

Ref

Weight

Ref

1000 x 700

110kg

TS36

127kg

TS37

1200 x 800

120kg

TS38

138kg

TS39

1000 x 700

112kg

TS36T

129kg

TS37T

1200 x 800

122kg

TS38T

140kg

TS39T

Capacity UDL Kg: Truck max 500; per shelf max 50; base 250 when shelves fully loaded Deck height: 275mm Shelf heights at 250mm centres: 275 : 775 : 1025 : 1275 : 1525 mm Clearance: 230mm

DIY Trolley

Optional drawbar

Optional hinged doors

Optional extra

With drawbar handle

Model TS30 Standard

Shelf Trucks / DIY Trolley

Welded angle chassis with tubular end frames. Fixed ply platform plus 3 drop-in ply shelves. 2 standard models. Both available as drawbar version

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Capacity 450kg UDL

Deck/Shelf L x W mm

Open Fronted Weight

Ref

Weight

Ref

1000 x 700

88kg

TS32

98kg

TS33

1200 x 800

106kg

TS34

117kg

TS35

1000 x 700

90kg

TS32T

100kg

TS33T

Trolley Ref: TP37

1200 x 800

108kg

TS34T

119kg

TS35T

With Hook on Front

Optional extra Total stop brakes: Ref. B013 (pair)

Optional extra Total stop brakes: Ref. B237 (pair)

Shelf Trucks

Shelf Trucks / DIY Trolley STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Standard Container Trucks

Parcel Trucks

Capacity 500kg UDL

General specification - Standard & Security Strong chassis with inset timber base. Rugged superstructure with standard half-drop side. Available with choice of mesh or plywood infil panels.

With 3 fixed tubular sides. Push handle one end. Polyurethane coated plywood platform flush fitted into angle frame chassis. Finish: Blue epoxy 2 fixed 2 swivel castors with 200 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings.

2 sizes available: Internal L x W: 975 x 675mm / 1175 x 775mm O/all L x W: 1150 x 730mm / 1360 x 830mm Overall height: 1235 mm Effective height: 980 mm Finish: Blue epoxy Polyurethane coated ply. Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed 200 mm dia. castors with rubber tyres and roller bearings.

Optional extra Total stop brakes: Ref. B013 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

Optional extra Model MT20 Popular container truck for all industries

We can manufacture Standard or Security Container Trucks to your special sizes

Total stop brakes: Ref. B013 (pair) Internal size L x W mm

Side type

Weight

Without lid Ref

Factory fitted bumper strip Ref

975 x 675

Mesh

62 kg

MT19

BS2

Ply

82 kg

PLT19

BS2

1000 x 700

1190 x 730 x 1575

1300

275

WT20

1200 x 800

1390 x 830 x 1575

1300

275

WT21

1175 x 775

Mesh

71 kg

MT20

BS3

Ply

93 kg

PLT20

BS3

Effective height mm

Deck height mm

Capacity 500kg UDL

Ideal for long bulky loads. 625mm removable corner stanchions for easier loading and unloading.

Internal size L x W mm

Side type

Weight

With lid Ref

Factory fitted bumper strip Ref

975 x 675

Mesh

73 kg

MT21

BS2

Ply

98 kg

PLT21

BS2

Mesh

85 kg

MT22

BS3

Ply

112 kg

PLT22

BS3

1175 x 775

Weight Kgs

Ref

2 deck sizes 2 Models: 500kg and 1000kg Heavy duty fully welded construction. Steel angle with tubular post pockets and 625mm stanchions. Finish: Blue epoxy 2 swivel 2 fixed castors with 200 or 250 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels. Bright zinc plated steel centres and roller bearings.

Deck size L x W mm

Capacity Kgs

Wheel dia. mm

Deck height mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

1300 x 700

500

200

275

WT23

Overall: 1310 x 770

1000

250

355

WT24

1600 x 800

500

200

275

WT25

Overall: 1610 x 870

1000

250

355

WT26

Model WT23

Model MT21 Truck offering full security with visibility

Container Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Overall L x W x H mm

Stanchion Trucks

Fitted with 2 chain stays and padlock hasp (padlock not included) When lid is closed, standard half drop side is prevented from opening.

Model PLT22 Truck offering full security with contents privacy

Deck size L x W mm

Security Container Trucks

Security Container Trucks Factory fitted with lockable lids. Steel framework infilled with mesh or plywood, and hinged centrally along its own length and to main body of truck.

Warehouse Trucks

Heavy Duty Container Trucks

Warehouse Trucks info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Standard Container Trucks

Parcel Trucks

Capacity 500kg UDL

General specification - Standard & Security Strong chassis with inset timber base. Rugged superstructure with standard half-drop side. Available with choice of mesh or plywood infil panels.

Optional extra Total stop brakes: Ref. B013 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

Optional extra Model MT20 Popular container truck for all industries

We can manufacture Standard or Security Container Trucks to your special sizes

Total stop brakes: Ref. B013 (pair) Internal size L x W mm

Side type

Weight

Without lid Ref

Factory fitted bumper strip Ref

975 x 675

Mesh

62 kg

MT19

BS2

Ply

82 kg

PLT19

BS2

1000 x 700

1190 x 730 x 1575

1300

275

WT20

1200 x 800

1390 x 830 x 1575

1300

275

WT21

1175 x 775

Mesh

71 kg

MT20

BS3

Ply

93 kg

PLT20

BS3

Overall L x W x H mm

Effective height mm

Deck height mm

Stanchion Trucks

Capacity 500kg UDL

Ideal for long bulky loads. 625mm removable corner stanchions for easier loading and unloading.

Fitted with 2 chain stays and padlock hasp (padlock not included) When lid is closed, standard half drop side is prevented from opening. Internal size L x W mm

Side type

Weight

With lid Ref

Factory fitted bumper strip Ref

975 x 675

Mesh

73 kg

MT21

BS2

Ply

98 kg

PLT21

BS2

Mesh

85 kg

MT22

BS3

Ply

112 kg

PLT22

BS3

1175 x 775

Model PLT22 Truck offering full security with contents privacy

Deck size L x W mm

Security Container Trucks

Security Container Trucks Factory fitted with lockable lids. Steel framework infilled with mesh or plywood, and hinged centrally along its own length and to main body of truck.

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Warehouse Trucks

Heavy Duty Container Trucks

Weight Kgs

Ref

Deck size L x W mm

Capacity Kgs

Wheel dia. mm

Deck height mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

1300 x 700

500

200

275

WT23

Overall: 1310 x 770

1000

250

355

WT24

1600 x 800

500

200

275

WT25

Overall: 1610 x 870

1000

250

355

WT26

Model WT23

Model MT21 Truck offering full security with visibility

Container Trucks

Warehouse Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Junior Low Load Trucks

Side Frame Trucks

Capacity 150kg UDL

Designed for all-round load retention with simple robust construction. Blue epoxy finish. Wheels: 2 fixed 2 swivel castors. 160mm dia. red centre wheels with roller bearings and rubber tyres.

Optional extra Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

Optional extra Total stop brakes: Ref. B032 (pair)

Platform Trucks

Ply Panel Trucks Capacity 500 kg tubular frame chassis

Platform L x W mm

Side height mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

Patform Trucks

Useful Standard Junior Platform Size Fixed or folding frame L x W: 850 x 450mm O/A L x H 1070 x 1015mm Strong welded tubular construction. 2 swivel, 2 fixed castors. 125 mm dia. red centre wheels, roller bearings and rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Model LL01

Ply side frames - removable

Model LL01P

1000 x 700

250

TCO74P

1200 x 800

250

TCO84P

Tubular side frames - fixed 925 x 625 Model LL31

235

LL06

Tubular Frame Truck Capacity 250 kg Tubular frame chassis Ply deck

Model LL31P

Traditional Warehouse Platform Trucks Capacity 500kg UDL

Maxi Low Load Trucks Capacity 250kg UDL

Tough and manoeuvrable. Single or double end. End axles fitted with sliding self-centring wheel. Centre balance wheels are housed in fixed castors. All wheels 200 mm dia. with rubber tyres.

Large Standard Euro Platform - Fixed or folding frame L x W: 1000 x 700 mm O/A L x H: 1165 x 1055mm Strong welded tubular construction. 2 swivel 2 fixed castors. 160 mm dia. red centre wheels with roller bearings and rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Deck height: 275 mm Overall height: 1365 mm End frame height: 1090 mm Overall length: Single end - deck length + 210mm Double end - deck length + 420mm

Model LL02

Model LL02P

Optional extra

Model LL32

Ref

Single End 1000 x 700

WT120

1200 x 800

WT130

1520 x 800

WT140

Double End 1000 x 700

WT220

1200 x 800

WT230

1520 x 800

WT240

Deck size L x W mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

Capacity 500kg UDL

Type

Weight Kgs

Long Goods Platform Trucks

Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair)

Model LL32P

Deck size L x W mm

Deck L x W mm

Capacity Kgs

Deck height mm

Overall L x W x H mm

Wheel Dia. mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

Tubular

850 x 450

150

185

1070 x 450 x 1015

125

LL01

Tubular folding

850 x 450

150

185

1070 x 450 x 1015

125

LL31

Tubular

1000 x 700

250

228

1165 x 700 x 1055

160

LL02

Tubular folding

1000 x 700

250

228

1165 x 700 x 1055

160

LL32

Substantial timber deck. All steel welded frame. 2 swivel 2 fixed castors. 160 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels and roller bearings. Deck height 235 mm Tubular O/a height 1035 mm. Tube retaining sides 800 mm Timber O/a height 1035 mm. Load restraint height 520 mm

Ply

850 x 450

150

197

1070 x 450 x 1015

125

LL01P

Ply folding

850 x 450

150

197

1070 x 450 x 1015

125

LL31P

Ply

1000 x 700

250

240

1165 x 700 x 1055

160

LL02P

Optional extra

Ply folding

1000 x 700

250

240

1165 x 700 x 1055

160

LL32P

Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair)

Platform Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

2 straight sides - Tubular 1000 x 600

TC605TB

1000 x 700

TC705TB

1200 x 800

TC805TB

2 straight sides - Timber

HOUR

1000 x 600

TC605P

1000 x 700

TC705P

DESPATCH

1200 x 800

TC805P

Platform Trucks info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Junior Low Load Trucks

Side Frame Trucks

Capacity 150kg UDL

Designed for all-round load retention with simple robust construction. Blue epoxy finish. Wheels: 2 fixed 2 swivel castors. 160mm dia. red centre wheels with roller bearings and rubber tyres.

Optional extra Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

Optional extra Total stop brakes: Ref. B032 (pair)

Platform Trucks

Ply Panel Trucks Capacity 500 kg tubular frame chassis

Platform L x W mm

Side height mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

Patform Trucks

Model LL01

Ply side frames - removable

Model LL01P

1000 x 700

250

TCO74P

1200 x 800

250

TCO84P

Tubular Frame Truck Capacity 250 kg Tubular frame chassis Ply deck

Tubular side frames - fixed 925 x 625 Model LL31

235

LL06

Model LL31P

Traditional Warehouse Platform Trucks Capacity 500kg UDL

Maxi Low Load Trucks Capacity 250kg UDL

Tough and manoeuvrable. Single or double end. End axles fitted with sliding self-centring wheel. Centre balance wheels are housed in fixed castors. All wheels 200 mm dia. with rubber tyres.

Deck height: 275 mm Overall height: 1365 mm End frame height: 1090 mm Overall length: Single end - deck length + 210mm Double end - deck length + 420mm

Model LL02

Model LL02P

Optional extra

Model LL32

Ref

Single End 1000 x 700

WT120

1200 x 800

WT130

1520 x 800

WT140

Double End 1000 x 700

WT220

1200 x 800

WT230

1520 x 800

WT240

Deck size L x W mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

Capacity 500kg UDL

Type

Weight Kgs

Long Goods Platform Trucks

Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair)

Model LL32P

Deck size L x W mm

Deck L x W mm

Capacity Kgs

Deck height mm

Overall L x W x H mm

Wheel Dia. mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

Tubular

850 x 450

150

185

1070 x 450 x 1015

125

LL01

Tubular folding

850 x 450

150

185

1070 x 450 x 1015

125

LL31

Tubular

1000 x 700

250

228

1165 x 700 x 1055

160

LL02

Tubular folding

1000 x 700

250

228

1165 x 700 x 1055

160

LL32

Ply

850 x 450

150

197

1070 x 450 x 1015

125

LL01P

Ply folding

850 x 450

150

197

1070 x 450 x 1015

125

LL31P

Ply

1000 x 700

250

240

1165 x 700 x 1055

160

LL02P

Optional extra

Ply folding

1000 x 700

250

240

1165 x 700 x 1055

160

LL32P

Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair)

2 straight sides - Tubular 1000 x 600

TC605TB

1000 x 700

TC705TB

1200 x 800

TC805TB

2 straight sides - Timber

HOUR

1000 x 600

TC605P

1000 x 700

TC705P

DESPATCH

1200 x 800

TC805P

Platform Trucks

Platform Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED 250 Series

500 Series with mesh panels

Capacity 250kg UDL 3 deck sizes Timber or mesh removable panels

Capacity 500kg Mesh panels Platform Trucks Choice of 3 deck sizes Ply or hard wearing antislip Phenolic

Diamond Balance Wheels This layout assists manoeuvrability. Trucks turn virtually in own length. 10mm (approx) rocking balance. No brakes available.

HOUR DESPATCH

Deck size

1000 x 600 mm

1000 x 700 mm 1200 x 800 mm

Deck only

TC006

TC007

TC008

Weight Kgs

Tubular end

TC106TB

TC107TB

TC108TB

Weight Kgs

Single timber end

TC106P

TC107P

TC108P

Weight Kgs

Single mesh end

TC106M

TC107M

TC108M

Weight Kgs

Double timber end

TC206P

TC207P

TC208P

Weight Kgs

Double mesh end

TC206M

TC207M

TC208M

Weight Kgs

3-sided timber

TC306P

TC307P

TC308P

Weight Kgs

3-sided mesh

TC306M

TC307M

TC308M

Weight Kgs

4-sided timber

TC406P

TC407P

TC408P

Weight Kgs

4-sided mesh

TC406M

TC407M

TC408M

Weight Kgs

Substantial timber deck. Blue or Red epoxy finished frame with zinc plated / epoxy mesh infill end and side panels. All steel welded frames. 2 swivel 2 fixed castors, with 160mm dia rubber tyred roller bearing wheels. All side and end panels removable. General specification: Deck height: 235 mm Load restraint heights: 520 mm Overall height: 985mm Wheels: 160mm Overall length: Single end - Deck Length + 85mm Double end - Deck Length + 145mm Overall width: Deck Width + 25mm

Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 600mm deck: Ref. BS1 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

Bumper strip and total stop brake

With ply deck and zinc plated panels (Blue finish)

Capacity 500kg UDL Substantial timber deck. All steel welded frame. 2 swivel 2 fixed castors with rubber tyred roller bearing wheels. Wheels 160mm dia. Deck height 235 mm. O/all length: platform only - Deck Length + 25mm Single end - Deck Length + 85mm O/all width: Deck Width + 25mm

HOUR DESPATCH

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Single end Ref:

TC601M

TC701M

TC801M

Weight Kgs:

Double end Ref:

TC602M

TC702M

TC802M

Weight Kgs:

3 Sided Ref:

TC603M

TC703M

TC803M

Weight Kgs:

4 Sided Ref:

TC604M

TC704M

TC804M

Weight Kgs:

With black phenolic deck and epoxy panels (Red finish) Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Single end Ref:

TC101M

TC201M

TC301M

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Weight Kgs:

Platform only Ref:

TC600

TC700

TC800

Double end Ref:

TC102M

TC202M

TC302M

Weight Kgs:

3 Sided Ref:

TC103M

TC203M

TC303M

Weight Kgs:

4 Sided Ref:

TC104M

TC204M

TC304M

Weight Kgs:

Single end Ref:

TC601TB

TC701TB

TC801TB

Weight Kgs:

Optional extras Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair)

Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 600mm deck: Ref. BS1 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

Platform Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

DESPATCH

Optional extras

500 Series

HOUR

Platform Trucks

160 mm dia. wheels Timber or mesh ends and sides General specification 250 series is identical to 500 series but with balance wheels and capacity of 250kg. O/all length: Single end - Deck Length + 85mm Double end - Deck Length + 145mm O/all width: Deck Width + 25mm O/all height: 985mm Load restraint height: 520mm

Patform Trucks

Highly manoeuvrable Turns almost within own length

Platform Trucks info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

33 250 Series

500 Series with mesh panels

Capacity 250kg UDL 3 deck sizes Timber or mesh removable panels

Capacity 500kg Mesh panels Platform Trucks Choice of 3 deck sizes Ply or hard wearing antislip Phenolic

Diamond Balance Wheels This layout assists manoeuvrability. Trucks turn virtually in own length. 10mm (approx) rocking balance. No brakes available.

HOUR DESPATCH

Deck size

1000 x 600 mm

1000 x 700 mm 1200 x 800 mm

Deck only

TC006

TC007

TC008

Weight Kgs

Tubular end

TC106TB

TC107TB

TC108TB

Weight Kgs

Single timber end

TC106P

TC107P

TC108P

Weight Kgs

Single mesh end

TC106M

TC107M

TC108M

Weight Kgs

Double timber end

TC206P

TC207P

TC208P

Weight Kgs

Double mesh end

TC206M

TC207M

TC208M

Weight Kgs

3-sided timber

TC306P

TC307P

TC308P

Weight Kgs

3-sided mesh

TC306M

TC307M

TC308M

Weight Kgs

4-sided timber

TC406P

TC407P

TC408P

Weight Kgs

4-sided mesh

TC406M

TC407M

TC408M

Weight Kgs

HOUR DESPATCH

Optional extras Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 600mm deck: Ref. BS1 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

Bumper strip and total stop brake

With ply deck and zinc plated panels (Blue finish)

500 Series Capacity 500kg UDL Substantial timber deck. All steel welded frame. 2 swivel 2 fixed castors with rubber tyred roller bearing wheels. Wheels 160mm dia. Deck height 235 mm. O/all length: platform only - Deck Length + 25mm Single end - Deck Length + 85mm O/all width: Deck Width + 25mm

HOUR DESPATCH

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Single end Ref:

TC601M

TC701M

TC801M

Weight Kgs:

Double end Ref:

TC602M

TC702M

TC802M

Weight Kgs:

3 Sided Ref:

TC603M

TC703M

TC803M

Weight Kgs:

4 Sided Ref:

TC604M

TC704M

TC804M

Weight Kgs:

With black phenolic deck and epoxy panels (Red finish) Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Single end Ref:

TC101M

TC201M

TC301M

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Weight Kgs:

Platform only Ref:

TC600

TC700

TC800

Double end Ref:

TC102M

TC202M

TC302M

Weight Kgs:

3 Sided Ref:

TC103M

TC203M

TC303M

Weight Kgs:

4 Sided Ref:

TC104M

TC204M

TC304M

Weight Kgs:

Single end Ref:

TC601TB

TC701TB

TC801TB

Weight Kgs:

Optional extras Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair)

Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 600mm deck: Ref. BS1 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

Platform Trucks

Patform Trucks

Highly manoeuvrable Turns almost within own length

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Platform Trucks

Platform Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED 500 Series with timber panels

Stainless Steel Range

Capacity 500kg Timber panels Platform Trucks Choice of 3 deck sizes Ply or hardwearing antislip Phenolic

Capacity 500kg UDL Stainless steel platform trucks 304 Grade Stainless Steel

HOUR DESPATCH

Platform Trucks

Substantial timber deck. Blue or Red epoxy finished frame with varnished plywood or phenolic infill end and side panels. All steel welded frames. 2 swivel 2 fixed castors, with rubber tyred roller bearing wheels. All side and end panels removable. General specification: Deck height: 235 mm Load restraint heights: 520 mm Overall height: 985mm Wheels: 160mm Overall length: Single end - Deck Length + 85mm Double end - Deck Length + 145mm Overall width: Deck Width + 25mm

High specification range of platform trucks suitable for the food and drink industry. Completely formed from 304 grade stainless steel sheet, tube and wire mesh. 2 swivel and 2 fixed stainless steel castors fitted with 200mm dia. rubber tyred wheels with red centres and stainless steel roller bearings. 3 platform sizes: 1000 x 600mm 1000 x 700mm 1200 x 800mm Overall height: 985mm Deck height: 295mm Mesh panel height: 480mm Fixed mesh ends and removable mesh sides.

Optional extras

Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 600mm deck: Ref. BS1 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

Total stop brakes: Ref. B229 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 600mm deck: Ref. BS1 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

Bumper strip and total stop brake

Patform Trucks

With ply deck and panels (Blue finish) Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Single end Ref:

TC601P

TC701P

TC801P

Weight Kgs:

Double end Ref:

TC602P

TC702P

TC802P

Weight Kgs:

3 Sided Ref:

TC603P

TC703P

TC803P

Weight Kgs:

4 Sided Ref:

TC604P

TC704P

TC804P

Weight Kgs:

With black phenolic deck and panels (Red finish)

Platform Trucks

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Mobile base only Ref:

SP600

SP700

SP800

Weight Kgs:

Single end Ref:

SP601M

SP701M

SP801M

Weight Kgs:

Clear load area:

930 x 600mm

930 x 700mm

1130 x 800mm

Ref:

SP602M

SP702M

SP802M

Double end

Weight Kgs:

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Clear load area:

860 x 600mm

860 x 700mm

1060 x 800mm

Single end Ref:

TC101P

TC201P

TC301P

3 Sided

Weight Kgs:

Ref:

SP603M

SP703M

SP803M

Double end Ref:

TC102P

TC202P

TC302P

Weight Kgs:

Clear load area:

860 x 555mm

860 x 655mm

1060 x 755mm

3 Sided Ref:

TC102P

TC202P

TC302P

4 Sided

Weight Kgs:

Ref:

SP604M

SP704M

SP804M

4 Sided Ref:

TC104P

TC204P

TC304P

Weight Kgs:

Clear load area:

860 x 510mm

860 x 610mm

1060 x 710mm

Hardwearing antislip phenolic coated decks

Platform Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Platform Trucks info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED 500 Series with timber panels

Stainless Steel Range

Capacity 500kg Timber panels Platform Trucks Choice of 3 deck sizes Ply or hardwearing antislip Phenolic

Capacity 500kg UDL Stainless steel platform trucks 304 Grade Stainless Steel

HOUR DESPATCH

Platform Trucks

Optional extras

Total stop brakes: Ref. B024 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 600mm deck: Ref. BS1 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

Total stop brakes: Ref. B229 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 600mm deck: Ref. BS1 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

Bumper strip and total stop brake

Patform Trucks

With ply deck and panels (Blue finish) Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Single end Ref:

TC601P

TC701P

TC801P

Weight Kgs:

Double end Ref:

TC602P

TC702P

TC802P

Weight Kgs:

3 Sided Ref:

TC603P

TC703P

TC803P

Weight Kgs:

4 Sided Ref:

TC604P

TC704P

TC804P

Weight Kgs:

With black phenolic deck and panels (Red finish)

Platform Trucks

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Mobile base only Ref:

SP600

SP700

SP800

Weight Kgs:

Single end Ref:

SP601M

SP701M

SP801M

Weight Kgs:

Clear load area:

930 x 600mm

930 x 700mm

1130 x 800mm

Ref:

SP602M

SP702M

SP802M

Double end

Weight Kgs:

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Clear load area:

860 x 600mm

860 x 700mm

1060 x 800mm

Single end Ref:

TC101P

TC201P

TC301P

3 Sided

Weight Kgs:

Ref:

SP603M

SP703M

SP803M

Double end Ref:

TC102P

TC202P

TC302P

Weight Kgs:

Clear load area:

860 x 555mm

860 x 655mm

1060 x 755mm

3 Sided Ref:

TC102P

TC202P

TC302P

4 Sided

Weight Kgs:

Ref:

SP604M

SP704M

SP804M

4 Sided Ref:

TC104P

TC204P

TC304P

Weight Kgs:

Clear load area:

860 x 510mm

860 x 610mm

1060 x 710mm

Hardwearing antislip phenolic coated decks

Platform Trucks

Platform Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

700 Series platform trucks

Colour Range

Capacity 700kg UDL Choice of 3 deck sizes Ply or mesh panels

Capacity 700kg UDL Coloured platform trucks

Substantial timber deck. Finish: Red epoxy frame with choice of ply or zinc plated mesh infill end and side panels. All steel welded frames. 2 swivel 2 fixed castors, with rubber tyred roller bearing wheels. All side and end panels removable.

DESPATCH

HOUR

General specification: Deck height: 285 mm Load restraint heights: 520 mm Overall height: 1040mm Wheels: 200mm Overall length: Single end - Deck Length + 85mm Double end -Deck Length + 145mm Overall width:Deck Width + 25mm

HOUR

High quality powder coated decks in a range of attractive colours, with bright zinc plated fixed mesh ends and removable sides. 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 200mm dia. rubber tyred wheels with bright zinc plated centres and roller bearings. 3 platform sizes: 1000 x 600mm 1000 x 700mm 1200 x 800mm Overall height: 985mm Deck height: 295mm Mesh panel height: 480mm End panels fixed, side panels removable Deck colours: Blue as standard, green, yellow or red at no extra cost.

Optional extras Total stop brakes: Ref. B073 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 600mm deck: Ref. BS1 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

Choice of 4 deck colours

Bumper strip and total stop brake

Varnished ply panels

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Weight:

37 kgs

39 kgs

45 kgs

Clear load area:

930 x 600mm

930 x 700mm

1130 x 800mm

Blue ref:

EP601MB

EP701MB

EP801MB

Green ref:

EP601MG

EP701MG

EP801MG

Yellow ref:

EP601MY

EP701MY

EP801MY

Red ref:

EP601MR

EP701MR

EP801MR 50 kgs

Single End

1000 x 700

Single end Ref:

PT601P

PT701P

PT801P

Weight Kgs:

Double End

Double end Ref:

PT602P

PT702P

PT802P

Weight:

41 kgs

44 kgs

Weight Kgs:

Clear load area:

860 x 600mm

860 x 700mm

1060 x 800mm

3 Sided Ref:

PT603P

PT703P

PT803P

Blue ref:

EP602MB

EP702MB

EP802MB EP802MG

EP702MG

EP602MG

Green ref:

Weight Kgs:

Yellow ref:

EP602MY

EP702MY

EP802MY

4 Sided Ref:

PT604P

PT704P

PT804P

Red ref:

EP602MR

EP702MR

EP802MR

3 Sided Weight:

44 kgs

47 kgs

54 kgs

Clear load area:

860 x 555mm

860 x 655mm

1060 x 755mm

Blue ref:

EP603MB

EP703MB

EP803MB

Green ref:

EP603MG

EP703MG

EP803MG

Yellow ref:

EP603MY

EP703MY

EP803MY

Red ref:

EP603MR

EP703MR

EP803MR 58 kgs

Zinc plated mesh panels Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Single end Ref:

PT601M

PT701M

PT801M

Weight Kgs:

Double end Ref:

PT602M

PT702M

PT802M

4 sided

Weight Kgs:

Weight:

47 kgs

50 kgs

Clear load area:

860 x 510mm

860 x 610mm

1060 x 710mm

Blue ref:

EP604MB

EP704MB

EP804MB

Green ref:

EP604MG

EP704MG

EP804MG

Yellow ref:

EP604MY

EP704MY

EP804MY

Red ref:

EP604MR

EP704MR

EP804MR

3 Sided Ref:

PT603M

PT703M

PT803M

Weight Kgs:

4 Sided Ref:

PT604M

PT704M

PT804M

Weight Kgs:

Platform Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Total stop brakes: Ref. B073 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 600mm deck: Ref. BS1 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

1000 x 600

1200 x 800

Deck size L x W mm

Optional extras

Deck size L x W mm

Weight Kgs:

DESPATCH

Patform Trucks

Platform Trucks

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Platform Trucks info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

37 Colour Range

Capacity 700kg UDL Choice of 3 deck sizes Ply or mesh panels

Capacity 700kg UDL Coloured platform trucks

DESPATCH

HOUR

High quality powder coated decks in a range of attractive colours, with bright zinc plated fixed mesh ends and removable sides.

DESPATCH

2 swivel and 2 fixed castors with 200mm dia. rubber tyred wheels with bright zinc plated centres and roller bearings.

Patform Trucks

Platform Trucks

700 Series platform trucks

3 platform sizes: 1000 x 600mm 1000 x 700mm 1200 x 800mm Overall height: 985mm Deck height: 295mm Mesh panel height: 480mm End panels fixed, side panels removable Deck colours: Blue as standard, green, yellow or red at no extra cost.

Optional extras Total stop brakes: Ref. B073 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 600mm deck: Ref. BS1 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

Choice of 4 deck colours

Bumper strip and total stop brake

Varnished ply panels

Total stop brakes: Ref. B073 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 600mm deck: Ref. BS1 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Weight:

37 kgs

39 kgs

45 kgs

Clear load area:

930 x 600mm

930 x 700mm

1130 x 800mm

Blue ref:

EP601MB

EP701MB

EP801MB

Green ref:

EP601MG

EP701MG

EP801MG

Yellow ref:

EP601MY

EP701MY

EP801MY

Red ref:

EP601MR

EP701MR

EP801MR 50 kgs

Single End

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

Single end Ref:

PT601P

PT701P

PT801P

Weight Kgs:

Double End

Double end Ref:

PT602P

PT702P

PT802P

Weight:

41 kgs

44 kgs

Weight Kgs:

Clear load area:

860 x 600mm

860 x 700mm

1060 x 800mm

3 Sided Ref:

PT603P

PT703P

PT803P

Blue ref:

EP602MB

EP702MB

EP802MB EP802MG

EP702MG

EP602MG

Green ref:

Weight Kgs:

Yellow ref:

EP602MY

EP702MY

EP802MY

4 Sided Ref:

PT604P

PT704P

PT804P

Red ref:

EP602MR

EP702MR

EP802MR

3 Sided Weight:

44 kgs

47 kgs

54 kgs

Clear load area:

860 x 555mm

860 x 655mm

1060 x 755mm

Blue ref:

EP603MB

EP703MB

EP803MB

Green ref:

EP603MG

EP703MG

EP803MG

Yellow ref:

EP603MY

EP703MY

EP803MY

Red ref:

EP603MR

EP703MR

EP803MR 58 kgs

1200 x 800

Deck size L x W mm

Optional extras

Deck size L x W mm

Weight Kgs:

Zinc plated mesh panels

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Single end Ref:

PT601M

PT701M

PT801M

Weight Kgs:

Double end Ref:

PT602M

PT702M

PT802M

4 sided

Weight Kgs:

Weight:

47 kgs

50 kgs

Clear load area:

860 x 510mm

860 x 610mm

1060 x 710mm

Blue ref:

EP604MB

EP704MB

EP804MB

Green ref:

EP604MG

EP704MG

EP804MG

Yellow ref:

EP604MY

EP704MY

EP804MY

Red ref:

EP604MR

EP704MR

EP804MR

3 Sided Ref:

PT603M

PT703M

PT803M

Weight Kgs:

4 Sided Ref:

PT604M

PT704M

PT804M

Weight Kgs:

Platform Trucks

Platform Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Platform Trucks

Smart durable Zinc finish

Series 700 Bright Zinc Plated

Tilting Skip Bin

Capacity 700kg UDL Choice of 3 deck sizes Bright Zinc Plated

Capacity up to 400kg

Comprehensive range of bright zinc plated platform trucks from basic platform to 4 mesh sides. Choice of 3 deck sizes. Steel chassis with steel deck. 2 swivel 2 fixed castors housing 200 mm dia. rubber tyred roller bearing wheels with bright steel centres.

DESPATCH

Fabricated sheet steel body mounted on square frame chassis. Reinforced body rim. No sharp edges. Handle for pushing and load dumping. Load will not tip until retaining latch is released by the operator. Welded fork guides are available as an option.

HOUR

Finish: Blue epoxy Wheels: 200 mm dia. axle mounted front wheels with single 200 mm dia. rear swivel castor, fitted with solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.

Fixed ends and removable long sides, bright zinc plated mesh infill. Mesh panel height 480mm General specification: Maximum load 700kg Deck height 295mm Load restraint height 480mm Overall height 985mm

Capacity

250 Kg

Body size L x W x H mm

1050 x 580 x 525

400 Kg 1200 x 630 x 700

Overall size L x W x H mm

1175 x 850 x 790

1320 x 900 x 970

Weight

68kg

75kg

Ref

SB08

SB10

Weight

71kg

78 kg

Ref

SB08DT

SB10DT

Optional extras

SB/FB

Total stop brake on single swivel castor. Ref: B013/1

Including perf. base & drain tap

Loose fitting perforated base and drain tap.

Fork lift pockets (factory fitted extra) 125 x 40mm

Optional extras

Ref

Total stop brakes: Ref. B073 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 600mm deck: Ref. BS1 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

SB/FB

Skips and Bins

Wheelbarrow Skip Capacity 250kg

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Ref:

ZP600

ZP700

ZP800

Weight:

35 kg

38 kg

45 kg

Ref:

ZP601T

ZP701T

ZP801T

Weight:

38 kg

41 kg

49 kg

Clear load area:

930 x 600mm

930 x 700mm

1130 x 800mm

Fully welded construction in sheet steel with formed top edge and front nose strengthening. Tubular push handle continues down length of body for extra strength. Front and rear tubular supports allow for static and tipping use. Wheels: Fully supported tubular axle fitted with choice of 400mm dia. solid rubber or pneumatic tyred wheels with roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Platform Only

Single Fixed Tube End

Single fixed mesh End ZP601M

ZP701M

ZP801M

Weight:

39 kg

42 kg

49 kg

Clear load area:

930 x 600mm

930 x 700mm

1130 x 800mm

Double fixed mesh End Ref:

ZP602M

ZP702M

ZP802M

Weight:

43 kg

46 kg

54 kg

Clear load area:

860 x 600mm

860 x 700mm

1060 x 800mm

3 Sided (1 removable) Ref:

ZP603M

ZP703M

ZP803M

Weight:

46 kg

49 kg

58 kg

Clear load area:

860 x 555mm

860 x 655mm

1060 x 755mm

4 Sided (2 removable) Ref:

ZP604M

ZP704M

ZP804M

Weight:

49 kg

52 kg

62 kg

Clear load area:

860 x 510mm

860 x 610mm

1060 x 710mm

2 Fixed Mesh Sides

Ref:

ZP605M

ZP705M

ZP805M

Weight:

45 kg

48 kg

56 kg

Clear load area:

1000 x 510mm

1000 x 610mm 1200 x 710mm

Platform Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Skip Bins

Ref:

Body dimensions L x W x H mm

Overall dimensions L x W x H mm

Weight Kgs

Wheel type

Ref

1155 x 625 x 460

1650 x 900 x 680

Solid

SB12

1155 x 625 x 460

1650 x 900 x 680

Pneumatic

SB12P

Water Bin and Carrier Capacity 135 Litres For simple transportation and pouring of liquids Lift-off water container Heavy galvanised finish with wired rim and pouring lip. Transporter Finish: Blue epoxy with plastic hand grips Wheels: 400 mm dia. soft ride pneumatic tyred wheels, or 400mm dia solid rubber tyred wheels, both with roller bearings. Overall L x W x H: 1270 x 787 x 700 mm

Carrier complete with bin

Weight

Ref

Solid rubber tyres

47kg

CT612

Pneumatic tyres

34kg

CT612P

Additional Water Bins

9kg

PC009

Skips and Bins info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Tilting Skip Bin

Capacity 700kg UDL Choice of 3 deck sizes Bright Zinc Plated

Capacity up to 400kg

DESPATCH

HOUR

Finish: Blue epoxy Wheels: 200 mm dia. axle mounted front wheels with single 200 mm dia. rear swivel castor, fitted with solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.

Capacity

250 Kg

Body size L x W x H mm

1050 x 580 x 525

400 Kg 1200 x 630 x 700

Overall size L x W x H mm

1175 x 850 x 790

1320 x 900 x 970

Weight

68kg

75kg

Ref

SB08

SB10

Weight

71kg

78 kg

Ref

SB08DT

SB10DT

Optional extras

SB/FB

Total stop brake on single swivel castor. Ref: B013/1

Including perf. base & drain tap

Loose fitting perforated base and drain tap.

Fork lift pockets (factory fitted extra) 125 x 40mm

Optional extras

Ref

Total stop brakes: Ref. B073 (pair) Bumper strip (Factory fitted) 1000 x 600mm deck: Ref. BS1 1000 x 700mm deck: Ref. BS2 1200 x 800mm deck: Ref. BS3

SB/FB

Skips and Bins

Platform Trucks

Smart durable Zinc finish

Series 700 Bright Zinc Plated

Wheelbarrow Skip Capacity 250kg

Deck size L x W mm

1000 x 600

1000 x 700

1200 x 800

Ref:

ZP600

ZP700

ZP800

Weight:

35 kg

38 kg

45 kg

Ref:

ZP601T

ZP701T

ZP801T

Weight:

38 kg

41 kg

49 kg

Clear load area:

930 x 600mm

930 x 700mm

1130 x 800mm

Platform Only

Single Fixed Tube End

Single fixed mesh End ZP601M

ZP701M

ZP801M

Weight:

39 kg

42 kg

49 kg

Clear load area:

930 x 600mm

930 x 700mm

1130 x 800mm

Double fixed mesh End Ref:

ZP602M

ZP702M

ZP802M

Weight:

43 kg

46 kg

54 kg

Clear load area:

860 x 600mm

860 x 700mm

1060 x 800mm

3 Sided (1 removable) Ref:

ZP603M

ZP703M

ZP803M

Weight:

46 kg

49 kg

58 kg

Clear load area:

860 x 555mm

860 x 655mm

1060 x 755mm

4 Sided (2 removable) Ref:

ZP604M

ZP704M

ZP804M

Weight:

49 kg

52 kg

62 kg

Clear load area:

860 x 510mm

860 x 610mm

1060 x 710mm

2 Fixed Mesh Sides

Ref:

ZP605M

ZP705M

ZP805M

Weight:

45 kg

48 kg

56 kg

Clear load area:

1000 x 510mm

1000 x 610mm 1200 x 710mm

Skip Bins

Ref:

Body dimensions L x W x H mm

Overall dimensions L x W x H mm

Weight Kgs

Wheel type

Ref

1155 x 625 x 460

1650 x 900 x 680

Solid

SB12

1155 x 625 x 460

1650 x 900 x 680

Pneumatic

SB12P

Carrier complete with bin

Weight

Ref

Solid rubber tyres

47kg

CT612

Pneumatic tyres

34kg

CT612P

Additional Water Bins

9kg

PC009

Platform Trucks

Skips and Bins STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Narrow Aisle Drum Truck

Drum Lifters

Capacity 300kg UDL

250kg Capacity

Overall width of truck is less than a standard 210 ltr drum Use as truck for transporting and stand for dispensing without moving drum. Locking rod secures drum to truck in upright position and doubles as support stabiliser when in pouring position. Overall L x W x H: 1420 x 490 x 1090mm Dispensing height: 390mm Wheels: 4 x 200mm dia polyurethane wheels with roller bearings. Finish: blue epoxy Weight 30kg

These lifters are designed for loading, unloading and transporting 210 litre tight head drums. Not for high level stacking. They are designed for medium use over reasonable distances, on firm and level floors only.

Ref: DT62

For transport and dispensing from 210ltr steel or plastic drums.

Wheels: 2 x 150mm dia. nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball bearing journals. Castors fitted with toe guards and total stop brakes as standard. The front of the straddle legs are fitted with polyurethane rollers. Finish: Main frame and masts in orange powder coating. Traverse and drum cradle in grey powder coating; drum grip matt black.

Drum Handling

Three-in-one Drum Carrier 605mm Straddle - Standard base

Model ELID 605 G

gives 605mm between stradles

Capacity: steel drum 360kg; plastic drum 250kg Simple lever action lifts drum for transportation, and further movement of lever allows drum to be rotated through 360Ë&#x161; Drum held securely in 200mm wide steel girdle harness with two ratchet clamps. Height adjustment for easy loading of heavy drums. O/A H x W x D (with handle in horizontal position): 1030 x 895 x 1280mm Fitted with 2 x 250mm dia wheels and 1 x 160mm dia swivel, braked castor. All tyres, solid rubber. Finish: Red epoxy Weight: 54kg

Type

Wt.

Ref

Gearbox

66 kg

ELID 605 G

Winch

83 kg

ELID 605 W

Hand hydraulic

87 kg

ELID 605 HH

Electro hydraulic

114 kg

ELID 605 EH

905mm Straddle - Wide base gives 905mm between straddles to enable unloading from end of Euro Pallets. Type

Wt.

Ref

Gearbox

69 kg

ELID 905 G

Winch

84 kg

ELID 905 W

Hand hydraulic

88 kg

ELID 905 HH

Electro hydraulic

115 kg

ELID 905 EH

Drum clamp: Spring loaded hardened steel jaws grip the chimb or ring of the drum

Ref: DT80

Drum Transporter and Pouring Stand For 210 litre steel drums Capacity 350kg Welded steel construction. Removable 2-position handle Wheels: 2 x 400 mm dia. 2 x 160mm dia. castors, with solid rubber tyres. 4 nylon drum rollers and strap supplied. L x W : 1250 x 780mm Height of bung 440mm Finish: Red epoxy Optional extras Weight: 48kg Ref: DT32

Gearbox, Winch, Hand Hydraulic or Electro Hydraulic Power Unit

Gearbox

Winch: H/Hydr: El/Hydr

Maximum load capacities

250 kg

250kg

Maximum lift height mm to u/s of 210 litre drum

530

Load centres mm

305

Machine height mm

1540

Width - 605 straddles mm

745

Width - 905 straddles mm

1090

Height of straddle legs mm

Approx.vertical lift per one handle revolution mm

Overall dimensions

Hook-on drip tray: Ref. DS33 Replacement strap: Ref. STP2

Drum Handling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Caution: Machines are guarded for operator safety. Care must be taken to operate the machine and transport drums whilst standing at the rear of the machine only. Documentation: All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions covering the use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended load centres, data sheets on Health & Safety and a signed Test Certificate and declaration of conformity.

Drum Handling info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Narrow Aisle Drum Truck

Drum Lifters

Capacity 300kg UDL

250kg Capacity

Ref: DT62

For transport and dispensing from 210ltr steel or plastic drums.

Drum Handling

Three-in-one Drum Carrier 605mm Straddle - Standard base

Model ELID 605 G

gives 605mm between stradles

Type

Wt.

Ref

Gearbox

66 kg

ELID 605 G

Winch

83 kg

ELID 605 W

Hand hydraulic

87 kg

ELID 605 HH

Electro hydraulic

114 kg

ELID 605 EH

905mm Straddle - Wide base gives 905mm between straddles to enable unloading from end of Euro Pallets. Type

Wt.

Ref

Gearbox

69 kg

ELID 905 G

Winch

84 kg

ELID 905 W

Hand hydraulic

88 kg

ELID 905 HH

Electro hydraulic

115 kg

ELID 905 EH

Drum clamp: Spring loaded hardened steel jaws grip the chimb or ring of the drum

Ref: DT80

Gearbox, Winch, Hand Hydraulic or Electro Hydraulic Power Unit

Gearbox

Winch: H/Hydr: El/Hydr

Maximum load capacities

250 kg

250kg

Maximum lift height mm to u/s of 210 litre drum

530

Load centres mm

305

Machine height mm

1540

Width - 605 straddles mm

745

Width - 905 straddles mm

1090

Height of straddle legs mm

Approx.vertical lift per one handle revolution mm

Overall dimensions

Hook-on drip tray: Ref. DS33 Replacement strap: Ref. STP2

Drum Handling

Drum Handling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Drum Trolley and Pouring Stand

Drum Trucks

For 210 litre steel drums Capacity 250kg

Capacity 300kg

Choose pneumatic or solid tyred wheels: 2 x 400 mm dia. 4 Nylon drum rollers and strap supplied. L x W x H : 1220 x 800 x 510 mm Height of bung 360mm Finish: Blue epoxy

HOUR DESPATCH

Drum Handling

As manufacturers we are pleased to quote for drum movers for any specific diameter of Kegs, Drums, Containers or Rolls. Tyres

Wt.

Ref

Pneumatic

22kg

DT30P

Solid

35kg

DT30

For 210 litre steel drums Standard 2-wheel design with rear bar support 4-wheel design with rear swivel castors, which helps operator move and manoeuvre loaded truck. Tubular and hollow section construction with centre beam adjustable drum retaining hook Choice of solid or pneumatic tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy Red plastic standard hand grips.

Rear bar Model DT20

HOUR DESPATCH

4-wheel Model DT25

Optional extra Protective Hand Grips Ref: E010 (pair)

HOUR

Drum Tilt Lever

4-wheel Model DT24

DESPATCH

Drum Handling

HOUR DESPATCH

ON MARKED PRODUCTS

For 210 litre steel drums for tilting and upending only

HOUR

Wide twin tubular handle. Cross member with rim hook. Overall L x W 1300 x 400 mm Finish: Blue epoxy Weight: 6kg

Wheel Configuration

Tyre Type

Wheel Dia. mm

Rear Castors No. x Dia. mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

Standard 2-wheel (rear bar support)

Solid

250

DT20

400

DT21 DT22

Pneumatic

DESPATCH

4-wheel (rear castor support)

Ref: DT50

260

400

DT23

Solid

250

2 x 125

DT24

400

2 x 125

DT25

Pneumatic

260

2 x 125

DT26

400

2 x 125

DT27

HOUR DESPATCH

4-wheel Model DT26

Rear bar Model DT22

Rear bar Model DT23

Rear bar Model DT21

4-wheel Model DT27

Up-Down Ender For 210 litre steel drums For up-ending and down-ending steel drums L x W: 1725 x 250mm; O/A handle width 600mm Weight 8kg Finish: blue epoxy Ref: DT51

HOUR DESPATCH

Drum Handling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Drum Handling info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Drum Trolley and Pouring Stand

Drum Trucks

For 210 litre steel drums Capacity 250kg

Capacity 300kg

Choose pneumatic or solid tyred wheels: 2 x 400 mm dia. 4 Nylon drum rollers and strap supplied. L x W x H : 1220 x 800 x 510 mm Height of bung 360mm Finish: Blue epoxy

HOUR DESPATCH

Drum Handling

As manufacturers we are pleased to quote for drum movers for any specific diameter of Kegs, Drums, Containers or Rolls. Tyres

Wt.

Ref

Pneumatic

22kg

DT30P

Solid

35kg

DT30

Rear bar Model DT20

HOUR DESPATCH

4-wheel Model DT25

Optional extra Protective Hand Grips Ref: E010 (pair)

HOUR

Drum Tilt Lever

4-wheel Model DT24

DESPATCH

Drum Handling

HOUR DESPATCH

ON MARKED PRODUCTS

For 210 litre steel drums for tilting and upending only Wide twin tubular handle. Cross member with rim hook. Overall L x W 1300 x 400 mm Finish: Blue epoxy Weight: 6kg

HOUR

Wheel Configuration

Tyre Type

Wheel Dia. mm

Rear Castors No. x Dia. mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

Standard 2-wheel (rear bar support)

Solid

250

DT20

400

DT21 DT22

Pneumatic

DESPATCH

4-wheel (rear castor support)

Ref: DT50

260

400

DT23

Solid

250

2 x 125

DT24

400

2 x 125

DT25

Pneumatic

260

2 x 125

DT26

400

2 x 125

DT27

HOUR DESPATCH

4-wheel Model DT26

Rear bar Model DT22

Rear bar Model DT23

Rear bar Model DT21

4-wheel Model DT27

Up-Down Ender For 210 litre steel drums For up-ending and down-ending steel drums L x W: 1725 x 250mm; O/A handle width 600mm Weight 8kg Finish: blue epoxy Ref: DT51

HOUR DESPATCH

Drum Handling

Drum Handling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Pallet Loading Drum Truck

Drum Stands

Capacity 300kg

Static and mobile

Designed to assist loading and unloading 210 litre drums onto pallets or platforms etc. with sliding drum retention clamp. 190mm maximum pallet height for safe use.

Proven stand design with 3 wheel options. Steel welded chassis finished in red epoxy. Available with or without drum rotation rollers.

O/A dimensions: H x L x W 1100 x 1660 x 610 mm Weight: 29 kg Finish: Blue epoxy Wheels: 2 x 250 mm dia. and 2 x 200 mm dia. with roller bearings and solid rubber tyres.

HOUR Model DT60

DESPATCH

Without Drum Rotation

HOUR DESPATCH

With Drum Rotation

Ref

Weight Kgs

Ref

Weight Kgs

L x W x H mm

DS17

DS27

880 x 585 x 490

DS16

DS26

880 x 585 x 530

DS15

DS25

880 x 585 x 560

DS14

DS24

880 x 725 x 580

Static stand DS17

Drum Handling

Model DT40

Drum Handling

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Steel Drum Loader Twin loop handles - Ref: DT60 Optional plastic drum clamp - Ref: DT61 Hand grips and bar handle - Ref: DT40 Optional plastic drum clamp - Ref: DT41

Optional extra Clamp for Plastic Drums (can be retro fitted) Weight: 6kg Ref: DT61

Mobile stand DS16 2 axles. fixed nylon wheels 100 x 40mm

Low Loading Drum Carrier

Optional extras all models Hook on Drip Tray L x W x H 387 x 280 x 50mm Available for all drum stands. Ref: DS30

Capacity 250kg For the transportation of 210 litre drums in the vertical position. Fully welded construction. 2 x 200 mm dia. wheels with bright zinc plated steel centres, roller bearings and solid rubber tyres. Castor: Swivel rear castor with 125 mm dia. bright zinc plated steel centred wheel, roller bearing and total stop brake fitted as standard. O/A H x L x W: 890 x 800 x 810 mm Underside of drum: 25 mm. Ground clearance: 15 mm Finish: Red epoxy. Weight: 24 kg Ref: DT42

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Mobile stand with drum rotation DS24 2 fixed outrigger wheels 150 x 40 mm. 2 swivel castors nylon wheels 80 x 35 mm

Industry Favourite Ever popular Fully equipped Model DS19 Full specification and price see next page

Drum Handling

Mobile stand DS15 2 swivel, 2 fixed castors, 80mm nylon wheels

All drum stands on this page available with or without nylon drum rotation rollers

Tilt Lever (factory fitted) Length 1070 mm with hand grip Ref: DS29

Drum Handling info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

45 Pallet Loading Drum Truck

Drum Stands

Capacity 300kg

Static and mobile

Designed to assist loading and unloading 210 litre drums onto pallets or platforms etc. with sliding drum retention clamp. 190mm maximum pallet height for safe use.

Proven stand design with 3 wheel options. Steel welded chassis finished in red epoxy. Available with or without drum rotation rollers.

O/A dimensions: H x L x W 1100 x 1660 x 610 mm Weight: 29 kg Finish: Blue epoxy Wheels: 2 x 250 mm dia. and 2 x 200 mm dia. with roller bearings and solid rubber tyres.

HOUR Model DT60

DESPATCH

Without Drum Rotation

HOUR DESPATCH

With Drum Rotation

Ref

Weight Kgs

Ref

Weight Kgs

L x W x H mm

DS17

DS27

880 x 585 x 490

DS16

DS26

880 x 585 x 530

DS15

DS25

880 x 585 x 560

DS14

DS24

880 x 725 x 580

Static stand DS17

Drum Handling

Model DT40

Drum Handling

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Steel Drum Loader Twin loop handles - Ref: DT60 Optional plastic drum clamp - Ref: DT61 Hand grips and bar handle - Ref: DT40 Optional plastic drum clamp - Ref: DT41

Optional extra Clamp for Plastic Drums (can be retro fitted) Weight: 6kg Ref: DT61

Mobile stand DS16 2 axles. fixed nylon wheels 100 x 40mm

Low Loading Drum Carrier

Optional extras all models Hook on Drip Tray L x W x H 387 x 280 x 50mm Available for all drum stands. Ref: DS30

Mobile stand DS15 2 swivel, 2 fixed castors, 80mm nylon wheels

Mobile stand with drum rotation DS24 2 fixed outrigger wheels 150 x 40 mm. 2 swivel castors nylon wheels 80 x 35 mm

Industry Favourite Ever popular Fully equipped Model DS19 Full specification and price see next page

All drum stands on this page available with or without nylon drum rotation rollers

Tilt Lever (factory fitted) Length 1070 mm with hand grip Ref: DS29

Drum Handling

Drum Handling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Mobile Drum Stand

Drum Tongs and Dollyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s

Fully equipped DS19

Capacity 250kg For 210 litre steel drums

HOUR

Drum Handling

DESPATCH

Welded steel construction 2 fixed outrigger wheels 150 x 40mm 2 swivel castors nylon wheels 80 x 35mm Tilt lever and drum rotation rollers Finish: Red epoxy O/A L x W x H: 880 x 725 x 580mm Weight 17kg

Optional extra Hook-on sheet steel drip tray Ref: DS30

Ref: DS19

Model DS19

Drum Pincer

Manual Drum Tongs

Capacity: 500kg For lifting 210 Litre open top and tight head steel drums. Fitted with 20mm steel pin for attaching to overhead lifting gear or fork lift adaptor beam. The jaw grips climb of drum and the vertical bar keeps the drum steady. All steel construction. Finish: Orange epoxy. Weight: 12 kg Test certificate supplied Ref: MDC6

Capacity: 360kg For lifting 210 Litre open top and tight head steel drums with L or XL rings Welded gripping hooks. Fitted with 20mm dia steel pin for attaching to overhead lifting gear or fork lift adaptor beam. Finish: Orange epoxy. Weight: 4 kg Test certificate supplied Ref: MDC5

HOUR DESPATCH

Drum Handling

Industry Favourite

Drum Stands Capacity 250kg For Plastic Drums Optional extra

Horizontal Drum Tongs

Hook-on drip tray Ref:DS31

Capacity: 500kg

DS07 Stand only

DS09 Mobile with tilt lever Tilt lever length 1070 mm

DS08 Mobile stand

Type

Wheels

L x H mm

Wt kg

Ref

Stand only

880 x 500

DS07

Mobile stand

2 swivel 2 fixed 80mm nylon wheel castors

880 x 580

DS08

Mobile with tilt

2 swivel 2 fixed 80mm nylon wheel castors

880 x 580

DS09

Universal Drum Truck Suitable for steel, plastic or fibre drums Welded construction flat and tube steel. 200 mm dia. wheels with roller bearings. Overall size H x W 1330 x 660 mm Finish: Blue epoxy Weight: 15 kg

For lifting 210 Litre tight head steel drums, using overhead lifting gear or fork lift adaptor beam. Finish: Orange epoxy. Weight: 3 kg Test certificate supplied Ref: MDC10

3 wheeled Dolly

Circular Drum Dolly

4 Wheel Drum Dolly

Capacity 270 kg Suitable for 130 or 210 litre drums O/A H x Dia: 120 x 800mm Load height 55mm 3 x 80mm dia nylon swivel castors. Finish: Red epoxy Weight 8kg Ref: DT12

Capacity 300 kg Flat steel braces with 4 nylon wheels 80 mm dia. in swivel castor housings. Flat steel circular retention ring 610mm internal dia. Finish: Red epoxy Weight 9kg HOUR Ref: DT10

Capacity 500 kg Max drum dia. 610 mm Immensely strong fabricated construction 4 nylon wheels in ball bearing swivel castors. 80 mm wheel dia. with thread guards. Finish: Red epoxy Weight 11kg Ref: DT11 HOUR

DESPATCH

Ref: DT250

Fitted with adjustable quick release strap

HOUR DESPATCH

Drum Handling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Drum Handling

Flat steel drum support cradles Standard width 630 mm Fully welded construction Finish: Red epoxy.

Drum Handling info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

47 Mobile Drum Stand

Drum Tongs and Dollyâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s

Fully equipped DS19

Capacity 250kg For 210 litre steel drums

HOUR DESPATCH

Optional extra Hook-on sheet steel drip tray Ref: DS30

Ref: DS19

Model DS19

Drum Pincer

Manual Drum Tongs

HOUR DESPATCH

Drum Handling

Industry Favourite

Drum Handling

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Drum Stands Capacity 250kg For Plastic Drums Optional extra

Horizontal Drum Tongs

Hook-on drip tray Ref:DS31

Capacity: 500kg

DS07 Stand only

DS09 Mobile with tilt lever Tilt lever length 1070 mm

DS08 Mobile stand

Type

Wheels

L x H mm

Wt kg

Ref

Stand only

880 x 500

DS07

Mobile stand

2 swivel 2 fixed 80mm nylon wheel castors

880 x 580

DS08

Mobile with tilt

2 swivel 2 fixed 80mm nylon wheel castors

880 x 580

DS09

For lifting 210 Litre tight head steel drums, using overhead lifting gear or fork lift adaptor beam. Finish: Orange epoxy. Weight: 3 kg Test certificate supplied Ref: MDC10

3 wheeled Dolly

Circular Drum Dolly

4 Wheel Drum Dolly

Capacity 270 kg Suitable for 130 or 210 litre drums O/A H x Dia: 120 x 800mm Load height 55mm 3 x 80mm dia nylon swivel castors. Finish: Red epoxy Weight 8kg Ref: DT12

Capacity 300 kg Flat steel braces with 4 nylon wheels 80 mm dia. in swivel castor housings. Flat steel circular retention ring 610mm internal dia. Finish: Red epoxy Weight 9kg HOUR Ref: DT10

DESPATCH

Ref: DT250

Fitted with adjustable quick release strap

Drum Handling

Flat steel drum support cradles Standard width 630 mm Fully welded construction Finish: Red epoxy.

HOUR DESPATCH

Drum Handling

Drum Handling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Drum Rotator

Short Arm Plastic Drum Clamp

Capacities: Steel drum 360kg Plastic drum 250kg

Designed for lifting 210 litre “L”, “XL” and Mauser style plastic drums - provding that the drum has a minimum of a solid 5mm lip. Bolt adjustment allows for 2 diameters of drum to be lifted. Either 572mm drum lip diameter or 523mm drum lip diameter. Clamp fits over forks and is secured with ‘T’ bar clamping screws. Finish: Orange or Yellow epoxy.

Fully rotate drums through 360º Drum held securely in 200mm wide steel girdle harness with 2 ratchet clamps Rotator secured to forks by ‘T’ bar clamping screws Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Test certificate supplied.

Test certificate supplied. Operation: Adjust the width of the jaws to suit the diameter drum you are lifting. Locate the jaws centrally underneath the top lip of the drum and lift slowly. The jaws will automatically grip and release as the fork attachment is raised and lowered to the floor.

Drum Handling

Overall W x D x H:1200 x 800 x 390mm Fork pockets W x H: 165 x 50mm Fork centres: 800mm Weight: 50kg Max load: 360kg steel : 250kg plastic

Specifications For drum size litres

Orange Ref: MDC12 Yellow Ref: MDC12Y

Horizontal Drum Tongs For lifting 210 Litre tight head steel drums, using overhead lifting gear or fork lift adaptor beam.To operate, set locking lever in locked open position. When central over the horizontal drum, release locking lever to allow hooks to fall and locate under both rims. Hooks automatically engage as drum is lifted, and automatically released when drum is set down. Suitable for 210 Litre steel drums 760 - 910 mm long. Test certificate supplied. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy Plastic hand grip. Weight: 9 kg

HOUR

Orange Ref MDC4 Yellow Ref MDC4Y

ORANGE EPOXY ONLY

Fork pockets mm

Cap. Kgs

Wt Kgs

Orange Ref

Yellow Ref

550 x 200 x 200

125 x 40

450

500

MDC305

MDC305Y

595 x 200 x 210

135 x 50

500

1000

MDC310

MDC310Y

625 x 200 x 235

150 x 75

450

2000

MDC320

MDC320Y

Fork Truck Attachments STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

580 x 840 x 110

Fork pocket W x H mm

170 x 50

Fork centres mm

380

Weight Kg

Maximum load kg

450

Orange Ref

MDC13

Yellow Ref

MDC13Y

Plastic Drum Clamp Designed for lifting 210 litre “L”, “XL” and Mauser style plastic drums provding that the drum has a minimum of a solid 5mm lip. Clamp fits over forks and is secured with ‘T’ bar clamping screws. Finish: Orange or Yellow epoxy. The two drum fingers have adjusting bolts complete with lock nuts to the underside to enable the fingers to be adjusted parallel.

Operation: Locate the clamp on to plastic drum with jaws under the top lip. The jaws will automatically close and open as the drum is raised and lowered to the floor.

Use your fork lift truck as a mobile crane. Adaptor beam fitted with forged steel shackle with a swivel hook. Suitable for use with drum handling attachments and other secure lifting duties. Adaptor beam must be fitted at the load centre as specified by the fork lift truck manufacturer. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Test certificate supplied.

“L”, “XL” and Mauser plastic drums with minimum of 5mm lip

Overall W x L x H mm

Test certificate supplied.

DESPATCH

Adaptor Beam with Swivel Hook

W x D x H mm

Plastic Drum Clamps

Specifications For drum size litres

“L”, “XL” and Mauser plastic drums with minimum of 5mm lip

Overall W x L x H mm

580 x 840 x 110

Fork pocket W x H mm

170 x 50

Fork centres mm

380

Weight Kg

Maximum load Kg

500

For 572mm drum dia. Orange Ref

MDC14

Yellow Ref

MDC14Y

For 523mm drum dia. Orange Ref

MDC15

Yellow Ref

MDC15Y

Plastic Drum Clamps info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

49 Drum Rotator

Short Arm Plastic Drum Clamp

Capacities: Steel drum 360kg Plastic drum 250kg

Operation: Adjust the width of the jaws to suit the diameter drum you are lifting. Locate the jaws centrally underneath the top lip of the drum and lift slowly. The jaws will automatically grip and release as the fork attachment is raised and lowered to the floor.

Drum Handling

Overall W x D x H:1200 x 800 x 390mm Fork pockets W x H: 165 x 50mm Fork centres: 800mm Weight: 50kg Max load: 360kg steel : 250kg plastic

Specifications For drum size litres

Orange Ref: MDC12 Yellow Ref: MDC12Y

For lifting 210 Litre tight head steel drums, using overhead lifting gear or fork lift adaptor beam.To operate, set locking lever in locked open position. When central over the horizontal drum, release locking lever to allow hooks to fall and locate under both rims. Hooks automatically engage as drum is lifted, and automatically released when drum is set down. Suitable for 210 Litre steel drums 760 - 910 mm long. Test certificate supplied. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy Plastic hand grip. Weight: 9 kg

HOUR

Orange Ref MDC4 Yellow Ref MDC4Y

“L”, “XL” and Mauser plastic drums with minimum of 5mm lip

Overall W x L x H mm

580 x 840 x 110

Fork pocket W x H mm

170 x 50

Fork centres mm

380

Weight Kg

Maximum load kg

450

Orange Ref

MDC13

Yellow Ref

MDC13Y

DESPATCH ORANGE EPOXY ONLY

Operation: Locate the clamp on to plastic drum with jaws under the top lip. The jaws will automatically close and open as the drum is raised and lowered to the floor.

Adaptor Beam with Swivel Hook Use your fork lift truck as a mobile crane. Adaptor beam fitted with forged steel shackle with a swivel hook. Suitable for use with drum handling attachments and other secure lifting duties. Adaptor beam must be fitted at the load centre as specified by the fork lift truck manufacturer. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Test certificate supplied.

W x D x H mm

Plastic Drum Clamps

Test certificate supplied.

Horizontal Drum Tongs

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Fork pockets mm

Cap. Kgs

Wt Kgs

Orange Ref

Yellow Ref

550 x 200 x 200

125 x 40

450

500

MDC305

MDC305Y

595 x 200 x 210

135 x 50

500

1000

MDC310

MDC310Y

625 x 200 x 235

150 x 75

450

2000

MDC320

MDC320Y

Specifications For drum size litres

“L”, “XL” and Mauser plastic drums with minimum of 5mm lip

Overall W x L x H mm

580 x 840 x 110

Fork pocket W x H mm

170 x 50

Fork centres mm

380

Weight Kg

Maximum load Kg

500

For 572mm drum dia. Orange Ref

MDC14

Yellow Ref

MDC14Y

For 523mm drum dia. Orange Ref

MDC15

Yellow Ref

MDC15Y

Fork Truck Attachments

Plastic Drum Clamps STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED 210 Litre Drum Clamp

Drum Tines

Lift 210 Litre steel drums with rolling hoops with the drum clamp attachment. Clamp fits over forks and is secured with ‘T’ bar clamping screws.

Fork truck attachment for transporting 210 litre open top and tight head drums in the horizontal position. Drum tines fit over forks and are secured in position with “T” bar clamping screws. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy.

For Truck Attachments

The two drum fingers have adjusting bolts complete with lock nuts fitted to the underside to enable the fingers to be adjusted parallel. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. To operate: locate the clamp on to steel drum with jaws under the top rolling hoop. The jaws will automatically close and open as the drum is raised and lowered to the floor. Test certificate supplied. Specifcations For drum size Litres

210

Overall W x L x H mm

580 x 840 x 110

Fork pocket W x H mm

170 x 50

Fork centres mm

380

Weight Kg

Maximum load kg

500

DESPATCH

Orange Ref

MDC1

Yellow Ref

MDC1Y

HOUR ORANGE EPOXY ONLY

Drum Handling and Storage

Test certificate supplied.

Specifcations For drum size Litres

210

Overall W x L x H mm

605 x 1240 x 140

Fork pocket W x H mm

170 x 50

Fork centres mm

380

Weight Kg

Orange Ref

MDC9

Yellow Ref

MDC9Y

Drum Claw Designed for transporting of 210 ltr tight head drums Spring loaded hardened steel jaws grip the chimb or rim of the drum Secured to forks by ‘T’ bar clamping screws. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy.

210 Litre Double Drum Clamp Similar to single drum clamp, but can lift a single or two 210 Litre steel drums with rolling hoops. Clamp fits over forks of fork truck and is secured with ‘T’ bar clamping screws. Finish: Yellow or orange epoxy. Test certificate supplied

Test certificate supplied.

Specifcations Overall W x L x H mm

550 x 660 x 600

Fork pocket W x H mm

160 x 40

Fork centres mm

380

Weight Kg

Max load Kg

250

Orange Ref

MDC11

Yellow Ref

MDC11Y

Specifcations For drum size Litres

210

Overall W x L x H mm

1220 x 1070 x 140

Fork pocket W x H mm

170 x 50

Fork centres mm

380

Weight Kg

Maximum load kg

1000

Orange Ref

MDC2

Yellow Ref

MDC2Y

High Drum Stand - Mobile or Static Capacity 250 kg Ideal for use as dispensing station All welded flat and tube steel. Blue epoxy finish. Wheels on mobile version are: 2 fixed (axle mounted) and 2 swivel castors complete with total stop brakes as standard. 80 mm dia. hardwearing and oil resistant nylon wheels.

Fork Truck Attachments STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Type

L x W x H mm

Wt kg

Ref

Static

730 x 537 x 1020

DT28

Mobile

770 x 645 x 1060

DT29

Plastic Drum Clamps info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

210 Litre Drum Clamp

Drum Tines

Lift 210 Litre steel drums with rolling hoops with the drum clamp attachment. Clamp fits over forks and is secured with ‘T’ bar clamping screws.

For Truck Attachments

210

Overall W x L x H mm

580 x 840 x 110

Fork pocket W x H mm

170 x 50

Fork centres mm

380

Weight Kg

Maximum load kg

500

DESPATCH

Orange Ref

MDC1

Yellow Ref

MDC1Y

HOUR ORANGE EPOXY ONLY

Drum Handling and Storage

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Test certificate supplied.

Specifcations For drum size Litres

210

Overall W x L x H mm

605 x 1240 x 140

Fork pocket W x H mm

170 x 50

Fork centres mm

380

Weight Kg

Orange Ref

MDC9

Yellow Ref

MDC9Y

Test certificate supplied.

Specifcations Overall W x L x H mm

550 x 660 x 600

Fork pocket W x H mm

160 x 40

Fork centres mm

380

Weight Kg

Max load Kg

250

Orange Ref

MDC11

Yellow Ref

MDC11Y

Specifcations For drum size Litres

210

Overall W x L x H mm

1220 x 1070 x 140

Fork pocket W x H mm

170 x 50

Fork centres mm

380

Weight Kg

Maximum load kg

1000

Orange Ref

MDC2

Yellow Ref

MDC2Y

Type

L x W x H mm

Wt kg

Ref

Static

730 x 537 x 1020

DT28

Mobile

770 x 645 x 1060

DT29

Fork Truck Attachments

Plastic Drum Clamps STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Vertical drums

Drum Sump Storage System

Enclosed Drum Sump Storage System

Designed to store drums either vertically or horizontally for ease of use and access. In case of leakage, sumps designed to hold more than the contents of the drum.

Fully enclosed drum storage with integral sump. Fixed sump, back and 2 sides, hinged roof and twin hinged doors with lock DS405: 4 vertical drums storage DS407: 2 horizontal drum storage DS409: 4 horizontal drum storage (H: 2130mm) (drum rotation frame DS412 fits DS407 - see previous page) Sump capacity 470 ltrs Fork locators o/a L x W x H: 1440 x 1440 x 1500mm

Products designed to assist conformance with Environmental Duties of Care and Oil Storage Regulations (England) 2001. Sump capacity >125% of drum contents. Fully welded sump covered with removable galvanised steel grid and retaining chain (vertical stores only).

Drum Storage

DS401 Stores without roofs fitted with 125mm pallet feet for ease of stacking. Maximum stack 3 high.

Drum sump for 2 vertical drums capacity 250 ltrs removable galvanised steel support grid o/a L x W x H: 1365 x 735 x 345mm

All sumps fully welded liquid tight, fitted with drain plug and fork locators.

Drum Sump Storage System

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Model DS405

All drum sump storage systems comply with the Control of pollution Oil Storage England regulations 2001.

Horizontal drums Model DS405

DS402 + DS411

DS412 Drum rotation frame for 1 horizontal drum, fits over DS411, DS406, DS407 or DS408 Nylon wheels allow full rotation of drum o/a L x W x H: 480 x 745 x 495mm

DS411

Model DS405

DS402 Drum sump for 4 vertical drums capacity 470 ltrs removable galvanised steel support grid o/a L x W x H: 1365 x 1365 x 345mm

DS412 in use

Drum stand to take 2 horizontal drums fits over DS402 o/a L x W x H: 1375 x 540 x 940mm Option: drain tap MS117

Model DS407

DS402

Mobile Drum Sump trolley/dispenser Drum trolley with integral sump. Sump trolley for 2 vertical or 1 horizontal drum when used with drum rotation frame Sump capacity 250 ltrs Removable galvanised steel support grid and drain plug. o/a L x W x H: 1405 x 735 x 970mm 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors with 125mm nylon wheels and roller bearings Braked castors available as option. Fitted with tubular push handle and fork locators

Model DS403

DS410 Drum rotation frame to fit drum sump trolley. Ideal for transport and dispensing purposes. 4 nylon wheels allow full rotation of drum in horizontal position. o/a L x W x D: 480 x 505 x 155mm

DS408 Drum sump with back and 2 sides for 4 horizontal drums Stackable 2 high o/a L x W x H: 1440 x 1440 x 2130mm

DS406 Drum sump with back and 2 sides for 2 horizontal drums - 470 ltr capacity sump. Stackable 3 high o/a L x W x H: 1440 x 1440 x 1500mm

DS404 Drum sump with back and 2 sides for 4 vertical drums - 470ltr capacity sump Stackable 3 high o/a L x W x H: 1440 x 1440 x 1500mm

Drum Racking Units STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Wheels on DS403 125mm dia nylon wheels on 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with roller bearinmgs Braked option Ref: B175

Model DS403 & DS410

Drum Sump Storage System info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

53 Drum Sump Storage System

Enclosed Drum Sump Storage System

Designed to store drums either vertically or horizontally for ease of use and access. In case of leakage, sumps designed to hold more than the contents of the drum.

Drum sump for 2 vertical drums capacity 250 ltrs removable galvanised steel support grid o/a L x W x H: 1365 x 735 x 345mm

All sumps fully welded liquid tight, fitted with drain plug and fork locators.

Drum Sump Storage System

Vertical drums

Drum Storage

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Model DS405

All drum sump storage systems comply with the Control of pollution Oil Storage England regulations 2001.

Horizontal drums Model DS405

DS402 + DS411

DS412 Drum rotation frame for 1 horizontal drum, fits over DS411, DS406, DS407 or DS408 Nylon wheels allow full rotation of drum o/a L x W x H: 480 x 745 x 495mm

DS411

Model DS405

DS402 Drum sump for 4 vertical drums capacity 470 ltrs removable galvanised steel support grid o/a L x W x H: 1365 x 1365 x 345mm

DS412 in use

Drum stand to take 2 horizontal drums fits over DS402 o/a L x W x H: 1375 x 540 x 940mm Option: drain tap MS117

Model DS407

DS402

Model DS403

DS410 Drum rotation frame to fit drum sump trolley. Ideal for transport and dispensing purposes. 4 nylon wheels allow full rotation of drum in horizontal position. o/a L x W x D: 480 x 505 x 155mm

DS408 Drum sump with back and 2 sides for 4 horizontal drums Stackable 2 high o/a L x W x H: 1440 x 1440 x 2130mm

DS406 Drum sump with back and 2 sides for 2 horizontal drums - 470 ltr capacity sump. Stackable 3 high o/a L x W x H: 1440 x 1440 x 1500mm

DS404 Drum sump with back and 2 sides for 4 vertical drums - 470ltr capacity sump Stackable 3 high o/a L x W x H: 1440 x 1440 x 1500mm

Wheels on DS403 125mm dia nylon wheels on 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with roller bearinmgs Braked option Ref: B175

Drum Racking Units

Model DS403 & DS410

Drum Sump Storage System STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Stacking Drum Pallet Racking System

Cylinder Wall Racks

Flexible, expandable storage system for 200/220 litre steel drums.

Wall Storage 2 or 3 cylinder units for 2 cylinder sizes.

With Drum Rotation option

Component

Weight

Ref

Pallet Unit

50 kg

DS100

Sump Unit

70kg

DS2

These racks must be fixed to the wall at a height of at least two-thirds of cylinder height. Supplied with pre-drilled fixing holes. (fixings not supplied) Cylinder sizes: 100â&#x20AC;&#x201C;180 mm dia. and 140 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 270 mm dia. All racks fitted with steel link retention chains. Finish: Blue epoxy Cylinder dia. mm No. cylinders Width mm Depth mm Weight Kg Ref

100 - 180 2 538 155 2 SC200

3 765 155 3 SC201

140 - 270 2 765 195 3 SC202

HOUR DESPATCH

3 1045 195 4 SC203

Cylinder Storage

Drum Sump Storage System

Pallet Unit: Holds 2 drums. Strong welded steel construction stackable pallet. O/A H x W x D: 890 x 1490 x 615mm Fork pockets W x H: 240 x 70mm suitable for maximum width over forks 920mm Distance between pockets 430mm Pallet feet 127mm square Maximum stacking 3 units high Finish: Red epoxy.

Optional extras Drum rotation set (per drum)

4kg

DS101

Drum retaining bars (each)

6 kg

DS102

Dispenser stand

6kg

DS103

Floor Fixing Cylinder Racks Single or double sided for 2, 3, 4 or 6 cylinders. Single sided units have rear frames pre-drilled. We strongly reccomend that single sided units are fixed to the wall. Fully welded construction throughout. Steel link retention chains fitted. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Optional extras - Retro Fitted Drum rotating sets: fitted with 4 x 65mm dia. nylon rollers. Drops onto pallet unit 1 set per drum position. Zinc plated finish. Dispenser stand hooks onto pallet O/A H x W x D: 330 x 340 x 290mm Grey epoxy finish. Drum retaining bars, for added stability when moving pallets. 1420 x 170 x 40mm Red epoxy finish.

250 litre Secondary Containment Sump Unit: Capacity 250 litres Formed from 3mm sheet steel, fully welded seams. O/A H x W x D: 300 x 1250 x 1000 mm Ground clearance 100mm Finish: Grey epoxy.

Drum Pallet - 2 or 3 drum Suitable for 210 litre steel drums. Tubular welded construction for hard rugged use. Sheet steel fork sleeves / tubular frame. Stacks a maximum of 3 units high, with total maximum load 1000 kg Overall size DS10: L x W 1350 x 600 mm DS11: L x W 1775 x 715mm Finish: Red epoxy.

Model DS10

Model DS11

Drum Racking Units STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Bases supplied pre-drilled for floor fixing (fixings not supplied) Type Cylinder dia. mm No. cylinders Width mm Depth mm Weight kg Ref

Single Sided 100 - 180mm 2 3 540 770 370 370 12 13 SC300 SC301

140 - 270mm 2 3 725 1040 400 400 13 14 SC302 SC303

Double Sided 100 - 180mm 4 6 540 770 685 685 14 15 SC304 SC305

140 - 270mm 4 6 725 1040 685 685 15 16 SC306 SC307

single sided

Static Cylinder Stands Build your own modular cylinder store Welded steel construction with cylinder support and sheet steel base, cylinder retention chains are fitted as standard. Finish: Blue epoxy. Each unit holds two cylinders, multiple units can be joined to each other, either side by side or back to back, or both, to build up banks of stands for high capacity storage.

single unit

Supplied with pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied).

side by side

Cylinder dia. No. cylinders Height mm Width mm Depth mm Weight kg Ref

2 bay (Weight 16kg) - Ref: DS10 3 bay Weight - 20kg) - Ref: DS11

double sided

180mm 2 1000 450 270 12 SC100

230mm 2 1000 550 315 15 SC101

270mm 2 1000 700 406 19 SC102

back to back

side by side and back to back

Cylinder Storage info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Stacking Drum Pallet Racking System

Cylinder Wall Racks

Flexible, expandable storage system for 200/220 litre steel drums.

Wall Storage 2 or 3 cylinder units for 2 cylinder sizes.

With Drum Rotation option

Component

Weight

Ref

Pallet Unit

50 kg

DS100

Sump Unit

70kg

DS2

100 - 180 2 538 155 2 SC200

3 765 155 3 SC201

140 - 270 2 765 195 3 SC202

HOUR DESPATCH

3 1045 195 4 SC203

Cylinder Storage

Drum Sump Storage System

Optional extras Drum rotation set (per drum)

4kg

DS101

Drum retaining bars (each)

6 kg

DS102

Dispenser stand

6kg

DS103

250 litre Secondary Containment Sump Unit: Capacity 250 litres Formed from 3mm sheet steel, fully welded seams. O/A H x W x D: 300 x 1250 x 1000 mm Ground clearance 100mm Finish: Grey epoxy.

Model DS10

2 bay (Weight 16kg) - Ref: DS10 3 bay Weight - 20kg) - Ref: DS11 Model DS11

double sided

Bases supplied pre-drilled for floor fixing (fixings not supplied) Type Cylinder dia. mm No. cylinders Width mm Depth mm Weight kg Ref

Single Sided 100 - 180mm 2 3 540 770 370 370 12 13 SC300 SC301

Double Sided 100 - 180mm 4 6 540 770 685 685 14 15 SC304 SC305

140 - 270mm 2 3 725 1040 400 400 13 14 SC302 SC303

140 - 270mm 4 6 725 1040 685 685 15 16 SC306 SC307

single sided

single unit

Supplied with pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied).

side by side

Cylinder dia. No. cylinders Height mm Width mm Depth mm Weight kg Ref

180mm 2 1000 450 270 12 SC100

230mm 2 1000 550 315 15 SC101

270mm 2 1000 700 406 19 SC102

back to back

side by side and back to back

Drum Racking Units

Cylinder Storage STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Hinged Latch Stands / Cylindrical Stands

Oxygen Cylinder Trolleys

Hinged Latch Floor 3 Cylinder sizes

Ideal for all medical services Ideal for hospitals, medical centres, pharmaceutical companies and laboratories. Also industrial and factory medical services.

2 hinged access latches secured by wing nuts. RSA and mild steel flat section, fully welded throughout. Heavy duty base plate and support. Base plate pre-drilled for floor fixing (fixings not supplied) Finish: Blue epoxy

Easy to use: Quiet, Tough and Smart in Red or Grey epoxy. Anti static wheels 160/200 mm dia. Protective rotating buffers fitted to front corners. One piece safety loop handle Secure butterfly screw crossbar fitting for both cradles Top and bottom cradles both rubber lined for grip and noise reduction. Finish: Grey or red epoxy.

Cylindrical Stand 3 Cylinder sizes A range of 3 portable stands. Rolled and formed mild steel flat section, fully welded throughout. Finish: Blue epoxy

Designed for cylinder

Overall

Wheel

Dia. mm 140 175 230

W x D x H mm 430 x 585 x 1100 465 x 605 x 1100 520 x 610 x 1100

Dia. mm Kg 160 11 200 12 200 13

Litre 1360 3400 6800

Weight Red Ref SC08R SC09R SC10R

Cylinder Handling

Cylinder Storage and Handling

Stands for Cylinders

Grey Ref SC08G SC09G SC10G

Designed in accordance with BS 2718 1979 Type Cylinder dia. mm O/a height mm O/a dia./base mm Weight kg Ref

Cylindrical Stands 100 140 330 380 310 345 9 10 SC11 SC12

Hinged latch Stands 180 230 605 605 420 x 420 420 x 420 14 15 SC17 SC18

180 610 420 11 SC13

285 605 420 x 420 16 SC19

Fitted with revolving protective buffers as standard

Industry Favourite

Cylinder Trolleys Welders Trolley For convenient use of 1 Oxy. cylinder and 1 Acet. cylinder with rods and cable holders.

Tandem Cylinder Trolley Capacity 200 kg Steel link retaining chain fitted. Wheels: 2 x 250 mm dia. solid rubber tyres, 2 x 100 mm dia. rubber swivel castors. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Cylinder trolley designed to carry either 12 x Size D or E oxygen cylinders. Located in 108mm hole supports complete with rubber cushioning to deck. Mounted on 4 x 100mm swivel castors (2 braked) fitted with grey non-marking wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Light grey epoxy coated Weight: 15kgs Overall dimensions (H x W x L): 930 x 490 x 720mm Capacity: 120kgs

Cylinder Storage and Handling

Model SC114P

Small Cylinder Trolley

Steel link retaining chains fitted. Wheels: 400 mm dia. pneumatic or solid rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.

HOUR DESPATCH

Ref: SC117

Model SC115

Model

Cylinder sizes mm

Overall H x W x D mm

Welders

230 & 265

1085 x 915 x 540

Tandem

230 & 265

Tyres

1070 x 475 x 1005

Weight Kg Ref

solid

SC114

pneu

SC114P

solid

SC115

Cylinder Storage and Handling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Cylinder Handling info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Hinged Latch Stands / Cylindrical Stands

Oxygen Cylinder Trolleys

Hinged Latch Floor 3 Cylinder sizes

Ideal for all medical services Ideal for hospitals, medical centres, pharmaceutical companies and laboratories. Also industrial and factory medical services.

Cylindrical Stand 3 Cylinder sizes A range of 3 portable stands. Rolled and formed mild steel flat section, fully welded throughout. Finish: Blue epoxy

Designed for cylinder

Overall

Wheel

Dia. mm 140 175 230

W x D x H mm 430 x 585 x 1100 465 x 605 x 1100 520 x 610 x 1100

Dia. mm Kg 160 11 200 12 200 13

Litre 1360 3400 6800

Weight Red Ref SC08R SC09R SC10R

Cylinder Handling

Cylinder Storage and Handling

Stands for Cylinders

Grey Ref SC08G SC09G SC10G

Designed in accordance with BS 2718 1979 Type Cylinder dia. mm O/a height mm O/a dia./base mm Weight kg Ref

Cylindrical Stands 100 140 330 380 310 345 9 10 SC11 SC12

180 610 420 11 SC13

Hinged latch Stands 180 230 605 605 420 x 420 420 x 420 14 15 SC17 SC18

285 605 420 x 420 16 SC19

Fitted with revolving protective buffers as standard

Industry Favourite

Cylinder Trolleys Welders Trolley For convenient use of 1 Oxy. cylinder and 1 Acet. cylinder with rods and cable holders.

Tandem Cylinder Trolley Capacity 200 kg Steel link retaining chain fitted. Wheels: 2 x 250 mm dia. solid rubber tyres, 2 x 100 mm dia. rubber swivel castors. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Cylinder Storage and Handling

Model SC114P

Small Cylinder Trolley

Steel link retaining chains fitted. Wheels: 400 mm dia. pneumatic or solid rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.

HOUR DESPATCH

Ref: SC117

Model SC115

Model

Cylinder sizes mm

Overall H x W x D mm

Welders

230 & 265

1085 x 915 x 540

Tandem

230 & 265

1070 x 475 x 1005

Tyres

Weight Kg Ref

solid

SC114

pneu

SC114P

solid

SC115

Cylinder Storage and Handling

Cylinder Handling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Propane and Calor Cylinder Trucks

Single Cylinder Trolley

Type

Cylinder Handling

Bar handle Loop handle

Cylinder Dia. mm 230 275 230 275

Overall H x W x D mm 1170 x 430 x 450 1170 x 475 x 450 1320 x 444 x 440 1320 x 485 x 460

SC143

SC140

Loop handle models

Bar handle models

Loop handle and steel

Single bar handle and steel link

retaining bar.

retaining chain.

Weight Kg 9 10 15 16

Ref SC140 SC141 SC142 SC143

Designed for cylinders dia x H: 380 x 1250mm Twin rear handles. Solid footplate and vertical side tubes with cylinder retention chain. Wheels: 200 mm dia. solids or 260 mm dia. pneumatic Finish: Blue epoxy Weight: 16 kg. Solid tyre: Ref. SC16 Pneumatic tyre: Ref. SC16P Designed for cylinders dia x H: 380 x 1250mm Single rear handle. Steel cylinder hook plate and retention chain. Wheels: 200 mm dia. solids or 260 mm dia. pneumatic Finish: Blue epoxy. Weight: 10 kg. Solid tyre: Ref. SC02 Pneumatic tyre: Ref. SC02P

Gas bottle trolley Single handle bottle trolley designed to carry small cylinders up to 240mm dia and 600mm tall. Secured in position by bottom steel lip and adjustable top hook. Distance from hook to edge of cylinder: 75mm. Mounted on 2 x 160mm diameter rubber tyred wheels fitted with roller bearings. Capacity: 75kgs. Finish: Blue epoxy Weight: 6kgs Overall dimensions (H x W x D): 1015 x 460 x 200mm

Designed for cylinders dia x H: 325 x 535mm T-bar handle. Steel cross member cylinder support and vertical sides with cylinder retention chain. Wheels: 200 mm dia solid rubber tyres. Weight: 10 kg. Ref: SC15

Cylinder Handling

Cylinder sizes: 230 & 275 mm diameter. Wheels: 200 mm dia. solid rubber tyred roller bearing wheels. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Designed for cylinders dia x H: 325 x 535mm Single rear handle. Steel cylinder hook plate with cylinder retention chain. Wheels: 160 mm dia. solid rubber tyres. Weight: 8 kg. Ref: SC03

Ref: SC148

Tall Cylinder Support Trucks Designed to carry cylinder loads on 3-wheel base, thus minimising operator fatigue and risk. Easy to load with bottom support bar (FP) or flat foot plate (AR). All models with 200 mm dia. wheels with roller bearings. FP models have stem fixing rear swivel castor 100 mm dia. grey. AR models have plate fixing rear swivel castor 125 mm dia. rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Series FP

Series AR

Fixed single position

Adjustable rake back

Max o/a front-rear 1200 mm

Max o/a front-rear 1350 mm

Cylinder Dia. mm 230 275 230 275

Overall W x H mm 430 x 1060 475 x 1100 430 x 1140 475 x 1140

Weight Kg 23 23 25 25

Ref SC144 SC145 SC146 SC147

Cylinder Handling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Stairclimber

Designed for cylinders dia x H: 325 x 535mm Tubular construction with star wheel stair climb facility. Continuous loop handle. Tubular vertical side protection cylinder retention with retention chain. Weight: 15 kg. Ref: SC21

Propane and Cylinder Handling info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Propane and Calor Cylinder Trucks

Single Cylinder Trolley

Type

Cylinder Handling

Bar handle Loop handle

Cylinder Dia. mm 230 275 230 275

Overall H x W x D mm 1170 x 430 x 450 1170 x 475 x 450 1320 x 444 x 440 1320 x 485 x 460

SC143

SC140

Loop handle models

Bar handle models

Loop handle and steel

Single bar handle and steel link

retaining bar.

retaining chain.

Weight Kg 9 10 15 16

Ref SC140 SC141 SC142 SC143

Cylinder Handling

Cylinder sizes: 230 & 275 mm diameter. Wheels: 200 mm dia. solid rubber tyred roller bearing wheels. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Designed for cylinders dia x H: 325 x 535mm Single rear handle. Steel cylinder hook plate with cylinder retention chain. Wheels: 160 mm dia. solid rubber tyres. Weight: 8 kg. Ref: SC03

Ref: SC148

Series FP

Series AR

Fixed single position

Adjustable rake back

Max o/a front-rear 1200 mm

Max o/a front-rear 1350 mm

Cylinder Dia. mm 230 275 230 275

Overall W x H mm 430 x 1060 475 x 1100 430 x 1140 475 x 1140

Weight Kg 23 23 25 25

Ref SC144 SC145 SC146 SC147

Stairclimber

Cylinder Handling

Propane and Cylinder Handling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Model SC4320

Cylinder Storage / Transport Pallet

Cylinder cradle for use with overhead lifting gear. 4-cylinder cradle has sheet steel base and 50mm dia. lifting eye. 6-cylinder cradle has open frame base and twin lifting eyes suitable for fork lift. Fork pocket to suit 150 x 50mm. Fork pocket centres 600mm. Top and bottom cylinder retention chains Finish: Red epoxy.

Cylinder Handling

All cradles tested to 100% overload - test certificate supplied.

Heavy duty design to carry combinations of cylinder sizes - minimum cylinder height 1000mm. Manufactured from strong box section supports, thick sheet steel fork pockets and checker plate base. Cylinders secured with rachet straps mouted to internal framework. Finish: Blue epoxy Capacity: 1,000kgs

Cylinder Storage

Cylinder lifting cradles

Overall dimensions H x W x D: 1000 x 1020 x 1000mm Fork pocket dimensions H x W: 70 x 195mm

Model SC6230

Cylinder Cylinder Capacity Dia. mm 4 180-230 230-305 6 180-230 230-305

Load Capacity 500kg 500kg 750kg 750kg

Overall W x L x H mm 460 x 460 x 1850 610 x 610 x 1850 815 x 680 x 1830 1040 x 680 x 1830

Weight Kg 22 22 86 90

Ref SC4230 SC4305 SC6230 SC6305

Deck sizes internal (W x D): Front 940 x 670mm Rear 940 x 270mm Weight: 98kgs Test certificate supplied Ref: SC6100

Cylinder lifting trolleys Cylinder Transport Pallet Model SC25

Combined cylinder trolley / lifting cradle. One product allowing cylinders to be moved with either overhead lifting gear, or wheeled into position. Single cylinder lifting trolley 2 x 200mm dia solid rubber wheels and 50mm dia lifting eye Top and bottom cylinder retention chains. Finish: Red epoxy Two cylinder lifting trolley 2 x 400mm dia rubber tyred wheels and a single 160mm dia swivel castor on rear support frame for added safety and manoeuvrability. Top and bottom cylinder retention chains. Finish: Red epoxy All cradles tested to 100% overload - test certificate supplied.

Designed to carry up to 4 cylinders with diameter between 230mm and 290mm with a minimum cylinder height of 1000mm. Manufactured from strong box section supports, thick sheet steel fork pockets and checker plate base. Cylinders secured with steel link retention chains. Finish: Blue epoxy Capacity: 500kgs Overall dimensions H x W x D: 990 x 930 x 630mm Fork pocket dimensions H x W: 45 x 150mm Weight: 40kgs

Model SC27

Cylinder Cylinder Capacity Dia. mm 1 180-230 230-305 2 180-230 230-305

Load Capacity 150 150 250 250

Overall W x L x H mm 410 x 740 x 1870 490 x 780 x 1870 790 x 685 x 1870 940 x 760 x 1870

Weight Kg 23 24 56 60

Ref SC25 SC26 SC27 SC28

Test certificate supplied Ref: SC4100

2 cylinder model with Rear castor for added safety and manoeuvrability

Cylinder lifting cradles and trolleys STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Cylinder Storage www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Model SC4320

Cylinder Storage / Transport Pallet

Cylinder Handling

All cradles tested to 100% overload - test certificate supplied.

Cylinder Storage

Cylinder lifting cradles

Overall dimensions H x W x D: 1000 x 1020 x 1000mm Fork pocket dimensions H x W: 70 x 195mm

Model SC6230

Cylinder Cylinder Capacity Dia. mm 4 180-230 230-305 6 180-230 230-305

Load Capacity 500kg 500kg 750kg 750kg

Overall W x L x H mm 460 x 460 x 1850 610 x 610 x 1850 815 x 680 x 1830 1040 x 680 x 1830

Weight Kg 22 22 86 90

Ref SC4230 SC4305 SC6230 SC6305

Deck sizes internal (W x D): Front 940 x 670mm Rear 940 x 270mm Weight: 98kgs Test certificate supplied Ref: SC6100

Cylinder lifting trolleys Cylinder Transport Pallet Model SC25

Model SC27

Cylinder Cylinder Capacity Dia. mm 1 180-230 230-305 2 180-230 230-305

Load Capacity 150 150 250 250

Overall W x L x H mm 410 x 740 x 1870 490 x 780 x 1870 790 x 685 x 1870 940 x 760 x 1870

Weight Kg 23 24 56 60

Ref SC25 SC26 SC27 SC28

Test certificate supplied Ref: SC4100

2 cylinder model with Rear castor for added safety and manoeuvrability

Cylinder lifting cradles and trolleys

Cylinder Storage STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Cylinder Storage Cages

Trader Truck Hand Turntable Trailers

Strong and sturdy design cylinder storage security cage with hinged doors fitted with padlock facility (padlock not supplied).

• 3 deck sizes • MDF or steel deck • Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres • Removable steel ends and sides option • Loop handle

Mobile model mounted on 2 swivel and 2 fixed castors fitted with 200mm blue resilex wheels and roller bearings complete with push handle at one end. Static model mounted on 4 pallet feet. Available with or without centrally fixed shelf: Fixed shelf model to carry a maximum of 16 x calor gas type cylinders (max 380mm dia x 650mm tall) Open shelf model to carry a maximum of 8 x propane type cylinders (max 380mm dia x mm x 1690mm tall)

Model SC502

Model Mobile Model SC500

Static

Model TR126

• Parking brake option

Fully welded construction from rectangular and round section steel tube. Metalwork finished in red epoxy Optional sides finished in light grey epoxy.

Finish: Blue epoxy

Optional extras

Internal clearance: Open shelf model (H x W x D): 1690 x 1695 x 980mm Fixed shelf model (H x W x D); Base shelf: 850 x 1695 x 980mm, Shelf: 785 x 1695 x 980mm

Tee bar handle Factory fitted at time of manufacture as alternative to loop handle, at no extra cost. Add suffix “T” to reference.

Cylinder and type 8 x Propane 16 x Calor 8 x Propane 16 x Calor

Shelves No. 0 1 0 1

Shelf Height mm 280 1185 280 1185

Overall H x W x D mm

Weight Kg Ref

2030 x 1960 x 1040mm 204 230 2030 x 1830 x 1040mm 194 220

SC500 SC501 SC502 SC503

Model TR230

Parking brake Factory fitted at time of manufacture. Brake is applied when handle is raised to vertical position. Ref: PB1 (extra)

Model TR230P

For side / end panel kits for these trailers, see next page.

Optional extra

Turntable Trailers

Cylinder Storage Cages

Doors open through 180 degrees. Manufactured from heavy duty box and angle section. Supplied complete with gas storage warning idenification label.

Total stop braked castors (pair) Ref: B200

Model SC501

Model SC503

Model SC501 Model TR120

Deck Size mm

Deck Height

Capacity

1200 x 600

425mm 450mm 450mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm

350Kgs 500Kgs 500Kgs 750Kgs 750Kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs

1500 x 750

Model SC503

2000x1000

Cylinder Storage Cages STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Model TR120S

Wheel Dia. 200mm 260mm 250mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm

Model TR226

Tyre Type

MDF Deck

Solid Pneumatic Solid Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic

Wt Kg 37 39 41 78 55 88 65 120 98

Model TR121P

Steel Deck

Ref Wt Kg TR120 42 TR121P 48 44 TR121S 46 TR126 94 TR126P 71 TR127 104 TR127P 81 TR130 149 TR130P 127 HOUR

DESPATCH

Ref TR220 TR221P TR221S TR226 TR226P TR227 TR227P TR230 TR230P

End / Side Panel Kit Wt Kg 14 14 14 17 17 17 17 22 22

Ref TR126SS TR126SS 48 TR126SS TR157SS TR157SS TR157SS TR157SS TR201SS TR201SS

HOUR DESPATCH

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Turntable Trailers info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Cylinder Storage Cages

Trader Truck Hand Turntable Trailers

Strong and sturdy design cylinder storage security cage with hinged doors fitted with padlock facility (padlock not supplied).

• 3 deck sizes • MDF or steel deck • Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres • Removable steel ends and sides option • Loop handle

Model SC502

Model Mobile Model SC500

Static

Model TR126

• Parking brake option

Fully welded construction from rectangular and round section steel tube. Metalwork finished in red epoxy Optional sides finished in light grey epoxy.

Finish: Blue epoxy

Optional extras

Internal clearance: Open shelf model (H x W x D): 1690 x 1695 x 980mm Fixed shelf model (H x W x D); Base shelf: 850 x 1695 x 980mm, Shelf: 785 x 1695 x 980mm

Tee bar handle Factory fitted at time of manufacture as alternative to loop handle, at no extra cost. Add suffix “T” to reference.

Cylinder and type 8 x Propane 16 x Calor 8 x Propane 16 x Calor

Shelves No. 0 1 0 1

Shelf Height mm 280 1185 280 1185

Overall H x W x D mm

Weight Kg Ref

2030 x 1960 x 1040mm 204 230 2030 x 1830 x 1040mm 194 220

SC500 SC501 SC502 SC503

Model TR230

Parking brake Factory fitted at time of manufacture. Brake is applied when handle is raised to vertical position. Ref: PB1 (extra)

Model TR230P

For side / end panel kits for these trailers, see next page.

Optional extra

Turntable Trailers

Cylinder Storage Cages

Doors open through 180 degrees. Manufactured from heavy duty box and angle section. Supplied complete with gas storage warning idenification label.

Total stop braked castors (pair) Ref: B200

Model SC501

Model SC503

Model SC501 Model TR120

Deck Size mm

Deck Height

Capacity

1200 x 600

425mm 450mm 450mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm

350Kgs 500Kgs 500Kgs 750Kgs 750Kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs

1500 x 750

Model SC503

2000x1000

Model TR120S

Wheel Dia. 200mm 260mm 250mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm

Model TR226

Tyre Type

MDF Deck

Solid Pneumatic Solid Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic

Wt Kg 37 39 41 78 55 88 65 120 98

Model TR121P

Steel Deck

Ref Wt Kg TR120 42 TR121P 48 44 TR121S 46 TR126 94 TR126P 71 TR127 104 TR127P 81 TR130 149 TR130P 127 HOUR

DESPATCH

Ref TR220 TR221P TR221S TR226 TR226P TR227 TR227P TR230 TR230P

Cylinder Storage Cages

End / Side Panel Kit Wt Kg 14 14 14 17 17 17 17 22 22

Ref TR126SS TR126SS 48 TR126SS TR157SS TR157SS TR157SS TR157SS TR201SS TR201SS

HOUR DESPATCH

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Turntable Trailers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Removable End / Side Panel Kit

Turntable Trailer with Drop down side panels

End / side panel kit 200mm high panels Corner posts fit into steel tubes and lock with simple bolt tightening. Formed steel side and end panels slot onto steel channels, reduces usable length and width by 50mm.

General purpose hand pulling trailers with steel load retaining panels. Ends are removable and slide out - sides are either fully removable or simply fold down. Ends & Sides height: 200mm Finish: Blue epoxy chassis, Yellow epoxy sides

Turntable Trailers

TR126 with TR157SS Post socket - remove cap and insert post, then lock by tightening bolt. Sides then simply slot in

TR230P with TR210SS • 3 deck sizes • MDF or steel deck • Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres • Loop handle • Parking brake option

Phenolic Turntable Trailers

Choice of load capacities: 500, 750 and 1000kg 3 Types • Flatbed platform; • Removable phenolic end and side panels • Wire mesh fixed ends and removable sides Solid rubber or pneumatic tyred wheels, all roller bearing. Constructed from rectangular and round section steel tube. Finish: Red epoxy. Trailer with flatbed platform

TR352P

Deck L x W mm 1200 x 600

Deck Wheel Height mm Dia. mm 450 250

750

1500 x 750

500

400

1000

1800 x 900

500

400

Wheel Type Solid Pneu Solid Pneu Solid Pneu

Model TR342P

Deck Wheel Height mm Dia. mm 450 250

750

1500 x 750

500

400

1000

1800 x 900

500

400

Wheel Type Solid Pneu Solid Pneu Solid Pneu

Capacity Kg 500

Deck L x W mm 1200 x 600

Deck Wheel Height mm Dia. mm 450 250

750

1500 x 750

500

400

1000

1800 x 900

500

400

Wheel Type Solid Pneu Solid Pneu Solid Pneu

Weight Kg 44 41 89 63 120 94

Ref TR321 48 TR321P TR326 TR326P TR329 TR329P

HOUR DESPATCH

Weight Kg 53 50 137 111 133 107

Ref TR341 TR341P 48 TR342 TR342P TR343 TR343P

425mm 450mm 450mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm

350Kgs 500Kgs 500Kgs 750Kgs 750Kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs

Weight Kg 66 63 113 87 152 126

200mm 260mm 250mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm

Tyre Type

MDF Deck

Steel Deck

Optional extras

Solid Pneumatic Solid Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic

Wt Kg 51 53 55 95 72 105 82 142 120

Wt Kg 56 58 60 111 88 121 98 171 149

available for all models

Ref TR120DDS TR121PDDS TR121SDDS TR126DDS TR126PDDS TR127DDS TR127PDDS TR130DDS TR130PDDS

Ref TR220DDS TR221PDDS TR221SDDS TR226DDS TR226PDDS TR227DDS TR227PDDS TR230DDS TR230PDDS

Tee bar handle Factory fitted at time of manufacture as alternative to loop handle, at no extra cost. Add suffix “T” to reference.

Parking brake Factory fitted at time of manufacture. Brake is applied when handle is raised to vertical position. Ref PB1 (extra)

Turntable Trailer with Tubular Supports

General purpose hand pulling trailers with tubular load retaining panels. Ends are fixed - sides lift off and are fully removable. Ends & Sides height: 610mm Finish: Blue epoxy chassis and ends, Yellow epoxy sides • 3 deck sizes • MDF or steel deck • Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres • Loop handle • Parking brake option

HOUR DESPATCH

Model TR126TU

Deck Size mm

Deck Height

Capacity

1200 x 600

425mm 450mm 450mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm

350Kgs 500Kgs 500Kgs 750Kgs 750Kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs

Ref TR351 TR351P TR352 TR352P TR353 TR353P

Turntable Trailers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

1200 x 600

Wheel Dia.

DESPATCH

Trailer with 400mm high wire mesh fixed ends and removable sides

Model TR321

Deck L x W mm 1200 x 600

Capacity

HOUR

Trailer with 200mm high removable Phenolic ends and sides Capacity Kg 500

Deck Height

2000x1000

ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Capacity Kg 500

Deck Size mm

1500 x 750

General purpose hand pulling turntable trailers with black, textured, anti-slip phenolic deck surface.

Model

Model TR126DDS

1500 x 750

2000x1000

Wheel Dia. 200mm 260mm 250mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm

Tyre Type

MDF Deck

Steel Deck

Solid Pneumatic Solid Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic

Wt Kg 56 58 60 100 77 110 87 147 125

Wt Kg 61 63 65 116 93 126 103 176 154

Ref TR120TU TR121PTU TR121STU TR126TU TR126PTU TR127TU TR127PTU TR130TU TR130PTU

Ref TR220TU TR221PTU TR221STU TR226TU TR226PTU TR227TU TR227PTU TR230TU TR230PTU

Turntable Trailers info@storage-design.co.uk

Turntable Trailers

www.storage-design.co.uk

65 Removable End / Side Panel Kit

Turntable Trailer with Drop down side panels

Post socket - remove cap and insert post, then lock by tightening bolt. Sides then simply slot in

TR230P with TR210SS • 3 deck sizes • MDF or steel deck • Solid rubber or pneumatic tyres • Loop handle • Parking brake option

Phenolic Turntable Trailers

TR352P

Deck L x W mm 1200 x 600

Deck Wheel Height mm Dia. mm 450 250

750

1500 x 750

500

400

1000

1800 x 900

500

400

Wheel Type Solid Pneu Solid Pneu Solid Pneu

Model TR342P

Deck L x W mm 1200 x 600

Deck Wheel Height mm Dia. mm 450 250

750

1500 x 750

500

400

1000

1800 x 900

500

400

Wheel Type Solid Pneu Solid Pneu Solid Pneu

Model TR321

Deck L x W mm 1200 x 600

Deck Wheel Height mm Dia. mm 450 250

750

1500 x 750

500

400

1000

1800 x 900

500

400

Wheel Type Solid Pneu Solid Pneu Solid Pneu

1200 x 600

425mm 450mm 450mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm

350Kgs 500Kgs 500Kgs 750Kgs 750Kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs

Weight Kg 44 41 89 63 120 94

Weight Kg 53 50 137 111 133 107

Weight Kg 66 63 113 87 152 126

Wheel Dia. 200mm 260mm 250mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm

Tyre Type

MDF Deck

Steel Deck

Optional extras

Solid Pneumatic Solid Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic

Wt Kg 51 53 55 95 72 105 82 142 120

Wt Kg 56 58 60 111 88 121 98 171 149

available for all models

Ref TR120DDS TR121PDDS TR121SDDS TR126DDS TR126PDDS TR127DDS TR127PDDS TR130DDS TR130PDDS

Ref TR220DDS TR221PDDS TR221SDDS TR226DDS TR226PDDS TR227DDS TR227PDDS TR230DDS TR230PDDS

Ref TR321 48 TR321P TR326 TR326P TR329 TR329P

HOUR DESPATCH

Ref TR341 TR341P 48 TR342 TR342P TR343 TR343P

Tee bar handle Factory fitted at time of manufacture as alternative to loop handle, at no extra cost. Add suffix “T” to reference.

Parking brake Factory fitted at time of manufacture. Brake is applied when handle is raised to vertical position. Ref PB1 (extra)

Turntable Trailer with Tubular Supports

DESPATCH

HOUR DESPATCH

Trailer with 400mm high wire mesh fixed ends and removable sides Capacity Kg 500

Capacity

HOUR

Trailer with 200mm high removable Phenolic ends and sides Capacity Kg 500

Deck Height

2000x1000

ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Capacity Kg 500

Deck Size mm

1500 x 750

General purpose hand pulling turntable trailers with black, textured, anti-slip phenolic deck surface.

Model

Model TR126DDS

Turntable Trailers

TR126 with TR157SS

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Model TR126TU

Deck Size mm

Deck Height

Capacity

1200 x 600

425mm 450mm 450mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm

350Kgs 500Kgs 500Kgs 750Kgs 750Kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs

Ref TR351 TR351P TR352 TR352P TR353 TR353P

1500 x 750

2000x1000

Wheel Dia. 200mm 260mm 250mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm

Tyre Type

MDF Deck

Steel Deck

Solid Pneumatic Solid Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic

Wt Kg 56 58 60 100 77 110 87 147 125

Wt Kg 61 63 65 116 93 126 103 176 154

Ref TR120TU TR121PTU TR121STU TR126TU TR126PTU TR127TU TR127PTU TR130TU TR130PTU

Ref TR220TU TR221PTU TR221STU TR226TU TR226PTU TR227TU TR227PTU TR230TU TR230PTU

Turntable Trailers

Turntable Trailers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Turntable Trailers with mesh cage supports Detachable mesh sides

Capacity 350kg UDL With optional drop down sides

General purpose hand pulling trailers with steel 50 x 50mm mesh load retaining panels.

Tubular or steel panel end frames. Sides available with panel ends only. Sides are hinged on strong steel pins and securely latched.

Ends are fixed - sides are lift off and fully removable. Finish: Blue epoxy chassis and ends, Yellow epoxy sides

Ideal for horticultural environments and many industrial applications

• Fixed mesh ends - detachable mesh sides • Sides 760mm high • 3 deck sizes • MDF or steel decks • Front turntable steering with loop handle • Solid or pneumatic tyres • Flush MDF deck polyurethane coated • Parking brake option

Centre Axel Trucks

Turntable Trailers

Double Ended Centre Axle Trucks

• Garden centres • Markets and market gardens • Show grounds and parks • Builders and builders merchants • Factory maintenance sections • Schools, hospitals and institutions • Docks and harbour boards

Mesh size 50 x 50 mm Panel heights above deck 760mm

Fixed tubular ends Deck height at centre line 460 mm

Deck height: 460 mm at centre line End and side panel height: 230 mm above deck. Wheels: High quality red centres with roller bearings. 400 mm dia. choice of solid rubber or pneumatic tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy chassis and end panels Yellow epoxy drop down sides.

Model TR126MH

Deck Size mm

Deck Height

Capacity

1200 x 600

425mm 450mm 450mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm

350Kgs 500Kgs 500Kgs 750Kgs 750Kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs

1500 x 750

2000x1000

Optional extras Tee bar handle Factory fitted at time of manufacture as alternative to loop handle, at no extra cost. Add suffix “T” to reference.

Wheel Dia. 200mm 260mm 250mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm

Tyre Type

MDF Deck

Steel Deck

Solid Pneumatic Solid Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic

Wt Kg 59 61 63 104 81 114 91 152 130

Wt Kg 64 46 48 120 97 130 107 181 159

Ref TR120MS TR121PMS TR121SMS TR126MS TR126PMS TR127MS TR127PMS TR130MS TR130PMS

Ref TR220MS TR221PMS TR221SMS TR226MS TR226PMS TR227MS TR227PMS TR230MS TR230PMS

Construction

Tyre Type

Effective Deck W x L mm

Max Overall W x L mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

Fixed tubular ends

Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic

800 x 1500

800 x 1780

1000 x 2000

1000 x 2280

800 x 1500

800 x 1780

1000 x 2000

1000 x 2280

750 x 1500

860 x 1780 (sides dropped)

950 x 1500

1060 x 2280 (sides dropped)

63 48 105 91 67 54 109 97 78 65 120 108

WT07 WT07P WT071 WT071P WT08 WT08P WT081 WT081P WT09 WT09P WT091 WT091P

Fixed steel panel ends

Parking brake Factory fitted at time of manufacture. Brake is applied when handle is raised to vertical position. Ref PB1 (extra)

Fixed panel ends and drop down steel sides

Turntable Trailers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Fixed panel ends and drop down steel sides Panel height above deck 230 mm

Centre Axel Trucks info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

67 Turntable Trailers with mesh cage supports Detachable mesh sides

Double Ended Centre Axle Trucks

Capacity 350kg UDL With optional drop down sides

General purpose hand pulling trailers with steel 50 x 50mm mesh load retaining panels.

Tubular or steel panel end frames. Sides available with panel ends only. Sides are hinged on strong steel pins and securely latched.

Ends are fixed - sides are lift off and fully removable. Finish: Blue epoxy chassis and ends, Yellow epoxy sides

Ideal for horticultural environments and many industrial applications

Centre Axel Trucks

Turntable Trailers

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Mesh size 50 x 50 mm Panel heights above deck 760mm

Fixed tubular ends Deck height at centre line 460 mm

Angle deck frame with inset polyurethane coated plywood platform. Fully welded chassis constructed from rectangular hollow section and tubular steel. Sturdy tubular ground supports with welded steel protector pads. Deck height: 460 mm at centre line End and side panel height: 230 mm above deck. Wheels: High quality red centres with roller bearings. 400 mm dia. choice of solid rubber or pneumatic tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy chassis and end panels Yellow epoxy drop down sides.

Model TR126MH

Deck Size mm

Deck Height

Capacity

1200 x 600

425mm 450mm 450mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm 500mm

350Kgs 500Kgs 500Kgs 750Kgs 750Kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs 1000kgs

1500 x 750

2000x1000

Optional extras Tee bar handle Factory fitted at time of manufacture as alternative to loop handle, at no extra cost. Add suffix “T” to reference.

Wheel Dia. 200mm 260mm 250mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm 400mm

Tyre Type

MDF Deck

Steel Deck

Solid Pneumatic Solid Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic

Wt Kg 59 61 63 104 81 114 91 152 130

Wt Kg 64 46 48 120 97 130 107 181 159

Ref TR120MS TR121PMS TR121SMS TR126MS TR126PMS TR127MS TR127PMS TR130MS TR130PMS

Ref TR220MS TR221PMS TR221SMS TR226MS TR226PMS TR227MS TR227PMS TR230MS TR230PMS

Fixed panel ends and drop down steel sides Panel height above deck 230 mm Construction

Tyre Type

Effective Deck W x L mm

Max Overall W x L mm

Weight Kgs

Ref

Fixed tubular ends

Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic

800 x 1500

800 x 1780

1000 x 2000

1000 x 2280

800 x 1500

800 x 1780

1000 x 2000

1000 x 2280

750 x 1500

860 x 1780 (sides dropped)

950 x 1500

1060 x 2280 (sides dropped)

63 48 105 91 67 54 109 97 78 65 120 108

WT07 WT07P WT071 WT071P WT08 WT08P WT081 WT081P WT09 WT09P WT091 WT091P

Fixed steel panel ends

Parking brake Factory fitted at time of manufacture. Brake is applied when handle is raised to vertical position. Ref PB1 (extra)

Fixed panel ends and drop down steel sides

Turntable Trailers

Centre Axel Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Trailers

Turntable Trailers

Easy to operate, with plate to plate turntable Welded construction from tube and steel angle. Solid axle assembly Loop towing handle

Standard deck height 510 mm Braced and reinforced all steel welded chassis High quality polyurethane coated ply decks inset and finished flush. Protected all round by steel side frame Fixed optional headboard complete with drop down sides and tailgate. All with polyurethane coated ply panels Large 400 mm dia. roller bearing wheels with either solid or pneumatic tyres Hard wearing blue epoxy finish

Handles Loop handles are supplied as standard. T bar handles can be supplied at no extra cost. please specify T bar handle when ordering

1 Tonne hand pull turntable or ackerman steering

Turntable and Ackerman Trailers

Hand Trailers

2 Options • Flat Bed • Headboard Sides and Tailgate

Model TR110P

Turntable Steering Metalwork finished in hammer blue air dry enamel paint Woodwork finished with clear polyurethane varnish.

TR50P with PB1 parking brake Tongue and Groove Timber Decks

Front axle mounted ball race turntable. Highly manoeuvrable with tight turning circle.

• 3 Platform Sizes • Choice of Solid or Pneumatic Tyres • Available with choice of Flat Bed, Box or Drop-in Sides

Model TR112P

Available in 3 versions 18 different options to which you can add an optional parking brake. Flat Bed Traditional trailer with tongue and grooved timber deck without ends or sides. (If you already have a flat bed and want a drop on box body only, prices are available on application.)

Fixed head and tail boards with drop in sides Trailer complete with fixed corner posts, 2 fixed ends infilled with tongue and groove timber. Drop in sides of tongue and groove timber. Sides 200mm high

Platform L x W mm

Platfrom Height mm

Capacity Kg

Wheel Dia. mm

Tyre Type

1067 x 610

325 355 355 355 510 510

350

200 260 250 260 400 400

Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic

1525 x 762 1830 x 762

500 600

Flat Bed Wt Kg 45 43 56 54 80 69

Ref TR40 TR40P TR50 TR50P TR70 TR70P

Drop on Box Body Trailer complete with drop on box body with corner steel angle frames, inner corner timber supports, infilled with tongue and grooved timber fixed panels. Sides 200mm high.

Fixed ends, Drop in sides Wt Kg Ref 56 TR40RS 54 TR40RSP 69 TR50RS 67 TR50RSP 97 TR70RS 86 TR70RSP

Drop on Box Body Wt Kg Ref 55 TR40BX 53 TR40BXP 68 TR50BX 66 TR50BXP 96 TR70BX 85 TR70BXP

Optional extra for all trailers

Fixed head and tail boards, with drop-in sides

Parking Brake (Factory fitted at time of order) Brake applied to front wheels when the pull handle is raised to the fully vertical position.Wt 4kg Ref: PB1

Turntable Trailers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Single Ackerman Steering Front steering with rigid back axle. Limited turning circle with 100% stability

Model TR160

UDL Capacity

1000 Kg

Deck Size mm

1500 x 800

Wheel Diameter x Tread

400 x 100

400 x 110

400 x 100 400 x 110

Tyre Type

solid

pneumatic

solid

pneumatic

112 kg

85 kg

137 kg

110 kg

2000 x 1000

TURNTABLE - flat bed

Wt. Ref:

TR100

TR100P

TR110

TR110P

TURNTABLE - with headboard sides & tailgate

Wt.

142 kg

115 kg

175 kg

148 kg

Ref:

TR102

TR102P

TR112

TR112P

ACKERMAN - flat bed

Wt.

107 kg

80 kg

129 kg

102 kg

Ref:

TR150

TR150P

TR160

TR160P

ACKERMAN - with headboard sides & tailgate

Wt.

137 kg

110 kg

167 kg

140 kg

Ref:

TR152

TR152P

TR162

TR162P

Turntable and Ackerman Trailers info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Trailers

Turntable Trailers

Easy to operate, with plate to plate turntable Welded construction from tube and steel angle. Solid axle assembly Loop towing handle

Handles Loop handles are supplied as standard. T bar handles can be supplied at no extra cost. please specify T bar handle when ordering

1 Tonne hand pull turntable or ackerman steering

Turntable and Ackerman Trailers

Hand Trailers

2 Options • Flat Bed • Headboard Sides and Tailgate

Model TR110P

Turntable Steering Metalwork finished in hammer blue air dry enamel paint Woodwork finished with clear polyurethane varnish.

TR50P with PB1 parking brake Tongue and Groove Timber Decks

Front axle mounted ball race turntable. Highly manoeuvrable with tight turning circle.

• 3 Platform Sizes • Choice of Solid or Pneumatic Tyres • Available with choice of Flat Bed, Box or Drop-in Sides

Model TR112P

Platform L x W mm

Platfrom Height mm

Capacity Kg

Wheel Dia. mm

Tyre Type

1067 x 610

325 355 355 355 510 510

350

200 260 250 260 400 400

Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic Solid Pneumatic

1525 x 762 1830 x 762

500 600

Flat Bed Wt Kg 45 43 56 54 80 69

Ref TR40 TR40P TR50 TR50P TR70 TR70P

Drop on Box Body Trailer complete with drop on box body with corner steel angle frames, inner corner timber supports, infilled with tongue and grooved timber fixed panels. Sides 200mm high.

Fixed ends, Drop in sides Wt Kg Ref 56 TR40RS 54 TR40RSP 69 TR50RS 67 TR50RSP 97 TR70RS 86 TR70RSP

Drop on Box Body Wt Kg Ref 55 TR40BX 53 TR40BXP 68 TR50BX 66 TR50BXP 96 TR70BX 85 TR70BXP

Optional extra for all trailers

Fixed head and tail boards, with drop-in sides

Parking Brake (Factory fitted at time of order) Brake applied to front wheels when the pull handle is raised to the fully vertical position.Wt 4kg Ref: PB1

Single Ackerman Steering Front steering with rigid back axle. Limited turning circle with 100% stability

Model TR160

UDL Capacity

1000 Kg

Deck Size mm

1500 x 800

Wheel Diameter x Tread

400 x 100

400 x 110

400 x 100 400 x 110

Tyre Type

solid

pneumatic

solid

pneumatic

112 kg

85 kg

137 kg

110 kg

2000 x 1000

TURNTABLE - flat bed

Wt. Ref:

TR100

TR100P

TR110

TR110P

TURNTABLE - with headboard sides & tailgate

Wt.

142 kg

115 kg

175 kg

148 kg

Ref:

TR102

TR102P

TR112

TR112P

ACKERMAN - flat bed

Wt.

107 kg

80 kg

129 kg

102 kg

Ref:

TR150

TR150P

TR160

TR160P

ACKERMAN - with headboard sides & tailgate

Wt.

137 kg

110 kg

167 kg

140 kg

Ref:

TR152

TR152P

TR162

TR162P

Turntable Trailers

Turntable and Ackerman Trailers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Heavy Duty Towing Trailers

1000kg Long Load Towing Trailer

For in-plant operation Maximum towing speed 8 kph (5 mph)

For in-plant operation

Fully welded steel chassis. Anti-drop towbar 35mm tow eye. Rear hitch and pin. Finish blue epoxy.

Welded steel construction with sturdy metal platforms and side frame superstructures. Ball bearing turntable plates 405mm dia. 400mm dia. wheels with solid rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Heavy Duty Trailers

Flush ply decks - sanded and coated. Standard extras - price on application Fitted side and headboards. Steel decks - plain or chequer (Durbar) plate. Other sizes and capacities. Any superstructure designed to your needs.

Heavy Duty Ackerman Steering Trailers

Capacities from 1 tonne to 3 tonne

Length: 3800 mm Drawbar : 1500 mm Platforms: 800 x 300 mm Load length: 5 - 6 m Weight: 145 kgs Rear hitch and pin

Ref: TR502

Heavy Duty Towing Trailers

Turntable Steering good solo manoeuvring in confined spaces

Maximum UDL

1000 Kg

Deck height mm

500

515

2000 Kg 550

575

3000 Kg 720

Wheels

Solid

Pneumatic

Solid

Pneumatic

Solid

Pneumatic

Dia x tread mm

400 x 100

400 x 110

400 x 100

500 x 120

455 x 120

610 x 150

Deck 2 x 1m

Wt: 200 kg

Wt: 185 kg

Wt:220 kg

Wt:205 kg

Wt: 250 kg

Wt: 235 kg

TR602P

Ref

TR601

TR601P

TR602

TR603

TR603P

Deck 2.5 x 1.25m

Wt: 230 kg

Wt: 215 kg

Wt: 250 kg Wt: 235 kg

Wt: 285 kg

Wt: 270 kg

Ref

TR611

TR611P

TR612

TR613

TR613P

TR612P

For in-plant operation Maximum towing speed 8 kph (5 mph) • Fully welded steel chassis. • Flat bed flush ply decks - sanded and coated • 35 mm tow eye - rear hitch and pin. • Finish Blue epoxy

Double Ackerman Steering Front and rear steering for accurate tracking in train

Standard extras - price on application Fitted side and headboards. Steel decks -- plain or chequer (Durbar) plate.

2000kg Pole or Timber Towing Trailer For in-plant operation Heavy steel tube centre pole welded to front cross bolster and turntable top frame. Ball bearing turntable plates 610 mm dia. Rear carriage adjustable at intervals of 305 mm to give length between bolsters of 2m minimum up to 3.9 m max. Detachable chock posts 610 mm high. Distance between posts 1115 mm. Heavy duty triangular drawbar with 35 mm dia. towing eye, locks in vertical position when not in use. ‘Stop’ prevents drawbar from dropping below 230 mm from the ground.

Wheels

Dia. x Tread mm

Weight Kg

Ref

Solid rubber

405 x 100

300

TR501

Pneumatic 6 ply

460 x 125

285

TR501P

Finish: Blue epoxy. Loading height: 660 mm Overall width: 1220 mm Capacity: 2000 kg

Heavy Duty Trailers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

2000 Kg

Special Service

Maximum UDL

1000 Kg

Deck height mm

500

515

550

575

3000 Kg 720

Wheels

Solid

Pneumatic

Solid

Pneumatic

Solid

Pneumatic

Dia x tread mm

400 x 100

400 x 110

400 x 100

500 x 120

455 x 120

610 x 150

Deck 2 x 1m Wt:

200 kg

185 kg

220 kg

205 kg

250 kg

235 kg

Ref

TR700

TR700P

TR710

TR710P

TR720

TR720P

Deck 2.5 x 1.25m Wt:

230 kg

215 kg

250 kg

235 kg

285 kg

270 kg

Ref

TR730

TR730P

TR740

TR740P

TR750

TR750P

As manufacturers we are able to offer custom built trailers with many styles and types of superstructure to suit individual requirements. Alternative deck sizes and capacities also available

Heavy Duty Ackerman Steering Trailers info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Heavy Duty Towing Trailers

1000kg Long Load Towing Trailer

For in-plant operation Maximum towing speed 8 kph (5 mph)

For in-plant operation

Fully welded steel chassis. Anti-drop towbar 35mm tow eye. Rear hitch and pin. Finish blue epoxy.

Welded steel construction with sturdy metal platforms and side frame superstructures. Ball bearing turntable plates 405mm dia. 400mm dia. wheels with solid rubber tyres. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Heavy Duty Trailers

Heavy Duty Ackerman Steering Trailers

Capacities from 1 tonne to 3 tonne

Length: 3800 mm Drawbar : 1500 mm Platforms: 800 x 300 mm Load length: 5 - 6 m Weight: 145 kgs Rear hitch and pin

Ref: TR502

Heavy Duty Towing Trailers

Turntable Steering good solo manoeuvring in confined spaces

Maximum UDL

1000 Kg

Deck height mm

500

515

2000 Kg 550

575

3000 Kg 720

Wheels

Solid

Pneumatic

Solid

Pneumatic

Solid

Pneumatic

Dia x tread mm

400 x 100

400 x 110

400 x 100

500 x 120

455 x 120

610 x 150

Deck 2 x 1m

Wt: 200 kg

Wt: 185 kg

Wt:220 kg

Wt:205 kg

Wt: 250 kg

Wt: 235 kg

TR602P

Ref

TR601

TR601P

TR602

TR603

TR603P

Deck 2.5 x 1.25m

Wt: 230 kg

Wt: 215 kg

Wt: 250 kg Wt: 235 kg

Wt: 285 kg

Wt: 270 kg

Ref

TR611

TR611P

TR612

TR613

TR613P

TR612P

Double Ackerman Steering Front and rear steering for accurate tracking in train

Standard extras - price on application Fitted side and headboards. Steel decks -- plain or chequer (Durbar) plate.

Wheels

Dia. x Tread mm

Weight Kg

Ref

Solid rubber

405 x 100

300

TR501

Pneumatic 6 ply

460 x 125

285

TR501P

Finish: Blue epoxy. Loading height: 660 mm Overall width: 1220 mm Capacity: 2000 kg

2000 Kg

Special Service

Maximum UDL

1000 Kg

Deck height mm

500

515

550

575

3000 Kg 720

Wheels

Solid

Pneumatic

Solid

Pneumatic

Solid

Pneumatic

Dia x tread mm

400 x 100

400 x 110

400 x 100

500 x 120

455 x 120

610 x 150

Deck 2 x 1m Wt:

200 kg

185 kg

220 kg

205 kg

250 kg

235 kg

Ref

TR700

TR700P

TR710

TR710P

TR720

TR720P

Deck 2.5 x 1.25m Wt:

230 kg

215 kg

250 kg

235 kg

285 kg

270 kg

Ref

TR730

TR730P

TR740

TR740P

TR750

TR750P

Heavy Duty Trailers

As manufacturers we are able to offer custom built trailers with many styles and types of superstructure to suit individual requirements. Alternative deck sizes and capacities also available

Heavy Duty Ackerman Steering Trailers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Protective Hand Grips / Load Straps

Sack Trucks

Protective Hand Grips

Meticulous build quality Red epoxy finish Exceptional Value Softride Pneumatic Tyres

Sack Truck Safety

Fitted as standard to all sack trucks without loop handles High impact, semi-flexible plastic. Comfortably contoured, protector runs full length of grip. Also available for fixing to existing trucks. (hole for riveting to any 25mm outside dia. tube) Colour: Red

Optional Extra

Red Ref: EC010

Load Strap: Ref. STP1

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Load Straps 4 Plate toe models

Sack Trucks

Designed to enable trucks to be fully utilized with larger loads, particularly when transporting a variety of products. Easy to use and a great help in cutting down the number of necessary journeys. Snap on to 25mm outside dia. tube (covers most of our truck range). Integral friction locking buckle. The strap is simply pulled through into position. Use for load retention only, not suitable for lifting.

Load Strap: Ref. STP1 N.B. Colour depends on current stock

Sack Trucks The Trader Range of Stainless Steel Sack Trucks

Capacity Kg

High quality range of three sack trucks manufactured from sheet and tube stainless steel. Suitable for use in the food and drink industry. Red centred wheels, two models with solid rubber tyres, one model with pneumatic tyres. Safety hand protectors fitted as standard. Model

ST20SS

ST21SS

ST206PSS

Capacity Kg

150

200

O/a Height x Width mm 1075 x 485 1175 x 535

1300 x 535

Toe L x W mm

200 x 286

150 x 375

200 x 420

Back frame H x W mm

805 x 370

965 x 420

1300 x 280

Wheel dia. mm

160

200

260

Tyre

Solid

Pneumatic

Weight kg

Ref

ST20SS

ST21SS

ST06PSS

150

200

250

O/a Height x Width mm 1070 x 495 1185 x 540

1300 x 610

Toe L x W mm

150 x 375

200 x 430

250 x 500

Frame H x W mm

850 x 370

960 x 415

1070 x 500

Wheel dia. mm

160

200

Weight kg

Ref

ST20

HOUR DESPATCH

ST21

HOUR DESPATCH

ST22

4 Folding toe models

Model ST220SS

Capacity Kg

250

200

O/a Height x Width mm 1300 x 610 1185 x 540

Model

ST21SS

ST06PSS

Sack Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Large plate toe model available with choice of 200mm dia solid tyres: Ref ST22

Large folding toe model available with choice of 200mm dia solid tyres: Ref ST22F

or 260mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels: Ref ST22P (illustrated)

or 260mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels: Ref ST22FP (illustrated)

150

Capacity Kg

1070 x 495

O/a Height x Width mm 1300 x 610 1300 x 610

250

Toe L x W mm

420 x 420

330 x 300

320 x 300

Toe L x W mm

250 x 500

Frame H x W mm

1070 x 500 960 x 415

850 x 370

Frame H x W mm

1070 x 500 1070 x 500

420 x 420

Wheel dia. mm

200

160

Wheel dia. mm

260 (pneu)

Weight kg

Ref

ST22F

ST21F

ST20F

Ref

ST22P

ST22FP

Sack Trucks info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

73 Protective Hand Grips / Load Straps

Sack Trucks

Protective Hand Grips

Meticulous build quality Red epoxy finish Exceptional Value Softride Pneumatic Tyres

Sack Truck Safety

Optional Extra

Red Ref: EC010

Load Strap: Ref. STP1

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Load Straps 4 Plate toe models

Sack Trucks

Load Strap: Ref. STP1 N.B. Colour depends on current stock

Sack Trucks The Trader Range of Stainless Steel Sack Trucks

Capacity Kg

ST20SS

ST21SS

ST206PSS

Capacity Kg

150

200

O/a Height x Width mm 1075 x 485 1175 x 535

1300 x 535

Toe L x W mm

200 x 286

150 x 375

200 x 420

Back frame H x W mm

805 x 370

965 x 420

1300 x 280

Wheel dia. mm

160

200

260

Tyre

Solid

Pneumatic

Weight kg

Ref

ST20SS

ST21SS

ST06PSS

150

200

250

O/a Height x Width mm 1070 x 495 1185 x 540

1300 x 610

Toe L x W mm

150 x 375

200 x 430

250 x 500

Frame H x W mm

850 x 370

960 x 415

1070 x 500

Wheel dia. mm

160

200

Weight kg

Ref

ST20

HOUR DESPATCH

ST21

HOUR DESPATCH

ST22

4 Folding toe models

Model ST220SS

Capacity Kg

250

200

O/a Height x Width mm 1300 x 610 1185 x 540

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Model

ST21SS

ST06PSS

Large plate toe model available with choice of 200mm dia solid tyres: Ref ST22

Large folding toe model available with choice of 200mm dia solid tyres: Ref ST22F

or 260mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels: Ref ST22P (illustrated)

or 260mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels: Ref ST22FP (illustrated)

150

Capacity Kg

1070 x 495

O/a Height x Width mm 1300 x 610 1300 x 610

250

Toe L x W mm

420 x 420

330 x 300

320 x 300

Toe L x W mm

250 x 500

Frame H x W mm

1070 x 500 960 x 415

850 x 370

Frame H x W mm

1070 x 500 1070 x 500

420 x 420

Wheel dia. mm

200

160

Wheel dia. mm

260 (pneu)

Weight kg

Ref

ST22F

ST21F

ST20F

Ref

ST22P

ST22FP

Sack Trucks

Sack Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Versatile Trader Truck

Model ST12/ZP

Traditional Sack Trucks

This modern sack truck is available in bright zinc plated or blue epoxy finish.

High load capacity trucks. Fully welded construction from tube, bar and sheet steel. Choice of straight or curved backs, and open or solid toes and backs, 160 and 200mm dia. solid rubber tyred wheels. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Choice of solid rubber or pneumatic tyres. All welded steel construction, fitted with protective hand grips as standard.

Optional Extra

Sack Trucks

Load Strap: Ref. STP1

200kg capacity Curved back

Traditional, strong, parallel back sack trucks with a multitude of uses

HOUR

Optional Extra Load Strap: Ref. STP1

Model ST63

DESPATCH

Model ST35

ON MARKED PRODUCTS

125kg capacity Curved back

Traditional Sack Trucks

200kg capacity Flat back

Model ST12P/ZP

Model ST02

Specifications

Model ST12

Model ST12P

Ref

ST12

ST12P

ST12/ZP

Capacity

200kg

Back

curved

Height

1100mm

Width o/a

580mm

Frame width

400mm

Front/rear

440mm

500mm

440mm

500mm

Toe width

410mm

Toe depth

230mm

Toe type

solid

Tyre dia

200mm

260mm

200mm

260mm

Tyre type

solid

pneumatic

solid

pneumatic

Finish

Blue

Zinc

Epoxy

Plated

12kg

13kg

12kg

13kg

DESPATCH

Weight

HOUR

ST12P/ZP

HOUR

Sack Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Model ST61

Model ST62

Model ST52

Ref

ST63

ST35

ST61

ST62

ST02

ST52

Capacity Kg

200

125

200

Back

curved / open curved / open

curved / open

flat / open

flat / solid

Height mm

1065

965

1090

Width o/a mm

515

406

Frame width mm

370

395

Front/rear mm

420

380

450

Toe width mm

380

406

Toe depth mm

180

200

Toe type

solid

open

solid

Wheel dia mm

200

160

200

Weight Kg

Traditional Sack Trucks info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Traditional Sack Trucks

This modern sack truck is available in bright zinc plated or blue epoxy finish.

Choice of solid rubber or pneumatic tyres. All welded steel construction, fitted with protective hand grips as standard.

Optional Extra

Sack Trucks

Load Strap: Ref. STP1

200kg capacity Curved back

Traditional, strong, parallel back sack trucks with a multitude of uses

HOUR

Optional Extra Load Strap: Ref. STP1

Model ST63

DESPATCH

Model ST35

ON MARKED PRODUCTS

125kg capacity Curved back

Traditional Sack Trucks

Versatile Trader Truck

Model ST12/ZP

200kg capacity Flat back

Model ST12P/ZP

Model ST02

Specifications

Model ST12

Model ST12P

Ref

ST12

ST12P

ST12/ZP

Capacity

200kg

Back

curved

Height

1100mm

Width o/a

580mm

Frame width

400mm

Front/rear

440mm

500mm

440mm

500mm

Toe width

410mm

Toe depth

230mm

Toe type

solid

Tyre dia

200mm

260mm

200mm

260mm

Tyre type

solid

pneumatic

solid

pneumatic

Finish

Blue

Zinc

Epoxy

Plated

12kg

13kg

12kg

13kg

DESPATCH

Weight

HOUR

ST12P/ZP

HOUR

Model ST61

Model ST62

Model ST52

Ref

ST63

ST35

ST61

ST62

ST02

ST52

Capacity Kg

200

125

200

Back

curved / open curved / open

curved / open

flat / open

flat / solid

Height mm

1065

965

1090

Width o/a mm

515

406

Frame width mm

370

395

Front/rear mm

420

380

450

Toe width mm

380

406

Toe depth mm

180

200

Toe type

solid

open

solid

Wheel dia mm

200

160

200

Weight Kg

Sack Trucks

Traditional Sack Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Euro loop handle Trucks

Rough Terrain Truck 6 model range Toe depth 305mm

Continuous loop handles give convenient handling at all angles. Wide backs and choice of large fold-up toe or fixed toe plate, make these trucks very versatile. Bright zinc plated wheels with black solid rubber tyres Finish: Blue epoxy

Sack Trucks

Model ST19

Ref

ST19

Capacity

200kg

Back

flat

Height

1150mm

Width o/a

595mm

Frame width

400mm

Front/rear

225mm

480mm

Made for rough ground and tough work. 350 Kg Capacity. Choose from Solid or pneumatic tyres and 3 toe iron sizes. The large diameter wheels cope with rough and uneven ground with ease. Solid tyred wheels should be chosen if the truck is likely to frequently come in contact with sharp objects. The trucks are heavily built and very strong, coping easily with the maximum load rating of 350kg. Protective handgrips are fitted as standard and this also helps handling over rough terrain.

ST15

Toe depth 450mm

600mm

Model ST15

Toe width

330mm

410mm

Toe depth

395mm

255mm

Ref

ST10S

ST10P

ST101S

ST101P

ST102S

ST102P

Toe type

open folding

solid

Capacity kg

350

Tyre dia

200mm

Back

flat

Tyre type

solid

Height mm

1140

HOUR

Weight

14kg

16kg

DESPATCH

Traditional Splay-back Trucks Still in constant demand throughout industry Capacity 200 Kg Choose from 3 toe iron sizes An original design still meeting todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s demands

605

430

Front/rear mm

610

685

830

Toe width mm

395

Toe depth mm

230

305

450

Toe type

open

Tyre dia mm

355

Tyre type

solid

pneumatic

solid

pneumatic

solid

pneumatic

Finish

Blue epoxy

Blue epoxy Blue epoxy

Weight kg

DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Finish: Blue epoxy

Load Strap: Ref. STP1

Optional Extra

DESPATCH

HOUR

HOUR DESPATCH

Ref

ST25

ST26

ST26P

ST27

ST27P

Ref

ST06

ST06P

Capacity kg

200

Capacity

200kg

Back

curved

Back

flat

1300mm

Height mm

1170

Height

Width o/a mm

635

Width o/a

450mm

490mm 275mm

Frame width mm

510

Frame width

275mm

Front/rear mm

445

520

588

672

740

Front/rear

500mm

560mm

290mm

Toe width mm

355

Toe width

Toe depth mm

230

305

450

Toe depth

230mm

Toe type

open

Toe type

solid

Tyre dia mm

200

260

200

260

Tyre dia

200mm

260mm

Tyre type

Solid

Pneumatic

Solid

Pneumatic

Tyre type

solid

pneumatic

Finish

Blue epoxy

Blue epoxy Blue epoxy

Finish

Blue Epoxy

Weight kg

Weight

12kg

13kg

info@storage-design.co.uk

High backed Case Trucks Ideally suited for the movement of cases, cartons and crates. High back allows for stacking of load. Steel welded construction, Finish: Blue epoxy. Choice of solid rubber or pneumatic tyres.

HOUR

Toe depth 230mm

HOUR

Euro Sack Trucks / Tradtional British Splay-back Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

605 430

Originally designed for use in markets, but suitable for many other applications. All models are manufactured from tough welded angle and tube with a one piece toe iron and centre strap for increased load support. 200mm dia solid rubber or 260mm pneumatic tyred wheels with roller bearing centres.Protective hand grips as standard

HOUR

Width o/a mm Frame width mm

Rough Terrain Sack Trucks

Model ST06

Model ST06P

Rough Terrain Sack Trucks www.storage-design.co.uk

77 Euro loop handle Trucks

Rough Terrain Truck 6 model range Toe depth 305mm

Ref

ST19

Capacity

200kg

Back

flat

Height

1150mm

Width o/a

595mm

Frame width

400mm

Front/rear

225mm

480mm

ST15

Toe depth 450mm

600mm

Model ST15

Toe width

330mm

410mm

Toe depth

395mm

255mm

Ref

ST10S

ST10P

ST101S

ST101P

ST102S

ST102P

Toe type

open folding

solid

Capacity kg

350

Tyre dia

200mm

Back

flat

Tyre type

solid

Height mm

1140

HOUR

Weight

14kg

16kg

DESPATCH

Traditional Splay-back Trucks Still in constant demand throughout industry Capacity 200 Kg Choose from 3 toe iron sizes An original design still meeting todayâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s demands

Width o/a mm

605

Frame width mm

430

Front/rear mm

610

685

830

Toe width mm

395

Toe depth mm

230

305

450

Toe type

open

Tyre dia mm

355

Tyre type

solid

pneumatic

solid

pneumatic

solid

pneumatic

Finish

Blue epoxy

Blue epoxy Blue epoxy

Weight kg

DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Finish: Blue epoxy

Load Strap: Ref. STP1

Optional Extra

DESPATCH

HOUR

Toe depth 230mm

HOUR

Rough Terrain Sack Trucks

Sack Trucks

Model ST19

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

HOUR

HOUR DESPATCH

Ref

ST25

ST26

ST26P

ST27

ST27P

Ref

ST06

ST06P

Capacity kg

200

Capacity

200kg

Back

curved

Back

flat

1300mm

Height mm

1170

Height

Width o/a mm

635

Width o/a

450mm

490mm 275mm

Frame width mm

510

Frame width

275mm

Front/rear mm

445

520

588

672

740

Front/rear

500mm

560mm

290mm

Toe width mm

355

Toe width

Toe depth mm

230

305

450

Toe depth

230mm

Toe type

open

Toe type

solid

Tyre dia mm

200

260

200

260

Tyre dia

200mm

260mm

Tyre type

Solid

Pneumatic

Solid

Pneumatic

Tyre type

solid

pneumatic

Finish

Blue epoxy

Blue epoxy Blue epoxy

Finish

Blue Epoxy

Weight kg

Weight

12kg

13kg

Euro Sack Trucks / Tradtional British Splay-back Trucks

Model ST06

Model ST06P

Rough Terrain Sack Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Stairclimber

Stairclimbing Trucks

Smart, robust sack trucks with stairclimbing star wheel configuration.

Fitted with star wheel system to provide the greatest ease in transporting loads up and down steps and stairways.

Construction All welded tubular frame with integral loop handles 160mm dia steel centred wheels with roller bearings and rubber tyres. Finish: Red epoxy. Choice of folding open toe or fixed solid toe.

The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher terrain making these trucks ideal for locations with variable terrain.

These trucks are ideal for transporting bulky loads up and down steps or stairs, or over rough ground.

Stairclimber Sack Trucks

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

HOUR Folding open toe model

DESPATCH

Fixed solid toe model

Optional Extra

Folding open toe model

Load Strap: Ref. STP1

Capacity Kg

200

Capacity Kg

200

O/a Height x Width mm

1150 x 580

O/a Height x Width mm

1150 x 580

Toe L x W mm

400 x 330

Toe L x W mm

200 x 420

Back frame H x W mm

1080 x 415

Back frame H x W mm

1080 x 415

Wheel dia. mm

160

Wheel dia. mm

160

Weight kg

Ref

SM20

Ref

SM21

Fixed solid toe model

Stairclimbing Trucks

HOUR

DESPATCH

Ref

SM13

SM23

SM23P

SM16

SM16P

Capacity kg

240

250

125

200

125

Back

flat

Height mm

1300

1150

Width o/a mm

460

595

Frame width mm

280

400

Front/rear mm

635

665

705

405 / 810

445/850

Toe width mm

290

420

330

Toe depth mm

230

300

405

Toe type

solid

open

Tyre dia mm

160

200

160

200

SM13

Tyre type

solid

Pneumatic

solid

Pneumatic

Finish

Blue epoxy

Blue epoxy Blue epoxy

Blue epoxy

Weight kg

Capacity: 240Kg Tall back with loop handles and solid steel toe

SM23

Fitted with star wheel system to provide the greatest ease in transporting loads up and down steps and stairways. Large toe folds and locks to frame for compact storage.

Model SM12

SM16

Capacity: 250Kg Euro loop handles and solid steel toe

Capacity: 200Kg Euro loop handles and folding open toe

HOUR DESPATCH

Optional Extra

Ref

SM12

SM22

Capacity kg

110

Back

flat

flat / folding

Height mm

1090

1090 / 600

Width o/a mm

470

Frame width mm

305

Front/rear mm

370 / 720

Toe width mm

245

Toe depth mm

350

Toe type

open

Tyre dia mm

160

Tyre type

solid

Finish

Blue epoxy

Weight kg

The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher terrain making these trucks ideal for locations with variable terrain.

Load Strap: Ref. STP1 Model SM22 folds for handy storage and transportation.

Stairclimber Sack Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Model SM23P

Model SM23

Model SM16

Stairclimbers info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Stairclimber

Stairclimbing Trucks

Smart, robust sack trucks with stairclimbing star wheel configuration.

Fitted with star wheel system to provide the greatest ease in transporting loads up and down steps and stairways.

The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher terrain making these trucks ideal for locations with variable terrain.

These trucks are ideal for transporting bulky loads up and down steps or stairs, or over rough ground.

Stairclimber Sack Trucks

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

HOUR Folding open toe model

DESPATCH

Fixed solid toe model

Optional Extra

Folding open toe model

Load Strap: Ref. STP1

Capacity Kg

200

Capacity Kg

200

O/a Height x Width mm

1150 x 580

O/a Height x Width mm

1150 x 580

Toe L x W mm

400 x 330

Toe L x W mm

200 x 420

Back frame H x W mm

1080 x 415

Back frame H x W mm

1080 x 415

Wheel dia. mm

160

Wheel dia. mm

160

Weight kg

Ref

SM20

Ref

SM21

Fixed solid toe model

Stairclimbing Trucks

HOUR

DESPATCH

Ref

SM13

SM23

SM23P

SM16

SM16P

Capacity kg

240

250

125

200

125

Back

flat

Height mm

1300

1150

Width o/a mm

460

595

Frame width mm

280

400

Front/rear mm

635

665

705

405 / 810

445/850

Toe width mm

290

420

330

Toe depth mm

230

300

405

Toe type

solid

open

Tyre dia mm

160

200

160

200

SM13

Tyre type

solid

Pneumatic

solid

Pneumatic

Finish

Blue epoxy

Blue epoxy Blue epoxy

Blue epoxy

Weight kg

Capacity: 240Kg Tall back with loop handles and solid steel toe

SM23

Fitted with star wheel system to provide the greatest ease in transporting loads up and down steps and stairways. Large toe folds and locks to frame for compact storage.

Model SM12

SM16

Capacity: 250Kg Euro loop handles and solid steel toe

Capacity: 200Kg Euro loop handles and folding open toe

HOUR DESPATCH

Optional Extra

Ref

SM12

SM22

Capacity kg

110

Back

flat

flat / folding

Height mm

1090

1090 / 600

Width o/a mm

470

Frame width mm

305

Front/rear mm

370 / 720

Toe width mm

245

Toe depth mm

350

Toe type

open

Tyre dia mm

160

Tyre type

solid

Finish

Blue epoxy

Weight kg

The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher terrain making these trucks ideal for locations with variable terrain.

Load Strap: Ref. STP1 Model SM22 folds for handy storage and transportation.

Model SM23P

Model SM23

Model SM16

Stairclimber Sack Trucks

Stairclimbers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Stairclimber / sack truck

Model ST55 3-position Truck

This sack truck is fitted with the star-wheel stairclimbing configuration, but it has a simple locking device which enables the star-wheel system to be locked, thus turning the stairclimber into a standard sack truck.

Capacity: 250Kg Wheels: 200mm dia rubber tyred wheels Rear castors: 100mm dia swivel castors with rubber tyres. Tubular welded construction. Solid toe plate L x W: 200 x 420mm Finish: Blue epoxy Standard tubular deck Wt: 17kg Ref: ST55

Loop handles provide convenience in use in both modes - either pushing or pulling. Tubular steel construction with sheet steel toe. Finish: Red epoxy.

Star-wheel locking device

HOUR DESPATCH

Sack truck O/A L x H x W: 460 x 1185 x 550mm

Strong and very versatile, these trucks have a multitude of uses.

The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher ground. This feature, together with the star wheel lock, provides the ideal solution to encountering varying terrain.

By simply turning the locking handle, the star-wheel configurastion is locked, turning the stairclimber into a standard sack truck. Turning the handle back, reverts the truck to full stairclimbing use.

Optional Extra

Locking star-wheel model Capacity Kg

200

O/a Height x Width mm

1190 x 590

Toe L x W mm

420 x 215

Back frame H x W mm

1025 x 410

Wheel dia. mm

160

Weight kg

Ref

SM28

Load Strap: Ref. STP1

Positive retention in each truck position.

Platform truck

4 wheel transporter

O/A L x H x W: 950 x 750 x 550mm Effective platform L x H x W: 905 x 260 x 420mm

O/A L x H x W: 1110 x 880 x 550mm

Stairclimbing chair shifter

Model ST56 3-Position Truck

Steel pan base takes the rear legs of the chairs Base pan W x D: 585 x 155mm Overall frame height 1295mm The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher ground.

Super heavy duty, capacity 400kg

Stairclimber model - Blue epoxy finish Wheels

Wt. kg

Overall H x W x D

Ref

Solid tyres

1300 x 590 x 500

SM31

Wheels: 200mm dia solid, or 260mm dia pneumaatic, rubber tyred wheels Rear castors: 125mm dia swivel castors with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Rectangular section and round tube welded construction Solid toe plate L x W: 200 x 475mm Weight: 23Kg Finish: Blue epoxy

3 Position Convertible Sack Trucks

Stairclimber Sack Trucks

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Solid tyre Ref: ST56 Pneumatic tyre Ref: ST56P HOUR

DESPATCH

Sack truck O/A L x H x W: ST56 / ST56P: 585 x 1250 x 480mm 4 wheel transporter O/A L x H x W ST56 / ST56P: 1170 x 930 x 480mm Platform truck O/A L x H x W ST56 / ST56P: 1250 x 830 x 480mm Effective platform L x H x W ST56: 1085 x 250 x 475mm ST56P: 1085 x 320 x 475mm

HOUR DESPATCH

Stairclimber model SM31 Other chairshifters available - see page 83

Stairclimbers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Positive retention in each truck position. Trader models ST55 and ST56 are easy to change from mode to mode. Select mode before loading.

Three Position Trucks info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Stairclimber / sack truck

Model ST55 3-position Truck

Loop handles provide convenience in use in both modes - either pushing or pulling. Tubular steel construction with sheet steel toe. Finish: Red epoxy.

Star-wheel locking device

HOUR DESPATCH

Sack truck O/A L x H x W: 460 x 1185 x 550mm

Strong and very versatile, these trucks have a multitude of uses.

The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher ground. This feature, together with the star wheel lock, provides the ideal solution to encountering varying terrain.

Optional Extra

Locking star-wheel model Capacity Kg

200

O/a Height x Width mm

1190 x 590

Toe L x W mm

420 x 215

Back frame H x W mm

1025 x 410

Wheel dia. mm

160

Weight kg

Ref

SM28

Load Strap: Ref. STP1

Positive retention in each truck position.

Platform truck

4 wheel transporter

O/A L x H x W: 950 x 750 x 550mm Effective platform L x H x W: 905 x 260 x 420mm

O/A L x H x W: 1110 x 880 x 550mm

Stairclimbing chair shifter

Model ST56 3-Position Truck

Steel pan base takes the rear legs of the chairs Base pan W x D: 585 x 155mm Overall frame height 1295mm The star wheel system also helps transportation over rougher ground.

Super heavy duty, capacity 400kg

Stairclimber model - Blue epoxy finish Wheels

Wt. kg

Overall H x W x D

Ref

Solid tyres

1300 x 590 x 500

SM31

3 Position Convertible Sack Trucks

Stairclimber Sack Trucks

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Solid tyre Ref: ST56 Pneumatic tyre Ref: ST56P HOUR

DESPATCH

HOUR DESPATCH

Stairclimber model SM31 Other chairshifters available - see page 83

Positive retention in each truck position. Trader models ST55 and ST56 are easy to change from mode to mode. Select mode before loading.

Stairclimbers

Three Position Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Chair Shifters

Chairshifter

Steel pan base takes the rear legs of the chairs Base pan W x D: 585 x 155mm Overall frame height 1295mm Wheels: 200mm dia solid rubber or 260mm dia pneumatic

Steel pan base takes the rear legs of the chairs Base pan W x D: 585 x 155mm Overall frame height: 1295mm Wheels: 200mm dia solid rubber tryes with steel centre Finish: Black epoxy Weight: 12kgs

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Wheels

Wt. kg

Overall H x W x D

Ref

Office models - Sandstone epoxy finish Solid tyres

1300 x 590 x 380

ST81

Pneumatic

1300 x 590 x 420

ST82

Ref: PRIN-16

HOUR DESPATCH

Industrial models - Blue epoxy finish Solid tyres

1300 x 590 x 380

ST83

Pneumatic

1300 x 590 x 440

ST84

HOUR DESPATCH

HOUR

Solid tyres

1300 x 590 x 500

SM31

HOUR DESPATCH

Underchair support - Blue epoxy finish

Office model Pneumatic tyres ST82

Solid tyres

1300 x 600 x 790

ST85

Pneumatic

1300 x 650 x 820

ST85P

Chair Trolleys

Chair Shifters

DESPATCH

Stairclimber model - Blue epoxy finish

Stacking Chair Dolly Designed to stack chairs with skid base design of size (WxDXH) 500x500x790mm with seat height of 460mm. Sturdy folded sheet steel design. Mounted on 2 swivel braked and 2 fixed castors fitted with 100mm polyurethene tyred wheels and roller bearings. Maximum chair stack: 24 Finish: Black epoxy Weight: 16kgs Overall dimensions (WxDxH): 550x650x420mm

Office model Solid tyres ST81

Ref: PRIN-20

Stairclimber model SM31

Transport Trolley

Chair Shifters

Industrial model Solid tyres ST83 Pneumatic tyres ST84

Designed to stack folded chairs of overall size (WxDxH) 450x550x820mm in the hoizontal position. Manufactured from mild steel angle and tube. Supplied with handle removed and with easy to assemble instuctions. Mounted on all swivel castors fitted with 75mm grey non-marking wheels and roller bearings. Maximum chair stack: 40 Finish: Black epoxy Weight: 11kgs Overall dimensions (WxDxH): 470x1130x1255mm - 1500mm high when fully loaded.

Underchair support models to suit minimum gap under chairs of (H x W) 400 x 405mm

Ref: PRIN-4

Solid tyres ST85 Pneumatic tyres ST85P

Chair Shifters STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Chair Trolleys info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Chair Shifters

Chairshifter

Steel pan base takes the rear legs of the chairs Base pan W x D: 585 x 155mm Overall frame height 1295mm Wheels: 200mm dia solid rubber or 260mm dia pneumatic

Steel pan base takes the rear legs of the chairs Base pan W x D: 585 x 155mm Overall frame height: 1295mm Wheels: 200mm dia solid rubber tryes with steel centre Finish: Black epoxy Weight: 12kgs

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Wheels

Wt. kg

Overall H x W x D

Ref

Office models - Sandstone epoxy finish Solid tyres

1300 x 590 x 380

ST81

Pneumatic

1300 x 590 x 420

ST82

Ref: PRIN-16

HOUR DESPATCH

Industrial models - Blue epoxy finish Solid tyres

1300 x 590 x 380

ST83

Pneumatic

1300 x 590 x 440

ST84

HOUR DESPATCH

HOUR

Solid tyres

1300 x 590 x 500

SM31

Underchair support - Blue epoxy finish

Office model Pneumatic tyres ST82

Solid tyres

1300 x 600 x 790

ST85

Pneumatic

1300 x 650 x 820

ST85P

Chair Trolleys

Chair Shifters

DESPATCH

Stairclimber model - Blue epoxy finish

HOUR DESPATCH

Office model Solid tyres ST81

Ref: PRIN-20

Stairclimber model SM31

Transport Trolley

Chair Shifters

Industrial model Solid tyres ST83 Pneumatic tyres ST84

Underchair support models to suit minimum gap under chairs of (H x W) 400 x 405mm

Solid tyres ST85 Pneumatic tyres ST85P

Chair Shifters

Chair Trolleys STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Upright Chair Truck

Hanging Chair storage trolleys

Designed to carry folded chairs of overall size (WxDxH) 470x540x870mm in the vertical position. Sturdy folded sheet steel and tubular design. Supplied with handles removed and with easy to assemble instuctions, complete with retaining strap.

Designed for the storage and manoeurability of folded chairs in large quantities. Heavy duty design manufactured from box section and tube. Tubular hanging rails are covered with protective plastic sheaths and end caps. Tubular hanging rails length: 550mm Tubular hanging rails centres: 330mm Mounted on 4 swivel (2 x braked) castors fitted with 100mm polyurethene tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Black epoxy

Chair Trolleys

Mounted on 2 swivel (1 braked) and 2 fixed castors fitted with 100mm polyurethene tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Black epoxy Weight: 29kgs Overall dimensions (WxDxH): 520x1530x1100mm - 1250mm high when fully loaded.

Hanging Chair Storage Trolleys

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Low hanging storage trolley - 2 rows Low hanging storage trolley - 3 rows High hanging storage trolley - 2 rows High hanging storage trolley - 3 rows

Ref: PRIN-14

Model PRIN-H2

Universal table trolley Heavy duty design manufactured from steel box section, tube and bar. Tubular support rails are covered with protective plastic sheaths. Supplied with handles removed and with easy to assemble instuctions, complete with retaining bars.

Model PRIN-L2

Mounted on 2 swivel braked and 2 fixed castors fitted with 100mm polyurethene tyred wheels and roller bearings. Finish: Black epoxy Weight: 42kgs Overall dimensions (WxDxH): 850 x 1830 x 1260mm unloaded Ref: PRIN-19

Model PRIN-L3

Designed to carry either folding round tables using centre open tubular support, or folded rectangular tables using the MDF board platform at both ends of trolley.

Chair Trolleys STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Model PRIN-H3

Type

No of Rows

Overall dimensions W x L x H mm (unloaded)

Weight

Ref

Low hanging storage trolley

1350 x 1170 x 1100

40kgs

PRIN-L2

Low hanging storage trolley

1350 x 1750 x 1100

44kgs

PRIN-L3

High hanging storage trolley

1350 x 1170 x 2180

62kgs

PRIN-H2

High hanging storage trolley

1350 x 1750 x 2180

66kgs

PRIN-H3

Hanging Chair Stroage Trolleys info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Upright Chair Truck

Hanging Chair storage trolleys

Chair Trolleys

Hanging Chair Storage Trolleys

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Low hanging storage trolley - 2 rows Low hanging storage trolley - 3 rows High hanging storage trolley - 2 rows High hanging storage trolley - 3 rows

Model PRIN-H2

Model PRIN-L2

Model PRIN-L3

Designed to carry either folding round tables using centre open tubular support, or folded rectangular tables using the MDF board platform at both ends of trolley.

Model PRIN-H3

Type

No of Rows

Overall dimensions W x L x H mm (unloaded)

Weight

Ref

Low hanging storage trolley

1350 x 1170 x 1100

40kgs

PRIN-L2

Low hanging storage trolley

1350 x 1750 x 1100

44kgs

PRIN-L3

High hanging storage trolley

1350 x 1170 x 2180

62kgs

PRIN-H2

High hanging storage trolley

1350 x 1750 x 2180

66kgs

PRIN-H3

Chair Trolleys

Hanging Chair Stroage Trolleys STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Mobile Tray Racks

Mobile Tray Racks

Capacity 200kg UDL

Complete with specified Euro container box trays 600 x 400 external L x W.

Rack construction: Welded square section steel tube construction with formed tray supports and steel top cover. Metal strap prevents trays being pushed through when loading Wheels: 4 swivel castors with 100 mm dia. nylon wheels. Finish: Blue epoxy, with red epoxy handles.

3 Shallow Tray Models, 105mm internal tray height.

4 Deep Tray Models, 164mm and 220mm internal tray heights.

Full tray specifications and prices for extra trays: See Euro Containers panel, bottom of page.

Full tray specifications and prices for extra trays: See Euro Containers panel, bottom of left hand page.

7 Model Range

Optional extra

Versatile mobile steel racks Uniform overall L x W 700 x 525mm Complete with specified container box trays

Total stop brakes Ref: B103

Plastic Container Systems

Model 1

Optional extra Total stop brakes Ref: B103

Model 2

Model 3

Model

No of trays

Internal tray ht.

Weight kg

O/all rack ht. Ref

6 x PC005

105mm

1100mm

CT206

8 x PC005

105mm

1405mm

CT208

10 x PC005

105mm

1710mm

CT210

Model

No of trays

Internal tray ht.

O/all rack ht.

Weight kg

Ref

6 x PC020

164mm

1420mm

CT506

8 x PC020

164mm

1830mm

CT508

4 x PC021

220mm

1250mm

CT604

6 x PC021

220mm

1780mm

CT606

Model 5

Model 7

Mobile Tray Racks Euro Containers

A versatile range of mobile steel racks Welded square section steel tube construction with formed tray supports. Wheels: All swivel castors with 100mm dia nylon wheels Finish: Red epoxy. Supplied complete with grey European 600 x 400mm plastic containers. Trays: 21 litre solid grey containers Ref PC005 (for full specification see left hand page)

Tray specification Solid base/sides - hand grips 4 sides. Thermal resistance -30oC to +60oC washable up to 110oC Non toxic polyethylene

Plastic Container Systems

External L x W: 600 x 400 mm Internal L x W: 555 x 355 mm

Optional extra Total stop brakes Ref: B103

These trays are NOT suitable for food and medical storage etc. Racks also available for PC022 containers (int ht 300mm). Prices on application

No. of Trays Capacity Litres

Internal Height

External Height

Weight Kgs

Minimum Order

Ref

105 mm

118 mm

1.5

PC005

164 mm

175 mm

1.87

PC020

220 mm

235 mm

2.25

PC021

300 mm

319 mm

2.73

PC022

Plastic Container Systems STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Overall size L x W x H mm

Weight Kg

Uniform load Ref total capacity

2x5

955 x 650 x 945

200 kg

CT405

525 x 650 x 1100

200 kg

CT406

525 x 650 x 1405

200 kg

CT408

525 x 650 x 1710

200 kg

CT410

Plastic Container Systems info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Mobile Tray Racks

Mobile Tray Racks

Capacity 200kg UDL

Complete with specified Euro container box trays 600 x 400 external L x W.

3 Shallow Tray Models, 105mm internal tray height.

4 Deep Tray Models, 164mm and 220mm internal tray heights.

Full tray specifications and prices for extra trays: See Euro Containers panel, bottom of page.

Full tray specifications and prices for extra trays: See Euro Containers panel, bottom of left hand page.

7 Model Range

Optional extra

Versatile mobile steel racks Uniform overall L x W 700 x 525mm Complete with specified container box trays

Total stop brakes Ref: B103

Plastic Container Systems

Model 1

Optional extra Total stop brakes Ref: B103

Model 2

Model 3

Model

No of trays

Internal tray ht.

Weight kg

O/all rack ht. Ref

6 x PC005

105mm

1100mm

CT206

8 x PC005

105mm

1405mm

CT208

10 x PC005

105mm

1710mm

CT210

Model

No of trays

Internal tray ht.

O/all rack ht.

Weight kg

Ref

6 x PC020

164mm

1420mm

CT506

8 x PC020

164mm

1830mm

CT508

4 x PC021

220mm

1250mm

CT604

6 x PC021

220mm

1780mm

CT606

Model 5

Model 7

Mobile Tray Racks Euro Containers

Tray specification Solid base/sides - hand grips 4 sides. Thermal resistance -30oC to +60oC washable up to 110oC Non toxic polyethylene

Plastic Container Systems

External L x W: 600 x 400 mm Internal L x W: 555 x 355 mm

Optional extra Total stop brakes Ref: B103

These trays are NOT suitable for food and medical storage etc. Racks also available for PC022 containers (int ht 300mm). Prices on application

No. of Trays Capacity Litres

Internal Height

External Height

Weight Kgs

Minimum Order

Ref

105 mm

118 mm

1.5

PC005

164 mm

175 mm

1.87

PC020

220 mm

235 mm

2.25

PC021

300 mm

319 mm

2.73

PC022

Overall size L x W x H mm

Weight Kg

Uniform load Ref total capacity

2x5

955 x 650 x 945

200 kg

CT405

525 x 650 x 1100

200 kg

CT406

525 x 650 x 1405

200 kg

CT408

525 x 650 x 1710

200 kg

CT410

Plastic Container Systems

Plastic Container Systems STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Euro Dolly / Trolley

Mobile Tray Racks

Euro Dolly with optional tug handle

Food Grade With white non-toxic polyethylene trays Capacity 200kg UDL all models

Maximum total capacity: 250 Kgs. Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors with 125mm dia. wheels, solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.

All welded angle construction. Finished in red epoxy. Plastic trays slide onto fixed metal tray supports. Metal strap prevents trays being pushed through when loading. Optional steel top cover. Wheels: 4 swivel castors, white nylon 100mm dia wheels

Optional Extra Total stop brakes (extra) Ref: B032 Containers are NOT included. For containers, please see below.

Designed to carry European 600 x 400mm range of containers in any combination of heights

Type

Overall dimensions L x W x H mm

Max Load Kgs

Euro Dolley

640 x 415 x 195

250

Handle (optional)

920 x 305 x 30

Weight Kgs

Ref

CT64

1.5

TD804

Top Cover sheet steel (factory fitted) weight: 5 kg Ref: CT3 Additional Trays Ref: PC004 (single tray) Brakes: Total stop Ref: B103

Optional Extra Total stop brakes (extra) Ref: B024 Type

Overall dimensions L x W x H mm

Max Load Kgs

Weight Kgs

Ref

Euro Trolley

950 x 615 x 985

350

CT81

Euro Containers

Container Trolleys

External Height

Weight Kgs

Minimum Order

Ref

105 mm

118 mm

1.5

PC005

164 mm

175 mm

1.87

PC020

220 mm

235 mm

2.25

PC021

300 mm

319 mm

2.73

PC022

Container Trolleys STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Overall height mm Weight Kg

Ref

780 x 530

890

CT306

780 x 530

1120

CT308

780 x 530

1320

CT310

780 x 530

1580

CT312

780 x 530

2000

CT316

CT306

CT310

Food Grade

Ideal trolley for food processing industry. Also suitable for many other applications. Containers recessed in open angle frame.

These trays are NOT suitable for food and medical storage etc.

Overall floor area mm

Capacity 150 kg UDL with white food trays.

External L x W: 600 x 400 mm Internal L x W: 555 x 355 mm

No. of Trays

Container Trolley

Tray specification Solid base/sides - hand grips 4 sides. Thermal resistance -30oC to +60oC washable up to 110oC Non toxic polyethylene

CT316

Optional Extras:

Maximum total capacity: 350 Kgs. Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors with 160mm dia. wheels, solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.

Internal Height

Tray specification All round grip. Solid base and sides External H x W x L: 80 x 450 x 754 mm Internal H x W x L: 68 x 412 x 717 mm Thermal resistance: -30oC to +60oC washable up to 110oC Alternative sizes or models to suit customers own containers available on request.

Euro Trolley

Capacity Litres

Plastic Container Systems

Overall dimensions: H x W x L: 1050 x 515 x 770 mm Finish: Grey epoxy Wheels: 4 swivel castors 125mm dia.wheels with grey non marking tyres. Weight: 29 kg Ref: CT101 Container specification: Non toxic Polyethylene. Washable up to 110oC Thermal resistance -30oC to +60oC External H x W x L: 80 x 450 x 754 mm Internal H x W x L: 68 x 412 x 717 mm

Optional extras Brakes: Total stop Ref: B047

Additional trays Ref: PC004 (single tray)

Plastic Container Systems info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Euro Dolly / Trolley

Mobile Tray Racks

Euro Dolly with optional tug handle

Food Grade With white non-toxic polyethylene trays Capacity 200kg UDL all models

Maximum total capacity: 250 Kgs. Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors with 125mm dia. wheels, solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.

Optional Extra Total stop brakes (extra) Ref: B032 Containers are NOT included. For containers, please see below.

Designed to carry European 600 x 400mm range of containers in any combination of heights

Type

Overall dimensions L x W x H mm

Max Load Kgs

Euro Dolley

640 x 415 x 195

250

Handle (optional)

920 x 305 x 30

Weight Kgs

Ref

CT64

1.5

TD804

Top Cover sheet steel (factory fitted) weight: 5 kg Ref: CT3 Additional Trays Ref: PC004 (single tray) Brakes: Total stop Ref: B103

Total stop brakes (extra) Ref: B024 Type

Overall dimensions L x W x H mm

Max Load Kgs

Weight Kgs

Ref

Euro Trolley

950 x 615 x 985

350

CT81

Euro Containers

Overall height mm Weight Kg

Ref

780 x 530

890

CT306

780 x 530

1120

CT308

780 x 530

1320

CT310

780 x 530

1580

CT312

780 x 530

2000

CT316

CT306

CT310

Food Grade

Ideal trolley for food processing industry. Also suitable for many other applications. Containers recessed in open angle frame.

These trays are NOT suitable for food and medical storage etc.

Container Trolleys

Overall floor area mm

Capacity 150 kg UDL with white food trays.

External L x W: 600 x 400 mm Internal L x W: 555 x 355 mm

No. of Trays

Container Trolley

Tray specification Solid base/sides - hand grips 4 sides. Thermal resistance -30oC to +60oC washable up to 110oC Non toxic polyethylene

Internal Height

CT316

Optional Extras:

Maximum total capacity: 350 Kgs. Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors with 160mm dia. wheels, solid rubber tyres and roller bearings.

Capacity Litres

Euro Trolley

Optional Extra

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Plastic Container Systems

External Height

Weight Kgs

Minimum Order

Ref

105 mm

118 mm

1.5

PC005

164 mm

175 mm

1.87

PC020

220 mm

235 mm

2.25

PC021

300 mm

319 mm

2.73

PC022

Container Trolleys

Optional extras Brakes: Total stop Ref: B047

Additional trays Ref: PC004 (single tray)

Plastic Container Systems STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Stock Trolleys

Plastic Container Systems

Capacity 150 kg UDL with drop-in ply shelves or Euro trays

Food Grade All containers are removable and manufactured in polyethelene with smooth snag free interiors and therefore suitable for general products including clothing and textiles as well as food product use.

Welded tubular and angle frame construction, O/a H x L x W : 1200 x 915 x 470 mm 2 fixed — 2 swivel castors with 125mm dia. rubber tyred wheels. Roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy

Container colour NATURAL - Food quality - Suitable for all food products Also suitable for bulk products in granular, powder and liquid form. All steelwork finished blue epoxy.

Optional extras Brakes: Total stop Ref: B032 Model CT05 3 fixed tiers

Optional Extras: Total stop brakes extra (pair) for CT83 & CT84: Ref: B032

Container Trucks

Swivel tiers can be tilted 15˚or 30˚ in either direction

Welded steel chassis and tubular container supports.

Frame levels: 200; 650; 1200 mm Equipment supplied

Construction

Weight

Ref

3 x drop-in ply shelves

3 fixed tiers

24 kg

CT04

3 x drop-in grey trays (PC005)

3 fixed tiers

28 kg

CT05

3 x drop-in grey trays (PC005)

1 fixed, 2 swivel tiers

30 kg

CT06

Tray specification (Stock Trolleys and Container Trolleys) Solid base/sides - Hand grips 4 sides External H x W x L: 118 x 400 x 600 mm Internal H x W x L: 105 x 355 x 554 mm Thermal resistance -30oC to +60oC washable up to 110oC Non toxic polyethylene Not suitable for food or medical etc.

Internal L x W x H mm

Overall L x W x H mm Cap. Ltrs Wheel equipment

Wt. Kg

Ref

760 x 560 x 610 915 x 575 x 610

840 x 635 x 808 990 x 665 x 777

27 35

CT83 CT84

Wt. Kg

Ref

Cap Cu ft Wt

Ref

9 12

PC002 PC001

10kg 17kg

250 320

Lightweight Container Trucks

125 mm RT 4 swivel 125 mm RT 4 swivel

Optional Extras:

Welded steel chassis and tubular container supports. Stem fixing swivel castors for maximum mobility. 2 container sizes. Choice of brakes and lids.

Total stop brakes extra Ref: B047 Loose fit lids or CT85 Ref: PC026 for CT86 Ref: PC027

Model

Internal L x W x H mm

Overall L x W x H mm Cap. Ltrs Wheel equipment

Container Trolleys

CT85 CT86

760 x 560 x 610 915 x 575 x 610

1140 x 635 x 877 1290 x 665 x 872

With plastic trays

For CT83 For CT84

For industrial, office and processing operations Literally hundreds of applications. Supplied with general purpose grey non toxic trays PC005. Superbly finished all welded rigid construction in tube and angle. Trays recessed within the open angle frames. Finish: Grey epoxy throughout.

Model CT84

CT83 CT84

Additional Grey Trays Ref: PC005

Model CT06 1 fixed, 2 swivel tiers

Loose fit lids for CT83: Ref: PC026 for CT84: Ref: PC027

Model

For CT83 For CT84

Cap Cu ft Wt

Ref

9 12

PC002 PC001

10kg 17kg

Plastic Container Systems

250 320

4 x stem fix swivel RT 25 non marking 33

Model CT85

CT85 CT86

Optional Extras:

Mobile Tanks

Total stop brakes extra (pair) Ref: B105

Welded angle base with 4 nylon plate fixing castors. 2 container sizes.

Loose fit lids for CT62: Ref: PC026 for CT63: Ref: PC027

Note: Special trolley models can be quoted on request to suit your own tray containers. For tray specification please see above.

Model CT08

Model CT09

No. of trays

O/all H x W x L mm

Frame Levels mm

Gap mm

Castors

Wheel Dia. mm

Weight Kg

Ref

Brake Ref (extra)

1020 x 465 x 615

300 x 600 x 900

165

Stem fixing - 4 swivel

100

CT08

B051

1050 x 615 x 875

220 x 520 x 820

165

Plate fixing-2 fixed 2 swivel

160

CT09

B028

Container Trolleys STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Model

Internal L x W x H mm

Overall L x W x H mm Cap. Ltrs Wheel equipment

Wt. Kg

Ref

CT62 CT63

760 x 560 x 610 915 x 575 x 610

840 x 635 x 782 990 x 665 x 777

23 31

CT62 CT63

For CT83 For CT84

Cap Cu ft Wt

Ref

9 12

PC002 PC001

10kg 17kg

250 320

4 x nylon swivel castors

Model CT62 + PC026 lid

Plastic Container Systems info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Stock Trolleys

Plastic Container Systems

Capacity 150 kg UDL with drop-in ply shelves or Euro trays

Welded tubular and angle frame construction, O/a H x L x W : 1200 x 915 x 470 mm 2 fixed — 2 swivel castors with 125mm dia. rubber tyred wheels. Roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy

Container colour NATURAL - Food quality - Suitable for all food products Also suitable for bulk products in granular, powder and liquid form. All steelwork finished blue epoxy.

Optional extras Brakes: Total stop Ref: B032 Model CT05 3 fixed tiers

Optional Extras: Total stop brakes extra (pair) for CT83 & CT84: Ref: B032

Container Trucks

Swivel tiers can be tilted 15˚or 30˚ in either direction

Welded steel chassis and tubular container supports.

Frame levels: 200; 650; 1200 mm Equipment supplied

Construction

Weight

Ref

3 x drop-in ply shelves

3 fixed tiers

24 kg

CT04

3 x drop-in grey trays (PC005)

3 fixed tiers

28 kg

CT05

3 x drop-in grey trays (PC005)

1 fixed, 2 swivel tiers

30 kg

CT06

Internal L x W x H mm

Overall L x W x H mm Cap. Ltrs Wheel equipment

Wt. Kg

Ref

760 x 560 x 610 915 x 575 x 610

840 x 635 x 808 990 x 665 x 777

27 35

CT83 CT84

Wt. Kg

Ref

Cap Cu ft Wt

Ref

9 12

PC002 PC001

10kg 17kg

250 320

Lightweight Container Trucks

125 mm RT 4 swivel 125 mm RT 4 swivel

Optional Extras:

Welded steel chassis and tubular container supports. Stem fixing swivel castors for maximum mobility. 2 container sizes. Choice of brakes and lids.

Total stop brakes extra Ref: B047 Loose fit lids or CT85 Ref: PC026 for CT86 Ref: PC027

Model

Internal L x W x H mm

Overall L x W x H mm Cap. Ltrs Wheel equipment

Container Trolleys

CT85 CT86

760 x 560 x 610 915 x 575 x 610

1140 x 635 x 877 1290 x 665 x 872

With plastic trays

For CT83 For CT84

Model CT84

CT83 CT84

Additional Grey Trays Ref: PC005

Model CT06 1 fixed, 2 swivel tiers

Loose fit lids for CT83: Ref: PC026 for CT84: Ref: PC027

Model

For CT83 For CT84

Cap Cu ft Wt

Ref

9 12

PC002 PC001

10kg 17kg

Plastic Container Systems

250 320

4 x stem fix swivel RT 25 non marking 33

Model CT85

CT85 CT86

Optional Extras:

Mobile Tanks

Total stop brakes extra (pair) Ref: B105

Welded angle base with 4 nylon plate fixing castors. 2 container sizes.

Loose fit lids for CT62: Ref: PC026 for CT63: Ref: PC027

Note: Special trolley models can be quoted on request to suit your own tray containers. For tray specification please see above.

Model CT08

Model CT09

No. of trays

O/all H x W x L mm

Frame Levels mm

Gap mm

Castors

Wheel Dia. mm

Weight Kg

Ref

Brake Ref (extra)

1020 x 465 x 615

300 x 600 x 900

165

Stem fixing - 4 swivel

100

CT08

B051

1050 x 615 x 875

220 x 520 x 820

165

Plate fixing-2 fixed 2 swivel

160

CT09

B028

Model

Internal L x W x H mm

Overall L x W x H mm Cap. Ltrs Wheel equipment

Wt. Kg

Ref

CT62 CT63

760 x 560 x 610 915 x 575 x 610

840 x 635 x 782 990 x 665 x 777

23 31

CT62 CT63

For CT83 For CT84

Cap Cu ft Wt

Ref

9 12

PC002 PC001

10kg 17kg

250 320

Container Trolleys

4 x nylon swivel castors

Model CT62 + PC026 lid

Plastic Container Systems STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Plastic Container Trucks

Multi-Trip Container Trolley

Capacity 360 ltrs

Capacity: 50kg UDL

Welded steel angle construction with removable steel tube side bars to hold containers Overall L x W x H: 1025 x 730 x 810mm

To carry 2 x 54ltr Multi-trip containers (containers extra). Welded tubular steel construction O/A H x L x W: 1010 x 952 x 420mm Blue epoxy finish Wheels: 4 x 125mm dia castors fitted with grey non-marking tyres. Weight: 12kg Ref (without containers): CT03

Finish: Blue or red epoxy (to match container colour) Wheels: Standard: 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 160mm dia rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings. Balance Configuration: (highly manoeuvrable): 2 fixed and 2 swivel castors with 160mm dia rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings.

Standard Model CT82

Container Bins: Red or blue, polyethelene, non-food quality with smooth snagfree interiors; suitable for general products including clothing and textiles. Containers are removable and stackable when empty. Containers are also available separately. Capacity: 360 litres Temperature range -10Ë&#x161; to +60Ë&#x161; c Internal L x W x H: 930 x 640 x 610mm External L x W x H: 1040 x 730 x 845mm

Wheel type

Colour

Ref

Standard

Blue

32kg

CT82

wheels

Red

32kg

CT88

Optional total stop brakes (pair) Blue

32kg

CT87

wheels

Red

32kg

CT89

Brakes not available on balance wheel models Bin Options

Colour

Ref

Spare bin

Blue

10kg

PC003

Red

10kg

PC032

Blue

4kg

PC028

Red

4kg

PC029

Loose lid

HOUR

Capacity: 54ltr L x W x H: Internal: 508 x 335 x 285mm External: 600 x 400 x 320mm Green body with green lid Ref: PC019

Container Carrier Trolley

To carry 2 x 50ltr containers without lids (containers extra)

DESPATCH

HOUR DESPATCH

Model CT07 Welded tubular steel construction Blue epoxy finish O/A H x L x W: 940 x 1180 x 440mm Castors: 4 x 125mm dia swivel castors fitted with grey non-marking tyres. Weight: 14kg Ref (without containers): CT07

ON MARKED PRODUCTS

For food grade container trucks, see previous page.

Optional Extra Steel clipboard (factory fitted) Blue epoxy finish Ref: T07

Standard Model CT88

Plastic Container Systems

Multi-Trip Containers

Capacity: 50kg UDL

B024

Balance

Plastic Container Systems

Containers 50 Ltr

Loose fitting lid

Balance wheel configuration Model CT89

Plastic Container Systems STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

lids

without

internal H x L x W

270 x 460 x 340mm

external H x L x W

300 x 600 x 400mm

weight

2.3kg

colour

grey/ L.grey

Ref

PC070

Plastic Container Systems info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Plastic Container Trucks

Multi-Trip Container Trolley

Capacity 360 ltrs

Capacity: 50kg UDL

Welded steel angle construction with removable steel tube side bars to hold containers Overall L x W x H: 1025 x 730 x 810mm

Standard Model CT82

Wheel type

Colour

Ref

Standard

Blue

32kg

CT82

wheels

Red

32kg

CT88

Optional total stop brakes (pair) Balance

Blue

32kg

CT87

wheels

Red

32kg

CT89

Bin Options

Colour

Ref

Spare bin

Blue

10kg

PC003

Red

10kg

PC032

Blue

4kg

PC028

Red

4kg

PC029

Loose lid

For food grade container trucks, see previous page.

Multi-Trip Containers Capacity: 54ltr L x W x H: Internal: 508 x 335 x 285mm External: 600 x 400 x 320mm Green body with green lid Ref: PC019

Container Carrier Trolley Capacity: 50kg UDL

HOUR

To carry 2 x 50ltr containers without lids (containers extra)

DESPATCH

B024

Brakes not available on balance wheel models

HOUR DESPATCH

ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Optional Extra Steel clipboard (factory fitted) Blue epoxy finish Ref: T07

Standard Model CT88

Plastic Container Systems

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Plastic Container Systems

Containers 50 Ltr

Loose fitting lid

Balance wheel configuration Model CT89

lids

without

internal H x L x W

270 x 460 x 340mm

external H x L x W

300 x 600 x 400mm

weight

2.3kg

colour

grey/ L.grey

Ref

PC070

Plastic Container Systems

Plastic Container Systems STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Store and Distribution Trolleys

Supplied complete with containers

This versatile mobile range offers good capacity and flexibility. Removable tote style, open fronted, red plastic containers for storage and distribution of a wide range of goods. Finish: grey epoxy.

Finish: Grey epoxy. All the trolleys on this and opposite page are fitted with 100 mm diameter swivel castors with grey rubber non-marking tyres and thread guards.

Wheels: 4 x 100 mm dia. swivel castors fitted with grey non-marking rubber tyres and thread guards.

Plastic Container Systems

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Optional extra: Total stop brakes Ref: B051 (pair)

Choice of tops: Flush sheet steel or recessed tray lined with ribbed rubber.

Model CT28

Model CT19

Optional extra: Total stop brakes Ref: B051 (pair)

Model CT20

Model CT29 No. and type of containers

Containers H x W x L mm (ext.)

Overall H x W x L mm

Load cap. kg

Weight kg

Ref

2 x tote

295 x 415 x 455

890 x 520 x 610

150

CT28

4 x tote

295 x 415 x 455

890 x 540 x 1130

150

CT29

2 x box

320 x 400 x 600

890 x 510 x 800

150

CT19

Additional Containers

Model CT25

No. of tote containers Ext. H x W x L (mm)

Model

Top Surface

180 x 415 x 375

290 x 415 x 455

O/all H x W x L mm

Load Cap. Kg

Weight Kg

Ref

CT20

sheet steel

1010 x 510 x 590

150

CT20

CT21

lined tray

1010 x 510 x 590

150

CT21

CT22

sheet steel

1010 x 510 x 590

150

CT22

CT23

lined tray

1010 x 510 x 590

150

CT23

CT24

sheet steel

1010 x 510 x 1050

150

CT24

CT25

lined tray

1010 x 510 x 1050

150

CT25

CT26

sheet steel

1010 x 510 x 1050

150

CT26

CT27

lined tray

1010 x 510 x 1050

150

CT27

Plastic Container Systems STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

PC006 box

Note: Tote bins PC007/PC008 will stack.

Model CT26

Model CT23

Container Type

Container H x W x L mm Ref

Box

320 x 400 x 600

PC006

Tote

180 x 415 x 375

PC007

Tote

295 x 415 x 455

PC008

PC007 tote

PC008 tote

Plastic Container Systems info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Store and Distribution Trolleys

Supplied complete with containers

This versatile mobile range offers good capacity and flexibility. Removable tote style, open fronted, red plastic containers for storage and distribution of a wide range of goods. Finish: grey epoxy.

Finish: Grey epoxy. All the trolleys on this and opposite page are fitted with 100 mm diameter swivel castors with grey rubber non-marking tyres and thread guards.

Wheels: 4 x 100 mm dia. swivel castors fitted with grey non-marking rubber tyres and thread guards.

Plastic Container Systems

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Optional extra: Total stop brakes Ref: B051 (pair)

Choice of tops: Flush sheet steel or recessed tray lined with ribbed rubber.

Model CT28

Model CT19

Optional extra: Total stop brakes Ref: B051 (pair)

Model CT20

Model CT29 No. and type of containers

Containers H x W x L mm (ext.)

Overall H x W x L mm

Load cap. kg

Weight kg

Ref

2 x tote

295 x 415 x 455

890 x 520 x 610

150

CT28

4 x tote

295 x 415 x 455

890 x 540 x 1130

150

CT29

2 x box

320 x 400 x 600

890 x 510 x 800

150

CT19

Additional Containers

Model CT25

No. of tote containers Ext. H x W x L (mm)

PC006 box

Note: Tote bins PC007/PC008 will stack.

Model CT26

Model CT23

Model

Top Surface

180 x 415 x 375

290 x 415 x 455

O/all H x W x L mm

Load Cap. Kg

Weight Kg

Ref

CT20

sheet steel

1010 x 510 x 590

150

CT20

CT21

lined tray

1010 x 510 x 590

150

CT21

CT22

sheet steel

1010 x 510 x 590

150

CT22

CT23

lined tray

1010 x 510 x 590

150

CT23

CT24

sheet steel

1010 x 510 x 1050

150

CT24

CT25

lined tray

1010 x 510 x 1050

150

CT25

CT26

sheet steel

1010 x 510 x 1050

150

CT26

CT27

lined tray

1010 x 510 x 1050

150

CT27

Container Type

Container H x W x L mm Ref

Box

320 x 400 x 600

PC006

Tote

180 x 415 x 375

PC007

Tote

295 x 415 x 455

PC008

PC007 tote

PC008 tote

Plastic Container Systems

Plastic Container Systems STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Container Shelf Trolleys

Super Service Trolley

A versatile range designed for 600 x 400 Euro containers and/or open fronted yellow stock boxes.

Capacity: 150kg UDL Construction: Formed and welded rectangular steel tube frame. Overall H x W x L: 1035 x 525 x 1035mm Writing tray W x D: 390 x 200mm Removable basket sizes H x W x L: 290 x 385 x 585mm (x2) 100 x 250 x 385mm (x1)

General trolley specification: Welded steel tube and angle construction Model CT47

Model

Overall size L x W x H mm

Capacity Kg

Weight kg

Ref

CT47

1730 x 615 x 1315

400

CT47

CT48

1280 x 650 x 1410

350

CT48

CT49

1280 x 450 x 1410

400

CT49

Castors: 4 swivel castors fitted with 125mm diameter wheels, and grey non marking rubber tyres. Trolley fitted with 4 protective revolving corner buffers. Finish: Red epoxy framework. Baskets white epoxy Weight: 28kg

CT47

Capacity: 400kg UDL Accepts 4 standard 600 x 400 Euro containers per shelf (containers not included). Overall L x W x H: 1730 x 615 x 1315 mm Shelf heights: 235; 595; 955; 1315 mm Castors: 2 fixed and 2 swivel, 160mm dia rubber tyred wheels with roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy.

Model CT49

CT48

CT49

Accepts 3 standard 600 x 400 Euro containers per shelf (containers not included) Overall L x W x H: 1280 x 650 x 1410 mm Shelf heights: 245; 520; 805; 1090 mm Shelf L x W: 1250 x 600 mm Castors: 2 fixed and 2 swivel, 160mm dia rubber tyred grey non marking wheels with roller bearings. Finish: Red epoxy with varnished plywood shelves.

Accepts 2 standard 600 x 400 Euro containers,or 6 yellow stock boxes per shelf (containers not included) Overall L x W x H: 1280 x 450 x 1410 mm Shelf heights: 245; 520; 805; 1090 mm Shelf L x W: 1250 x 405 mm Castors: 2 fixed and 2 swivel, 160mm dia rubber tyred grey non marking wheels with roller bearings. Finish: Red epoxy with varnished plywood shelves.

Capacity: 350kg UDL

Basket Trolleys

Plastic Container Systems

Containers Use your own containers or choose from the selection below.

Ref: BT 100

Many uses including Stores, Offices, Warehouses, Schools and Mail Centres.

Capacity: 400kg UDL

Distribution Trolley Capacity: 200kg UDL Construction: Formed and welded steel tube frame. Overall H x W x L: 1070 x 535 x 1170mm Removable basket sizes H x W x L: 320 x 520 x 1055mm 190 x 520 x 1055mm

Containers

Diamond balanced wheel configuration for total manoeuvrability.

Plastic containers, available in packs, suitable for trolleys on these pages. Suit models: CT46; CT47; CT48 & CT49 Capacity Litres

Internal height

External Height

Weight Kgs

Min. Order

Ref

Dark Grey Euro Containers - solid - L x W: 600 x 400mm

Euro Containers

105 mm

118 mm

1.5

PC005

164 mm

175 mm

1.87

PC020

220 mm

235 mm

2.25

PC021

300 mm

319 mm

2.73

PC022

Suit models: CT46; CT47; CT48 & CT49 Euro Red Boxes - solid - L x W: 600 x 400mm 60

300 mm

320 mm

2.73

PC006

1.5

PC018

Castors: 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors fitted with 160mm dia bright zinc plated wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Red epoxy framework. Baskets white epoxy Weight: 43kg Ref: BT 106

Optional Extra: Hook-on end basket H x W x L: 320 x 115 x 320mm Ref: B71

Suit models: CT49 & CT50 Yellow Stock Boxes - solid - L x W: 455 x 210mm

Euro Red Box

Yellow Stock Boxes

215 mm

230 mm

Plastic Container Systems STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Basket Trolleys info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Container Shelf Trolleys

Super Service Trolley

A versatile range designed for 600 x 400 Euro containers and/or open fronted yellow stock boxes.

General trolley specification: Welded steel tube and angle construction Model CT47

Model

Overall size L x W x H mm

Capacity Kg

Weight kg

Ref

CT47

1730 x 615 x 1315

400

CT47

CT48

1280 x 650 x 1410

350

CT48

CT49

1280 x 450 x 1410

400

CT49

CT47

Model CT49

CT48

CT49

Capacity: 350kg UDL

Basket Trolleys

Plastic Container Systems

Containers Use your own containers or choose from the selection below.

Ref: BT 100

Many uses including Stores, Offices, Warehouses, Schools and Mail Centres.

Capacity: 400kg UDL

Containers

Diamond balanced wheel configuration for total manoeuvrability.

Plastic containers, available in packs, suitable for trolleys on these pages. Suit models: CT46; CT47; CT48 & CT49 Capacity Litres

Internal height

External Height

Weight Kgs

Min. Order

Ref

Dark Grey Euro Containers - solid - L x W: 600 x 400mm

Euro Containers

105 mm

118 mm

1.5

PC005

164 mm

175 mm

1.87

PC020

220 mm

235 mm

2.25

PC021

300 mm

319 mm

2.73

PC022

Suit models: CT46; CT47; CT48 & CT49 Euro Red Boxes - solid - L x W: 600 x 400mm 60

300 mm

320 mm

2.73

PC006

1.5

PC018

Castors: 2 fixed, 2 swivel castors fitted with 160mm dia bright zinc plated wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings. Finish: Red epoxy framework. Baskets white epoxy Weight: 43kg Ref: BT 106

Optional Extra: Hook-on end basket H x W x L: 320 x 115 x 320mm Ref: B71

Suit models: CT49 & CT50 Yellow Stock Boxes - solid - L x W: 455 x 210mm

Euro Red Box

Yellow Stock Boxes

215 mm

230 mm

Plastic Container Systems

Basket Trolleys STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

100

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Basket and tray trolleys - 3 tier

Mailroom stairclimber

Capacity 100kg UDL

Tubular steel framework with 2 wire mesh removable baskets.

Basket and Tray Trolleys

Ideal trolley for small item handling 3 tier trolley, with bottom parcel grid supplied with choice of: 2 removable baskets or 2 steel trays. (extra baskets or trays available).

Model BT109

HOUR

3 x 160mm dia wheels set in star configuration for stairclimbing.

Construction: Formed and welded steel tube. Overall L x W x H: 855 x 430 x 1055mm Shelf heights without containers: 170; 455; 810mm

O/a H x W x D: 1085 x 470 x 610mm Basket int. W x D x H: 400 x 245 x 215mm

Model BT109: 2 removable baskets H x W x L: 240 x 305 x 450mm with 10mm dia top rim. Model BT110: 2 removable steel trays H x W x L: 70 x 310 x 465mm

Model BT110

Castors: 4 swivel castors fitted with 100mm dia wheels, threadguards and grey non marking rubber tyres. Finish: Red epoxy framework. Baskets and trays white epoxy. Weight: BT109 - 18kg; BT110 - 22kg Ref: BT 109 Ref: BT 110

Top of basket heights from floor: 320 & 805mm Weight 15kg Ref SM25

Accessories: Extra baskets H x W x L: 240 x 305 x 450mm Ref: B107 (each) Extra trays H x W x L: 70 x 310 x 465mm Ref: T108 (each) Total stop brakes Ref: B086

Basket and tray trolleys - 2 tier Capacity 100kg UDL Construction: Formed and welded steel tube. Overall L x W x H: 700 x 435 x 920mm Shelf heights without containers: 180; 605mm Model BT107

Ref: BT 107 Ref: BT 108

Smart, durable Postal red frame and white baskets Capacity: 75 kg Wheels: 2 x 200 mm dia rear wheels, 2 x 75 mm dia. swivel front castors with grey non marking tyres. Finish: Red epoxy frame, white epoxy baskets Baskets can be fitted with rails to accept suspension files Ref: BTFR

Model

O/all L x W x H mm

Weight Ref

680 x 500 x 1070

17 kg

BT619

500 x 590 x 1050

14 kg

BT620

Model 1

Model 2

680 x 510 x 1085

19 kg

BT621

Two baskets and sheet steel base

Two baskets

800 x 565 x 1040

21 kg

BT622

Baskets L x W x H: 305 x 450 x 290 mm

each L x W x H: 305 x 450 x 290 mm

Clearance between baskets: 275 mm

Clearance between baskets: 210 mm

Accessories: Extra baskets H x W x L: 240 x 305 x 450mm Ref: B107 (each) Extra trays H x W x L: 70 x 310 x 465mm Ref: T108 (each) Total stop brakes Ref: B086

Basket and Tray Trolleys STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Ideal for mailroom or office

DESPATCH

Model BT108: 2 removable steel trays H x W x L: 70 x 310 x 465mm

Model BT108

Mailroom Trolleys

HOUR

Model BT107: 2 removable baskets H x W x L: 240 x 305 x 450mm with 10mm dia top rim.

Castors: 4 swivel castors fitted with 100mm dia wheels, threadguards and grey non marking rubber tyres. Finish: Red epoxy framework Baskets and trays white epoxy. Weight: BT107 - 15kg; BT108 - 19kg

Frame finished in red epoxy, baskets in white epoxy.

DESPATCH

Mail Room

Model 3

Model 4

Two baskets and base tray

Three baskets

Top basket L x W x H:

305 x 450 x 295 mm

510 x 435 x 295 mm

Lower basket L x W x H:

305x 450x 240 mm

510x 435 x 250 mm

Clearance between baskets:

130 mm

175 mm Rear basket L x W x H: 155 x 280 x 415 mm Front revolving corner buffers.

Mail Room info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

100

99 Basket and tray trolleys - 3 tier

Mailroom stairclimber

Capacity 100kg UDL

Tubular steel framework with 2 wire mesh removable baskets.

Model BT109

HOUR

3 x 160mm dia wheels set in star configuration for stairclimbing.

Construction: Formed and welded steel tube. Overall L x W x H: 855 x 430 x 1055mm Shelf heights without containers: 170; 455; 810mm

O/a H x W x D: 1085 x 470 x 610mm Basket int. W x D x H: 400 x 245 x 215mm

Model BT109: 2 removable baskets H x W x L: 240 x 305 x 450mm with 10mm dia top rim. Model BT110: 2 removable steel trays H x W x L: 70 x 310 x 465mm

Model BT110

Top of basket heights from floor: 320 & 805mm Weight 15kg Ref SM25

Accessories: Extra baskets H x W x L: 240 x 305 x 450mm Ref: B107 (each) Extra trays H x W x L: 70 x 310 x 465mm Ref: T108 (each) Total stop brakes Ref: B086

Basket and tray trolleys - 2 tier Capacity 100kg UDL Construction: Formed and welded steel tube. Overall L x W x H: 700 x 435 x 920mm Shelf heights without containers: 180; 605mm Model BT107

Ref: BT 107 Ref: BT 108

Ideal for mailroom or office Smart, durable Postal red frame and white baskets Capacity: 75 kg Wheels: 2 x 200 mm dia rear wheels, 2 x 75 mm dia. swivel front castors with grey non marking tyres. Finish: Red epoxy frame, white epoxy baskets Baskets can be fitted with rails to accept suspension files Ref: BTFR

Model

O/all L x W x H mm

Weight Ref

DESPATCH

680 x 500 x 1070

17 kg

BT619

500 x 590 x 1050

14 kg

BT620

Model 1

Model 2

680 x 510 x 1085

19 kg

BT621

Two baskets and sheet steel base

Two baskets

800 x 565 x 1040

21 kg

BT622

Baskets L x W x H: 305 x 450 x 290 mm

each L x W x H: 305 x 450 x 290 mm

Clearance between baskets: 275 mm

Clearance between baskets: 210 mm

Model BT108: 2 removable steel trays H x W x L: 70 x 310 x 465mm

Model BT108

Mailroom Trolleys

HOUR

Model BT107: 2 removable baskets H x W x L: 240 x 305 x 450mm with 10mm dia top rim.

Castors: 4 swivel castors fitted with 100mm dia wheels, threadguards and grey non marking rubber tyres. Finish: Red epoxy framework Baskets and trays white epoxy. Weight: BT107 - 15kg; BT108 - 19kg

Frame finished in red epoxy, baskets in white epoxy.

DESPATCH

Mail Room

Basket and Tray Trolleys

Ideal trolley for small item handling 3 tier trolley, with bottom parcel grid supplied with choice of: 2 removable baskets or 2 steel trays. (extra baskets or trays available).

100

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Accessories: Extra baskets H x W x L: 240 x 305 x 450mm Ref: B107 (each) Extra trays H x W x L: 70 x 310 x 465mm Ref: T108 (each) Total stop brakes Ref: B086

Model 3

Model 4

Two baskets and base tray

Three baskets

Top basket L x W x H:

305 x 450 x 295 mm

510 x 435 x 295 mm

Lower basket L x W x H:

305x 450x 240 mm

510x 435 x 250 mm

Clearance between baskets:

130 mm

175 mm Rear basket L x W x H: 155 x 280 x 415 mm Front revolving corner buffers.

Basket and Tray Trolleys

Mail Room STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

100

101

102

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Post Room Trolley

Mini Box Truck Turntable Trailer MW Series

Capacity 150kg UDL

Available in 2 box heights Capacity 150kg UDL

Mini Turntable Trailers

Tubular steel frame with three steel trays. Back and sides infilled with varnished MDF panels. 4 x 100mm swivel castors with grey non-marking tyres and thread guards. Overall L x W x H: 825 x 555 x 1050 mm Shelf L x W: 750 x 500mm Shelf heights: 200; 550; 895mm Total weight: 38kg

Greased turntable plate with T bar tow handle. Fixed rear axle. Welded steel angle frame chassis. Finish: Blue epoxy steelwork Wheels: 160 mm dia. rubber tyred roller bearing wheels. Fixed timber box body mounted into protective steel angle frame.

Red handle Ref: TT20R Green handle Ref: TT20G Yellow handle Ref: TT20Y Blue handle Ref: TT20B

Greased turntable plate steering with T bar tow handle. Fixed rear axle. Welded steel angle frame chassis. Overall L x W: 950 x 500mm Wheels: 160mm dia rubber tyred roller bearings Finish: Blue epoxy trailer, white epoxy baskets. Baskets: Angle infilled frame with solid rod rim. Mesh 25 x 25mm 12swg Choice of 2 basket heights

160

935 x 490

215

250

935 x 490

215

Easily transported Weighs only 19kg

Deck height mm

Weight kg

Ref

Deck Height mm Sides H mm Weight Kg

Ref

950 x 500

215

145

MW20

950 x 500

215

250

MW21

1. Single basket truck Blue epoxy frame and handle fitted with 2 swivel 2 fixed castors 125 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels. Roller bearings. Removable basket L x W x H: 805 x 535 x 555 mm

Capacity 150kg UDL with removable basket

Basket L x W mm

O/All L x W mm

Basket Trucks

Mini Basket Turntable Trailer

Basket Height mm

Mini Turntable Trailers / Basket Trucks

Ideal for office and mailroom

2. Double basket truck Blue epoxy frame and handle fitted with 2 swivel 2 fixed castors 160 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels. Roller bearings. 2 removable baskets L x W x H: 680 x 480 x 450 mm

Additional baskets Height mm

Ref

MW22

160

B22

MW23

250

B23

Mini Turntable Trailer

3. Single basket dolly truck Blue epoxy frame fitted with 4 swivel castors 125 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels. Roller bearings. Removable basket L x W x H: 680 x 480 x 450 mm 4. Triple basket truck Grey epoxy tubular frame fitted with 4 swivel castors with 100 mm dia. grey non-marking tyred wheels with thread guards. Two castors supplied with total stop brakes as standard. Removable baskets L x W x H: 815 x 550 x 180 mm Specification for all baskets:

Mail Room

Tubular steel chassis with plywood deck. Deck height: 215mm Turntable steering, fixed rear axle. Wheels: 160mm dia rubber tyred roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy O/all L x W: 950 x 500 mm

101

Angle frame with solid rod top rim. Mesh size 25 x 25 mm 12 swg Finish: Durable white epoxy

Truck

Baskets Supplied

O/all L x W x H mm

Basket L x W x H mm

Capacity Kg

Castor dia. Weight mm Kg

Trucks with Additional Total stop brake (pair) baskets baskets (each) 48

895 x 550 x 900

805 x 535 x 555

150

125

BT81

B81

B032

1090 x 705 x 985

680 x 480 x 450

250

160

BT82

B83

B024

490 x 460 x 600

680 x 480 x 450

150

125

BT83

B83

B032

900 x 600 x 1115

815 x 550 x 180

150

125

BT84

B84

fitted as standard

HOUR DESPATCH

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Ref: MW25

Mini Turntable Trailers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Mini Turntable Trailers / Basket Trucks info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Mail Room

Capacity 150kg UDL Office, factory and general use

102

101

102

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Post Room Trolley

Mini Box Truck Turntable Trailer MW Series

Capacity 150kg UDL

Available in 2 box heights Capacity 150kg UDL

Mini Turntable Trailers

Red handle Ref: TT20R Green handle Ref: TT20G Yellow handle Ref: TT20Y Blue handle Ref: TT20B

Easily transported Weighs only 19kg

Deck height mm

Weight kg

160

935 x 490

215

250

935 x 490

215

Ref

215

145

MW20

950 x 500

215

250

MW21

2. Double basket truck Blue epoxy frame and handle fitted with 2 swivel 2 fixed castors 160 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels. Roller bearings. 2 removable baskets L x W x H: 680 x 480 x 450 mm

Additional baskets Height mm

Ref

MW22

160

B22

MW23

250

B23

Mini Turntable Trailer

Deck Height mm Sides H mm Weight Kg

950 x 500

1. Single basket truck Blue epoxy frame and handle fitted with 2 swivel 2 fixed castors 125 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels. Roller bearings. Removable basket L x W x H: 805 x 535 x 555 mm

Capacity 150kg UDL with removable basket

Basket L x W mm

O/All L x W mm

Basket Trucks

Mini Basket Turntable Trailer

Basket Height mm

Mini Turntable Trailers / Basket Trucks

Ideal for office and mailroom

Mail Room

Tubular steel chassis with plywood deck. Deck height: 215mm Turntable steering, fixed rear axle. Wheels: 160mm dia rubber tyred roller bearings. Finish: Blue epoxy O/all L x W: 950 x 500 mm

101

Angle frame with solid rod top rim. Mesh size 25 x 25 mm 12 swg Finish: Durable white epoxy

Truck

Baskets Supplied

O/all L x W x H mm

Basket L x W x H mm

Capacity Kg

Castor dia. Weight mm Kg

Trucks with Additional Total stop brake (pair) baskets baskets (each) 48

895 x 550 x 900

805 x 535 x 555

150

125

BT81

B81

B032

1090 x 705 x 985

680 x 480 x 450

250

160

BT82

B83

B024

490 x 460 x 600

680 x 480 x 450

150

125

BT83

B83

B032

900 x 600 x 1115

815 x 550 x 180

150

125

BT84

B84

fitted as standard

HOUR DESPATCH

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Ref: MW25

Mini Turntable Trailers

Mini Turntable Trailers / Basket Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Mail Room

Capacity 150kg UDL Office, factory and general use

102

103

104

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection

Portable Loaders

Euro Loader Highly manoeuvrable - Very versatile

Wheels: 2 x 200mm dia. bright zinc plated steel centred wheels with roller bearings and solid rubber tyres. The front of the straddle legs are fitted with cast iron rollers. Finish: Fully powder coated throughout. Colours: orange and grey. All models are supplied complete with a load retention frame which includes anchor points for load retention straps. Protective hand grips are fitted as standard.

Portable Loaders

2 Capacities; 4 Lift heights Maximum load capacities

125 kg; 200 kg

Maximum lift height mm

750

Load centres mm

305

915

1070

1220

Overall dimensions Lowered height mm

1130

1195

1350

1500

Fully raised height mm

1155

1355

1510

1660

Width mm

680

Front to rear mm

735

Fork dimensions

Model ELP 125 107 125 or 200kg capacities Maximum lift height 1220mm

Width mm

315

Projection mm

450

Lowered height mm

Ht. of straddle legs mm

Approx.vertical lift per one handle revolution mm

Capacity 125 kg

200 kg

Lift height

Weight

Ref

750 mm

38 kg

ELP 125 75

915 mm

39 kg

ELP 125 90

1070 mm

40 kg

ELP 125 107

1220 mm

42 kg

ELP 125 122

915 mm

39 kg

ELP 200 90

1070 mm

40 kg

ELP 200 107

1220 mm

42 kg

ELP 200 122

Gearbox Manual Ezi-Lift gearbox has a self sustaining mechanism which holds the load at any point immediately the handle is released. Enclosed sprocket and chain drive, guarded for operator protection. IMPORTANT Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before moving the lifter. All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection. All lifting equipment supplied complies to the Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 No:3073 and subsequent Amendment 1994 No:2063. All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions covering the use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended load centres, data sheets on Health & Safety together with a signed Test Certificate and declaration of conformity.

Retention straps per strap Ref: STP2

IMPORTANT Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before moving the loader Ref Maximum load capacities Maximum lift height mm Load centres mm Overall dimensions Lowered height mm Fully raised height mm Width mm Front to rear mm Platform Width mm Projection mm Lowered height mm Ht. of straddle legs mm Approx.vertical lift per one handle revolution mm

VL200S 200kg 1070 305

Support unit open

1350 1515 720 790

No electrics No hydraulics Virtually no maintenance Use in any area for many applications.

Support unit closed 575 470 70 65 27

Capacity

Lift height

Weight

Ref

200 kg

1070 mm

69 kg

VL 200 S

125 or 250 kg capacities Maximum lifting height: 1220 mm

General Purpose Lifters A highly versatile range of general purpose lifters for a multitude of locations and uses. Fitted with rear castors and total stop brakes for full stability.

Braking system Factory fitted at time of order Ref: ELBS 1

Portable Loaders STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Wheels: 2 x 250mm dia. bright zinc plated steel centred wheels with roller bearings and solid rubber tyres. The front of the straddle legs are fitted with cast iron rollers. Finish: Fully powder coated throughout. Colours: orange and grey. All models are supplied complete with a load retention frame which includes anchor points for load retention straps. Protective hand grips are fitted as standard. Supplied complete with removable platform.

Finish: Powder coated frame and mast in orange, forks, carriage and retention frame grey. All models are supplied complete with a load retention frame which includes anchor points for load retention straps.

Platform: W x Projection 485 x 470 mm Ref: RPP 6

103

Rear support version Ideal for transporting bigger loads over longer distances.

Wheels: 2 x 100mm dia.nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball bearings. Castors fitted with total stop brakes as standard. The front of the straddle legs are fitted with cast iron rollers.

Optional accessories

Model ELP 200 122 & RPP-6

Euro Loader / General Purpose Lifters

The Ezi-Lift portable range is ideal where space is at a premium or access is difficult, all are highly manoeuvrable.

Model ELI 125 107

Please turn over for more information.

Euro Loader / General Purpose Lifters info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

104

103

All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection

Portable Loaders

Euro Loader Highly manoeuvrable - Very versatile

Portable Loaders

2 Capacities; 4 Lift heights Maximum load capacities

125 kg; 200 kg

Maximum lift height mm

750

Load centres mm

305

915

1070

1220

Overall dimensions Lowered height mm

1130

1195

1350

1500

Fully raised height mm

1155

1355

1510

1660

Width mm

680

Front to rear mm

735

Fork dimensions

Model ELP 125 107 125 or 200kg capacities Maximum lift height 1220mm

Width mm

315

Projection mm

450

Lowered height mm

Ht. of straddle legs mm

Approx.vertical lift per one handle revolution mm

Capacity 125 kg

200 kg

Lift height

Weight

Ref

750 mm

38 kg

ELP 125 75

915 mm

39 kg

ELP 125 90

1070 mm

40 kg

ELP 125 107

1220 mm

42 kg

ELP 125 122

915 mm

39 kg

ELP 200 90

1070 mm

40 kg

ELP 200 107

1220 mm

42 kg

ELP 200 122

Optional accessories Platform: W x Projection 485 x 470 mm Ref: RPP 6 Model ELP 200 122 & RPP-6

Retention straps per strap Ref: STP2 Braking system Factory fitted at time of order Ref: ELBS 1

Euro Loader / General Purpose Lifters

The Ezi-Lift portable range is ideal where space is at a premium or access is difficult, all are highly manoeuvrable.

103

104

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Rear support version Ideal for transporting bigger loads over longer distances. Wheels: 2 x 250mm dia. bright zinc plated steel centred wheels with roller bearings and solid rubber tyres. The front of the straddle legs are fitted with cast iron rollers. Finish: Fully powder coated throughout. Colours: orange and grey. All models are supplied complete with a load retention frame which includes anchor points for load retention straps. Protective hand grips are fitted as standard. Supplied complete with removable platform. IMPORTANT Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before moving the loader Ref Maximum load capacities Maximum lift height mm Load centres mm Overall dimensions Lowered height mm Fully raised height mm Width mm Front to rear mm Platform Width mm Projection mm Lowered height mm Ht. of straddle legs mm Approx.vertical lift per one handle revolution mm

VL200S 200kg 1070 305

Support unit open

1350 1515 720 790

No electrics No hydraulics Virtually no maintenance Use in any area for many applications.

Support unit closed 575 470 70 65 27

Capacity

Lift height

Weight

Ref

200 kg

1070 mm

69 kg

VL 200 S

125 or 250 kg capacities Maximum lifting height: 1220 mm

General Purpose Lifters A highly versatile range of general purpose lifters for a multitude of locations and uses. Fitted with rear castors and total stop brakes for full stability. Wheels: 2 x 100mm dia.nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball bearings. Castors fitted with total stop brakes as standard. The front of the straddle legs are fitted with cast iron rollers. Finish: Powder coated frame and mast in orange, forks, carriage and retention frame grey. All models are supplied complete with a load retention frame which includes anchor points for load retention straps. Gearbox Manual Ezi-Lift gearbox has a self sustaining mechanism which holds the load at any point immediately the handle is released. Enclosed sprocket and chain drive, guarded for operator protection.

Portable Loaders

Model ELI 125 107

Please turn over for more information.

Euro Loader / General Purpose Lifters STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

104

105

106

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED General Purpose Lifters (continued) All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection

The Midi range of general purpose lifters is ideal for many locations and uses, particularly where the 1500 mm lift height is required. Fitted with rear castors and total stop brakes for full stability.

Midi Gearbox and Winch Lifters

Model ELI 250 107

Midi Gearbox and Winch Lifters

2 Capacities; 3 Lift Heights

General Purpose Lifters

Maximum load capacities Maximum lift height mm Load centres mm Overall dimensions Lowered height mm Fully raised height mm Width mm Front to rear mm Platform Width mm Projection mm Lowered height mm Ht. of straddle legs mm Approx.vertical lift per one handle revolution mm

125kg; 200kg 915 1070 305 1175 1355 550 870

1295 1510

1220

1450 1660

315 450 65 65 Approx 27/30

Capacity

Lift height

Weight

Ref

125 kg

915 mm

36 kg

ELI 125 90

1070 mm

37 kg

ELI 125 107

1220 mm

39 kg

ELI 125 122

915 mm

37 kg

ELI 250 90

1070 mm

38 kg

ELI 250 107

1220 mm

40 kg

ELI 250 122

250 kg

IMPORTANT Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before moving the lifter. All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection. All lifting equipment supplied complies to the Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 No:3073 and subsequent Amendment 1994 No:2063.

Model ELI 250 122 1220 mm lift

All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions covering the use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended load centres, data sheets on Health & Safety together with a signed Test Certificate and declaration of conformity.

Optional accessories Jib: With swivelling hook. Lowered height to centre of hook: 265mm Jib adds 200mm to lift height, Ref: ELI J

Retention straps: Per strap Ref: STP2

IMPORTANT Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before moving the lifter.

250 kg Capacity; Maximum lift 1500 mm Maximum load capacities

250 kg

Maximum lift height mm

1220

Load centres mm

305

1500

Lowered height mm

1450

1845

Fully raised height mm

1675

1985

Width mm

640

Front to rear mm

890

Width mm

410

Projection mm

500

Lowered height mm

Ht. of straddle legs mm

Approx vertical lift per one handle revolution mm

Winch Model ELIM 250 150

Model

Lift ht.

Wt.

Ref

Gearbox

1220 mm

47 kg

ELIM 250 122

Winch

1500 mm

60 kg

ELIM 250 150

All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection

See next page for optional extras and alternatives available for this range.

General Purpose Lifters STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

All lifting equipment supplied complies to the Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 No: 3073 and subsequent Amendment 1994 No:2063

Fork dimensions

Platform: W x Projection 485 x 470 mm Ref: RPP 6

105

Gearbox Model ELIM 250 122

Overall dimensions

Boom: Length x Dia. 500 x 50mm Ref: ELI B

Model ELI 125 90 + RPP 6

Wheels: 2 x 125mm dia. nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball bearings. Castors fitted with total stop brakes as standard. The front of the straddle legs are fitted with cast iron rollers. Gearbox : Manual Ezi-Lift gearbox has a self sustaining mechanism which holds the load at any point immediately the handle is released. Winch: Enclosed sprocket and chain drive, guarded for operator protection. Manual winch unit with self sustaining feature to hold the load at any level when the lever is released. Load retention frame: All midi models are supplied with load retention frame fitted as standard. Frame incorporates anchor points for load retention straps. Finish: Main frame and masts in orange powder coating. Forks, carriage and retention frame finished in grey powder coating.

Midi Gearbox and Winch Lifters info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

106

105

106

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED General Purpose Lifters (continued) All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection

Midi Gearbox and Winch Lifters

Model ELI 250 107

Midi Gearbox and Winch Lifters

2 Capacities; 3 Lift Heights

General Purpose Lifters

125kg; 200kg 915 1070 305 1175 1355 550 870

1295 1510

1220

1450 1660

315 450 65 65 Approx 27/30

Capacity

Lift height

Weight

Ref

125 kg

915 mm

36 kg

ELI 125 90

1070 mm

37 kg

ELI 125 107

1220 mm

39 kg

ELI 125 122

915 mm

37 kg

ELI 250 90

1070 mm

38 kg

ELI 250 107

1220 mm

40 kg

ELI 250 122

250 kg

Model ELI 250 122 1220 mm lift

Optional accessories Jib: With swivelling hook. Lowered height to centre of hook: 265mm Jib adds 200mm to lift height, Ref: ELI J Boom: Length x Dia. 500 x 50mm Ref: ELI B Platform: W x Projection 485 x 470 mm Ref: RPP 6

Model ELI 125 90 + RPP 6

105

Retention straps: Per strap Ref: STP2

Documentation: All Ezi-Lift lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions covering the use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended load centres, data sheets on Health & Safety together with a signed Test Certificate and declaration of conformity. All lifting equipment supplied complies to the Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 No: 3073 and subsequent Amendment 1994 No:2063 IMPORTANT Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before moving the lifter.

250 kg Capacity; Maximum lift 1500 mm Maximum load capacities

250 kg

Maximum lift height mm

1220

Load centres mm

305

1500

Overall dimensions Lowered height mm

1450

1845

Fully raised height mm

1675

1985

Width mm

640

Front to rear mm

890

Fork dimensions Width mm

410

Projection mm

500

Lowered height mm

Ht. of straddle legs mm

Approx vertical lift per one handle revolution mm

Winch Model ELIM 250 150

Model

Lift ht.

Wt.

Ref

Gearbox

1220 mm

47 kg

ELIM 250 122

Winch

1500 mm

60 kg

ELIM 250 150

All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection

See next page for optional extras and alternatives available for this range.

General Purpose Lifters

Midi Gearbox and Winch Lifters STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

106

108

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Industrial Winch Stackers

Midi Hand and Electro Hydraulic

Hand hydraulic

General Specifications - Ezi-Lift Industrial Stackers Fully welded channel and tube construction. Fixed weld mesh guarding fitted as standard. Steel straddle rollers 75 mm dia. with roller bearing. Total stop brakes and foot protectors fitted as standard. 300 kg capacity stackers fitted with 150mm dia nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball bearing journals. 500 kg capacity stackers fitted with 200mm dia nylon wheels with polyurethane tyres and ball bearing journals. Finish: Powder coated, orange frame with grey forks and carriage.

Approved hydraulic components. Long life - minimum maintenance. Overload valve and flow control on return.

Electro hydraulic Approved hydraulic and electrical components. All parts enclosed with easily removable cover for quick access. Single button raise and lower operation. External plug socket allows charging without removing cover. Automatic overload valve and flow control on return travel. Battery (supplied with machine): 1 x 12v 75APH. Recharge via the charging socket coupled to a standard car or similar battery charger.

Model ELIM 122 HH

General specifications also apply to: Industrial Hydraulic Stacker and 500 Universal Stackers featured in pages 108-110. All lifting devices are supplied complete with instructions covering the use of the machine, maximum load labels or plates, recommended load centres, data sheets on Health & Safety together with a signed Test Certificate and declaration of conformity.

General Specification: Fully welded channel and tube construction. Fixed weldmesh guarding for operator safety. Supplied complete with load retention frame with anchor points for optional retention straps.

Complies to the Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 No:3073 and subsequent Amendment 1994 No:2063

250 Kg Capacity

Hand Hydraulic

Electro Hydraulic

Max load capacity kg

250

Maximum lift hts mm

1070

Load centres mm

305

1220

1500

1220

1500

305

Overall dimensions Lowered heights mm

1385

1540

1845

1540

1845

Fully raised heights mm

1515

1660

1965

1660

1965

Width mm

575

Front to rear mm

860

900

Width mm

410

Projection mm

450

Lowered height mm

Ht. of straddle legs mm

Fork dimensions

Model ELIM 150 EH

Optional alternatives Factory fitted in place of standard forks at time of order

Jib with swivelling hook Ref: ELI JM

107

Model

Capacity

Lift Height

Weight

Ref

Hand Hydraulic

250 kg

1070 mm

61 kg

ELIM 107 HH

1220 mm

65 kg

ELIM 122 HH

1500 mm

95 kg

ELIM 150 HH

1220 mm

93 kg

ELIM 122 EH

1500 mm

122 kg

ELIM 150 EH

Electro Hydraulic

Boom L x dia. 600 x 50 mm Ref: ELI BM

250 kg

Optional accessories

Platform: W x Projection 485 x 470 mm Ref: RPP10

Hand Winch Use in any area for many applications. No electrics, no hydraulics. Self-sustaining at all heights, with lift ratio of 30/35 mm per one winch handle revolution. Ref

MS300

MSWB500

Maximum load capacity Maximum lift height mm Load centres mm Overall dimensions Lowered height mm Fully raised height mm Width mm Front to rear mm Fabricated forks Width mm Projection mm Actual fork width mm Lowered height mm Ht. of straddle legs mm Ground clearance mm Approx.vertical lift per one handle revolution mm

300 kg 1500 300

500 kg 1725 300

1930 1930 630 1125

2130 2130 750 1210

555 600 93 100 85 35 33/35

675 600 93 100 85 35 33/35

Capacity

Lift height

Weight

Ref

300 kg

1500 mm

116 kg

MS300

500 kg

1725 mm

134 kg

MSWB500

MS300 300 kg Capacity; Max lift 1500 mm • Strongly built Fabricated forks • Cost effective • Virtually no maintenance • Versatile • No electrics - no hydraulics IMPORTANT Always ensure the load is in the fully lowered position before moving the lifter

Optional accessories

Retention straps: Per strap Ref: STP2

Midi Hand and Electro Hydraulic STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection.

Industrial Winch Stackers

107

info@storage-design.co.uk

Removable platform For MS300 Ref: MS 3 For MSWB500 Ref: MS 5

Retention straps per strap Ref: STP 2

MSWB500 500 kg Capacity; Max lift 1725 mm

Industrial Winch Stackers www.storage-design.co.uk

108

107

Midi Hand and Electro Hydraulic

Hand hydraulic

Approved hydraulic components. Long life - minimum maintenance. Overload valve and flow control on return.

Model ELIM 122 HH

Complies to the Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations 1992 No:3073 and subsequent Amendment 1994 No:2063

250 Kg Capacity

Hand Hydraulic

Electro Hydraulic

Max load capacity kg

250

Maximum lift hts mm

1070

Load centres mm

305

1220

1500

1220

1500

305

Overall dimensions Lowered heights mm

1385

1540

1845

1540

1845

Fully raised heights mm

1515

1660

1965

1660

1965

Width mm

575

Front to rear mm

860

900

Width mm

410

Projection mm

450

Lowered height mm

Ht. of straddle legs mm

Fork dimensions

Model ELIM 150 EH

Optional alternatives Factory fitted in place of standard forks at time of order

Jib with swivelling hook Ref: ELI JM

Model

Capacity

Lift Height

Weight

Ref

Hand Hydraulic

250 kg

1070 mm

61 kg

ELIM 107 HH

1220 mm

65 kg

ELIM 122 HH

1500 mm

95 kg

ELIM 150 HH

1220 mm

93 kg

ELIM 122 EH

1500 mm

122 kg

ELIM 150 EH

Electro Hydraulic

Boom L x dia. 600 x 50 mm Ref: ELI BM

250 kg

Optional accessories

Platform: W x Projection 485 x 470 mm Ref: RPP10

All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection.

Industrial Winch Stackers

Midi Hand and Electro Hydraulic

107

108

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Hand Winch Use in any area for many applications. No electrics, no hydraulics. Self-sustaining at all heights, with lift ratio of 30/35 mm per one winch handle revolution. Ref

MS300

MSWB500

300 kg 1500 300

500 kg 1725 300

1930 1930 630 1125

2130 2130 750 1210

555 600 93 100 85 35 33/35

675 600 93 100 85 35 33/35

Capacity

Lift height

Weight

Ref

300 kg

1500 mm

116 kg

MS300

500 kg

1725 mm

134 kg

MSWB500

Optional accessories

Retention straps: Per strap Ref: STP2

Removable platform For MS300 Ref: MS 3 For MSWB500 Ref: MS 5

Retention straps per strap Ref: STP 2

Midi Hand and Electro Hydraulic

MSWB500 500 kg Capacity; Max lift 1725 mm

Industrial Winch Stackers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

108

110

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED 500 Universal

Hand Hydraulic pump system

Choice of power unit:

Approved hydraulic components for a long life with minimum maintenance. Fitted with overload valve and flow control on the return travel. To raise load, turn the control knob fully clockwise and push handle forwards and backwards. To lower, turn the control knob anticlockwise, the speed of decent is controlled by the degree of valve opening.

Hand Winch, Hand Hydraulic, Electro Hydraulic see pages 108 & 109 for specifications.

Electro Hydraulic pump system

General Specifications: As Industrial Winch Stackers on previous page.

Approved hydraulic components Long life - minimum maintenance Hose burst valve and pressure compensated flow control valve.

Hand Hydraulic or Electro Hydraulic Maximum load capacity

500 kg

Maximum lift height mm

1725

Load centres mm

300

Overall dimensions Lowered height mm

2130

Fully raised height mm

2130

Width mm

750

Front to rear mm

1210 675

Projection mm

600

Actual fork width mm

Lowered height mm

100

Ht. of straddle legs mm

Ground clearance mm

Maximum load capacity

500 kg

Maximum lift height mm

1725

Load centres mm

300

Lowered height mm

2130

Fully raised height mm

2130

Width mm

815

Front to rear mm

1210

Adjustable forged forks Max width mm

655

Projection mm

600

Actual fork width mm

Lowered height mm

Ht. of straddle legs mm

Ground clearance mm

When fitted with a winch, vertical lift per handle revolution:

30/33 mm

Stacker

Capacity

Wt.

Ref

Winch

500kg

138 kg

MSU 500 W

Hand hydraulic

500kg

138 kg

MSU 500 HH

Electro hydraulic

500kg

174 kg

MSU 500 EH

Simply change the accessory to increase its uses. 500 Universals are supplied fitted with forged forks as standard. These forks are easily removed for the fitting of accessories, which simply slide onto the rear carrier, and are retained with a single 10mm set pin.

Fabricated forks Width mm

Hand Winch, Hand Hydraulic or Electro Hydraulic

Overall dimensions

Approved hydraulic and electrical components. All parts enclosed with easily removable cover for quick access. Single lever raise and lower operation. External plug socket allows charging without removing cover. Automatic overload valve and flow control on return travel. Battery (supplied with machine): 1 x 12v 75APH. Recharge via the fitted charging socket coupled to a standard car or similar battery charger.

Hand hydraulic stacker Model MSHH500

So versatile itâ&#x20AC;&#x2DC;s 7 machines in one!

Industrial Hydraulic Stackers

500 Universal

Industrial Hydraulic Stackers

109

Model MSU 500 HH

All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection.

Model MSHH500 - Hand hydraulic stacker

Electro hydraulic stacker Model MSEH500

Capacity

Lift height

Weight

Ref

500 kg

1725 mm

143 kg

MSHH500

Model MSEH500 - Electro hydraulic stacker

Long Life, Minimum Maintenance 500 kg Capacity; Maximum lift 1725 mm

Capacity

Lift height

Weight

Ref

500 kg

1725 mm

171 kg

MSEH500

Jib Max load: 500 kg Ref: MSU 5 13

Platform Max load: 500 kg Ref: MSU 5 12

Drum Claw Max load: 250 kg. For transporting of 210 litre tight head drums at low level only Ref: MSU 5 15

Drum Clamp Max load: 300 kg Ref: MSU 5 14

Boom Max load: 500 kg Ref: MSU 5 10

Drum Handling Accessories

Optional alternatives Factory fitted at time of order Forged forks complete with back frame For MS300 Ref: MS 1 Pair of forks only Ref: MS1a For MSWB500 Ref: MS 2 Pair of forks only Ref: MS2a

109

Forged forks and the jib both affix to a common back frame. The back frame is factory fitted, but the forks and jib can be fitted by the customer, allowing two alternative options if required.

Jib complete with back frame For MS300 Ref: MS 30 Jib only Ref: MS30a For MSWB500 Ref: MS 50 Jib only Ref: MS50a

Load retention frame For MS300 Ref: MSLR 4 For MSWB500 Ref: MSLR 6

Industrial Hydraulic Stackers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Drum Tines Max load: 300 kg Ref: MSU 5 11

500 Universal info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

110

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED 500 Universal

Hand Hydraulic pump system

Choice of power unit:

Hand Winch, Hand Hydraulic, Electro Hydraulic see pages 108 & 109 for specifications.

Electro Hydraulic pump system

General Specifications: As Industrial Winch Stackers on previous page.

Approved hydraulic components Long life - minimum maintenance Hose burst valve and pressure compensated flow control valve.

Hand Hydraulic or Electro Hydraulic Maximum load capacity

500 kg

Maximum lift height mm

1725

Load centres mm

300

Overall dimensions Lowered height mm

2130

Fully raised height mm

2130

Width mm

750

Front to rear mm

1210 675

Projection mm

600

Actual fork width mm

Lowered height mm

100

Ht. of straddle legs mm

Ground clearance mm

Maximum load capacity

500 kg

Maximum lift height mm

1725

Load centres mm

300

Lowered height mm

2130

Fully raised height mm

2130

Width mm

815

Front to rear mm

1210

Adjustable forged forks Max width mm

655

Projection mm

600

Actual fork width mm

Lowered height mm

Ht. of straddle legs mm

Ground clearance mm

When fitted with a winch, vertical lift per handle revolution:

30/33 mm

Stacker

Capacity

Wt.

Ref

Winch

500kg

138 kg

MSU 500 W

Hand hydraulic

500kg

138 kg

MSU 500 HH

Electro hydraulic

500kg

174 kg

MSU 500 EH

Model MSU 500 HH

Fabricated forks Width mm

Hand Winch, Hand Hydraulic or Electro Hydraulic

Overall dimensions

Hand hydraulic stacker Model MSHH500

So versatile itâ&#x20AC;&#x2DC;s 7 machines in one!

Industrial Hydraulic Stackers

500 Universal

Industrial Hydraulic Stackers

109

All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection.

Model MSHH500 - Hand hydraulic stacker

Electro hydraulic stacker Model MSEH500

Capacity

Lift height

Weight

Ref

500 kg

1725 mm

143 kg

MSHH500

Model MSEH500 - Electro hydraulic stacker

Long Life, Minimum Maintenance 500 kg Capacity; Maximum lift 1725 mm

Capacity

Lift height

Weight

Ref

500 kg

1725 mm

171 kg

MSEH500

Jib Max load: 500 kg Ref: MSU 5 13

Platform Max load: 500 kg Ref: MSU 5 12

Drum Claw Max load: 250 kg. For transporting of 210 litre tight head drums at low level only Ref: MSU 5 15

Drum Clamp Max load: 300 kg Ref: MSU 5 14

Boom Max load: 500 kg Ref: MSU 5 10

Drum Handling Accessories

Optional alternatives Factory fitted at time of order Forged forks complete with back frame For MS300 Ref: MS 1 Pair of forks only Ref: MS1a For MSWB500 Ref: MS 2 Pair of forks only Ref: MS2a

109

Forged forks and the jib both affix to a common back frame. The back frame is factory fitted, but the forks and jib can be fitted by the customer, allowing two alternative options if required.

Jib complete with back frame For MS300 Ref: MS 30 Jib only Ref: MS30a For MSWB500 Ref: MS 50 Jib only Ref: MS50a

Load retention frame For MS300 Ref: MSLR 4 For MSWB500 Ref: MSLR 6

Drum Tines Max load: 300 kg Ref: MSU 5 11

Industrial Hydraulic Stackers

500 Universal STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

110

111

112

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Overbraced, manually rotated jib cranes with ‘C’ channel profile track in which hoist trolley runs internally on wheels.

Column Mounted Jib Cranes

Price of jib crane includes hand push hoist trolley. Price of jib crane includes clutch system to regulate rotating strain of the arm. Finish – Yellow Usage – Indoors, covered or sheltered from weather Wall mounted jib crane rotation – 270o Column mounted jib crane – 300o For Column mounted jib crane – anchorage bolts and fixing frame optional (contact supplier). Articulated arm jibs and bridge crane systems also available on request.

Column Mounted Jib Cranes Specifications RADIUS = R in m

7 R7O3U2.5C63

CAPACITY = C (SWL) in kg 63kg

N/A

R4O3U2.5C63

R5O3U2.5C63

R6O3U2.5C63

125kg

R2O3U2.5C125

R3O3U2.5C125

R4O3U2.5C125

R5O3U2.5C125

R6O3.5U2.8C125 R7O3.5U2.8C125

• Capacity: 2200kg • Fork size ideal for Euro-pallets • 3 position control lever • Tapered forks • Nylon steer wheels and single nylon load rollers • Lift height: 85 – 200mm Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1150mm

550mm

2200 kg

DF22/11/55

Standard Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks Choice of fork sizes • Designed for heavy duty industrial use • Capacity: 2500kg • 3 position control lever • Comfortable grip, rubberised plastic handle • Tapered forks • Nylon steer wheels and single nylon load rollers as standard • Choice of different wheel materials and special sizes • Optional parking and travel brakes • Lift height: 85 – 200mm • 3000, 4000, 5000kg capacity also available • Galvanised and stainless steel versions also available

250kg

R2O3U2.5C250

R3O3U2.5C250

R4O3.5U2.8C250

R5O3.5U2.8C250 R6O3.5U2.8C250 R7O3.5U2.8C250

Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

500kg

R2O3.5U2.8C500

R3O3.5U2.8C500

R4O4U2.8C500

R5O3.5U2.8C500 R6O4U3C500

R7O4U3C500

1000mm

540mm

2500kg

MA25/10/54

1000kg

R2O3.5U2.8C1000 R3O3.5U2.8C1000

R4O4U3C1000

R5O4U3C1000

R7O4U3C1000

1150mm

540mm

2500kg

MA25/11/54

1220mm

540mm

2500kg

MA25/12/54

1000mm

680mm

2500kg

MA25/10/68

1150mm

680mm

2500kg

MA25/11/68

1220mm

680mm

2500kg

MA25/12/68

R6O4U3C1000

Product reference codes relate to the specification of each jib, please see below key for explanation. Radius = R in m, Overall Height = O in m, Under Jib Height = U in m, Capacity = C (Swl) in Kg

Note: See separate section for wheel & brake options

Wall Jib Cranes Extra Charges Fixing stirrup and staybolt set for fixing Fork length

Suits Pillar Width (mm)

Add Designation

Suits Pillar Width (mm)

from 200 to 330

from 200 to 460

from 460 to 650

from 250 to 400

from 250 to 550

from 550 to 750

from 300 to 400

from 300 to 550

from 300 to 750

Wall Mounted Jib Cranes Suits Pillar Width (mm)

Suits Pillar Width (mm)

Radius = R in m

Quick Lift Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks • Raise forks 25mm in one stroke, only 5 strokes to full height • Comfortable grip, rubberised plastic handle • Capacity: 2500kg • 3 position control lever • Nylon steer wheels and single nylon load rollers • Choice of different wheel materials • Optional parking and travel brakes • Lift height: 85 – 200mm

Specifications 7

Capacity = C (Swl) in Kg

Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1000mm

540mm

2500kg

QL25/10/54

63kg

N/A

R4O560C63

R5O560C63

R6O560C63

R7O560C63

1150mm

540mm

2500kg

QL25/11/54

125kg

R2O560C125

R3O560C125

R4O560C125

R5O560C125

R6O825C125

R7O825C125

1220mm

540mm

2500kg

QL25/12/54

250kg

R2O560C250

R3O560C250

R4O825C250

R5O825C250

R6O825C250

R7O825C250

1000mm

680mm

2500kg

QL25/10/68

500kg

R2O825C500

R3O825C500

R4O825C500

R5O825C500

R6O1105C500

R7O1105C500

1150mm

680mm

2500kg

QL25/11/68

1000kg

R2O825C1000

R3O825C1000

R4O1105C1000

R5O1105C1000

R6O1105C1000

R7O1105C1000

1220mm

680mm

2500kg

QL25/12/68

Product reference codes relate to the specification of each jib, please see below key for explanation. Radius = R in m, Overall Clevis Height = O in mm, Capacity = C (Swl) in Kg

111

Standard Size Pallet Truck

Note: See separate section for wheel & brake options

Column Mounted Jib Cranes STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Pallet Trucks

Column and Wall Mounted Jib Cranes

Pallet Trucks info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

112

111

Overbraced, manually rotated jib cranes with ‘C’ channel profile track in which hoist trolley runs internally on wheels.

Column Mounted Jib Cranes

Column Mounted Jib Cranes Specifications RADIUS = R in m

7 R7O3U2.5C63

CAPACITY = C (SWL) in kg 63kg

N/A

R4O3U2.5C63

R5O3U2.5C63

R6O3U2.5C63

125kg

R2O3U2.5C125

R3O3U2.5C125

R4O3U2.5C125

R5O3U2.5C125

R6O3.5U2.8C125 R7O3.5U2.8C125

Standard Size Pallet Truck • Capacity: 2200kg • Fork size ideal for Euro-pallets • 3 position control lever • Tapered forks • Nylon steer wheels and single nylon load rollers • Lift height: 85 – 200mm Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1150mm

550mm

2200 kg

DF22/11/55

250kg

R2O3U2.5C250

R3O3U2.5C250

R4O3.5U2.8C250

R5O3.5U2.8C250 R6O3.5U2.8C250 R7O3.5U2.8C250

Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

500kg

R2O3.5U2.8C500

R3O3.5U2.8C500

R4O4U2.8C500

R5O3.5U2.8C500 R6O4U3C500

R7O4U3C500

1000mm

540mm

2500kg

MA25/10/54

1000kg

R2O3.5U2.8C1000 R3O3.5U2.8C1000

R4O4U3C1000

R5O4U3C1000

R7O4U3C1000

1150mm

540mm

2500kg

MA25/11/54

1220mm

540mm

2500kg

MA25/12/54

1000mm

680mm

2500kg

MA25/10/68

1150mm

680mm

2500kg

MA25/11/68

1220mm

680mm

2500kg

MA25/12/68

R6O4U3C1000

Product reference codes relate to the specification of each jib, please see below key for explanation. Radius = R in m, Overall Height = O in m, Under Jib Height = U in m, Capacity = C (Swl) in Kg

Note: See separate section for wheel & brake options

Wall Jib Cranes Extra Charges Fixing stirrup and staybolt set for fixing Fork length

Suits Pillar Width (mm)

Add Designation

Suits Pillar Width (mm)

from 200 to 330

from 200 to 460

from 460 to 650

from 250 to 400

from 250 to 550

from 550 to 750

from 300 to 400

from 300 to 550

from 300 to 750

Wall Mounted Jib Cranes Suits Pillar Width (mm)

Suits Pillar Width (mm)

Specifications Radius = R in m

Capacity = C (Swl) in Kg

Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1000mm

540mm

2500kg

QL25/10/54

63kg

N/A

R4O560C63

R5O560C63

R6O560C63

R7O560C63

1150mm

540mm

2500kg

QL25/11/54

125kg

R2O560C125

R3O560C125

R4O560C125

R5O560C125

R6O825C125

R7O825C125

1220mm

540mm

2500kg

QL25/12/54

250kg

R2O560C250

R3O560C250

R4O825C250

R5O825C250

R6O825C250

R7O825C250

1000mm

680mm

2500kg

QL25/10/68

500kg

R2O825C500

R3O825C500

R4O825C500

R5O825C500

R6O1105C500

R7O1105C500

1150mm

680mm

2500kg

QL25/11/68

1000kg

R2O825C1000

R3O825C1000

R4O1105C1000

R5O1105C1000

R6O1105C1000

R7O1105C1000

1220mm

680mm

2500kg

QL25/12/68

Product reference codes relate to the specification of each jib, please see below key for explanation. Radius = R in m, Overall Clevis Height = O in mm, Capacity = C (Swl) in Kg

Pallet Trucks

Column and Wall Mounted Jib Cranes

111

112

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Note: See separate section for wheel & brake options

Column Mounted Jib Cranes

Pallet Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

112

113

114

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

• Ideal for narrower and/or shorter pallets used in the printing industry • Capacity: 2500kg • 3 position control lever • Comfortable rubberised plastic handle • Nylon steering wheels and single nylon load rollers as standard • Choice of different wheel materials • Optional parking and travel brakes • Lift height: 75 – 190mm Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

900mm

450mm

2500kg

MA25/09/45

1000mm

450mm

2500kg

MA25/10/45

Pallet Trucks

Note: See separate section for wheel & brake options

Extra Long Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks Top quality, full specification, extra long hand pallet trucks. Made from high grade steel to the latest design.

Mini Pallet Trucks For use in vans and/or with small pallets. • Capacity: 500kg • 3 position control lever • Low profile forks • Polyurethane steering wheels and single nylon load rollers • Lift height: 60 – 170mm • Lightweight - weighs only 35kg • Ideal for use in vehicles or for handling small pallets • NB: This pallet truck is not suitable for standard Euro or GKN pallets Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

800mm

380mm

500kg

LLT500

Pallet Trucks

Printer’s Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks

Hand Pallet Trucks with Adjustable Width Over Forks A hand pallet truck with adjustable width over forks to allow the handling of different sized pallets with one machine. Available in three fork lengths and two width ranges. Width over forks is adjustable either from 400 to 520mm (ideal for the printing industry) or from 530 to 680mm (for general warehouse and transportation use). • Revolutionary design • Adjustable width over forks • Economical and practical solution • High quality robust build

• Capacity: 2000kg or 2300kg • Nylon Steering wheels and single or tandem nylon load rollers as standard • Choice of different wheel materials • Optional parking and travel brakes • Special fork lengths from 500 to 4000mm and widths from 300 to 2900mm can be made to order • 3000, 4000 and 5000kg capacity also available

Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1500mm

540mm

2000kg

MA20/15/54

1800mm

540mm

2000kg

MA20/18/54

2000mm

540mm

2000kg

MA20/20/54

2300mm

520mm

2300kg

LLT23/23/52

2500mm

520mm

2300kg

LLT23/25/52

3000mm

520mm

2300kg

LLT23/30/52

1500mm

680mm

2000kg

MA20/15/68

1800mm

680mm

2000kg

MA20/18/68

2000mm

680mm

2000kg

MA20/20/68

2300mm

520mm

2300kg

LLT23/23/68

2500mm

520mm

2300kg

LLT23/25/68

3000mm

520mm

2300kg

LLT23/30/68

Note: See separate section for wheel & brake options

Pallet Truck Wheel & Brake Options Available for all heavy duty pallet trucks.

113

Ref

Optional Extra

Foot (parking) brake (includes rubber steer wheels)

Hand (travel) brake (includes rubber steer wheels)

NTN

Nylon steer wheels and Tandem nylon load rollers

RSPU

Rubber steer wheels & Single polyurethane load rollers

PUTPU

Polyurethane steer wheels & Tandem polyurethane load rollers

Pallet Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

910mm

400-520mm

2500kg

PTA25 MS

1060mm

400-520mm

2500kg

PTA25 M

1160mm

400-520mm

2500kg

PTA25 ML

910mm

530-680mm

2500kg

PTA25 LS

1060mm

530-680mm

2500kg

PTA25 LM

1160mm

530-680mm

2500kg

PTA25 L

Tandem load wheels Ref: TAN

Weighing Pallet Trucks • Hand pallet truck with built in scales • 2000kg capacity • 0.5kg increments • 0.1% accuracy • Available with 560 x 1150mm or 690 x 1150mm forks (special sizes also available) • Rubber steer wheels and tandem polyurethane load rollers • Works from rechargeable battery pack. Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1150mm

560mm

2000kg

MAWS-EUR

1150mm

690mm

2000kg

MAWS-GKN

Pallet Trucks info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

114

113

114

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

900mm

450mm

2500kg

MA25/09/45

1000mm

450mm

2500kg

MA25/10/45

Pallet Trucks

Note: See separate section for wheel & brake options

Extra Long Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks Top quality, full specification, extra long hand pallet trucks. Made from high grade steel to the latest design.

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

800mm

380mm

500kg

LLT500

Pallet Trucks

Printer’s Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks

Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1500mm

540mm

2000kg

MA20/15/54

1800mm

540mm

2000kg

MA20/18/54

2000mm

540mm

2000kg

MA20/20/54

2300mm

520mm

2300kg

LLT23/23/52

2500mm

520mm

2300kg

LLT23/25/52

3000mm

520mm

2300kg

LLT23/30/52

1500mm

680mm

2000kg

MA20/15/68

1800mm

680mm

2000kg

MA20/18/68

2000mm

680mm

2000kg

MA20/20/68

2300mm

520mm

2300kg

LLT23/23/68

2500mm

520mm

2300kg

LLT23/25/68

3000mm

520mm

2300kg

LLT23/30/68

Note: See separate section for wheel & brake options

Pallet Truck Wheel & Brake Options Available for all heavy duty pallet trucks.

113

Ref

Optional Extra

Foot (parking) brake (includes rubber steer wheels)

Hand (travel) brake (includes rubber steer wheels)

NTN

Nylon steer wheels and Tandem nylon load rollers

RSPU

Rubber steer wheels & Single polyurethane load rollers

PUTPU

Polyurethane steer wheels & Tandem polyurethane load rollers

Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

910mm

400-520mm

2500kg

PTA25 MS

1060mm

400-520mm

2500kg

PTA25 M

1160mm

400-520mm

2500kg

PTA25 ML

910mm

530-680mm

2500kg

PTA25 LS

1060mm

530-680mm

2500kg

PTA25 LM

1160mm

530-680mm

2500kg

PTA25 L

Tandem load wheels Ref: TAN

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1150mm

560mm

2000kg

MAWS-EUR

1150mm

690mm

2000kg

MAWS-GKN

Pallet Trucks

Pallet Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

114

116

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Heavy Duty Rough Terrain Pallet Trucks Capacity: 1500kg

- Combination of high lift pallet truck and lift table - Forks for lifting pallets and removable platform for lifting boxes - Foot pump to raise forks and easy release lowering lever on handle - Polyurethane tyred wheels - 500kg or 1000kg capacity - Two standard widths

• Transports loads on uneven ground • Strong & light tubular steel framing • Little maintenance required • Great maneuverability • Hydraulic fork lift with inbuilt hand pump • Adjustable width over forks • Driving axle on self-lubricating bearings • Wheels fitted onto sealed bearings • Pneumatic tyres • Easy handling • Electric version and special sizes available

High Lift Pallet Trucks

Skid Lifters

Fork length

Width over forks

Lift Type

Capacity

Ref

1115mm

540mm

Manual

500kg

SL50S

1115mm

700mm

Manual

500kg

SL50L

1115mm

540mm

Manual

1000kg

SL100S

1115mm

700mm

Manual

1000kg

SL100L

SL100S

Ref: TNV1500

Medium Duty Compact Powered Pallet Truck

Specifications Load Capacity (kg)

1500

Lowered fork height (mm)

Fork width (mm)

120

Raised fork height, heel/tip (mm)

320/390

Fork length (mm)

820

Width over forks (mm)

320-660

Lightweight, small yet robust, electric pallet truck designed for the horizontal movement of pallets. Ideal for retail, small stores and warehouses, onboard delivery vehicles, factories and more.

Maximum recommended pallet dimensions Width (mm)

1200

Length (mm)

1200

• Capacity: 1300kg • Electric lift and drive • Light enough to be used on mezzanine floors and vehicle tail lifts • Battery for 2-3 hours operation • Smooth stepless speed control • High mobility in confined areas due to its compact size • Operating hours & battery charge indicator • Outstanding stability • Lift height: 85 – 200mm

External Dimensions Length (mm)

1400

Width (mm)

1700

Weight (kg)

220

SL100S with platform

Powered Pallet Trucks

115

High Lift Pallet Trucks • Hand pallet trucks used to raise pallets to an ergonomic working height • Help prevent back strain and injury • Automatically braked when forks raised over approx 300mm • 1000 or 1500kg capacity • Two standard sizes • Manual and electric versions • Stainless steel and galvanised versions available

Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1000mm

540mm

1300kg

LEPT13/10/54

1150mm

540mm

1300kg

LEPT13/11/54

1000mm

680mm

1300kg

LEPT13/10/68

1150mm

680mm

1300kg

LEPT13/11/68

Heavy Duty Powered Pallet Truck Robust quality pallet truck for everyday use and frequent pallet handling

115

Fork length

Width over forks

Lift Type

Capacity

Ref

1160mm

540mm

Manual

1000kg

MHL540M

1160mm

680mm

Manual

1000kg

MHL680M

1160mm

540mm

Electric

1000kg

MHL540E

1160mm

680mm

Electric

1000kg

MHL680E

1100mm

520mm

Manual

1500kg

JL5215

1100mm

680mm

Manual

1500kg

JL6815

1100mm

520mm

Electric

1500kg

JE5215

1100mm

680mm

Electric

1500kg

JE6815

High Lift Pallet Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

• Capacity: 2000kg • Electric lift and drive • Battery for 7-8 hours operation • Smooth stepless speed control • Operating hours & battery charge indicator • Outstanding stability • Lift height: 85 – 200mm

Optional extras:

Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1150mm

540mm

2000kg

LEPT20/11/54

1000mm

680mm

2000kg

LEPT20/10/68

• Higher capacities: 3000, 4000, 5000 and 8000kg • Special fork widths and lengths • Folding driver platform • Reel handling forks • Low profile • Galvanised and Stainless steel versions

Powered Pallet Trucks info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

116

115

116

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Capacity: 1500kg

High Lift Pallet Trucks

Skid Lifters

Fork length

Width over forks

Lift Type

Capacity

Ref

1115mm

540mm

Manual

500kg

SL50S

1115mm

700mm

Manual

500kg

SL50L

1115mm

540mm

Manual

1000kg

SL100S

1115mm

700mm

Manual

1000kg

SL100L

SL100S

Powered Pallet Trucks

Heavy Duty Rough Terrain Pallet Trucks

Ref: TNV1500

Medium Duty Compact Powered Pallet Truck

Specifications Load Capacity (kg)

1500

Lowered fork height (mm)

Fork width (mm)

120

Raised fork height, heel/tip (mm)

320/390

Fork length (mm)

820

Width over forks (mm)

320-660

Lightweight, small yet robust, electric pallet truck designed for the horizontal movement of pallets. Ideal for retail, small stores and warehouses, onboard delivery vehicles, factories and more.

Maximum recommended pallet dimensions Width (mm)

1200

Length (mm)

1200

External Dimensions Length (mm)

1400

Width (mm)

1700

Weight (kg)

220

SL100S with platform

Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1000mm

540mm

1300kg

LEPT13/10/54

1150mm

540mm

1300kg

LEPT13/11/54

1000mm

680mm

1300kg

LEPT13/10/68

1150mm

680mm

1300kg

LEPT13/11/68

Heavy Duty Powered Pallet Truck Robust quality pallet truck for everyday use and frequent pallet handling

115

Fork length

Width over forks

Lift Type

Capacity

Ref

1160mm

540mm

Manual

1000kg

MHL540M

1160mm

680mm

Manual

1000kg

MHL680M

1160mm

540mm

Electric

1000kg

MHL540E

1160mm

680mm

Electric

1000kg

MHL680E

1100mm

520mm

Manual

1500kg

JL5215

1100mm

680mm

Manual

1500kg

JL6815

1100mm

520mm

Electric

1500kg

JE5215

1100mm

680mm

Electric

1500kg

JE6815

Optional extras:

Fork length

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1150mm

540mm

2000kg

LEPT20/11/54

1000mm

680mm

2000kg

LEPT20/10/68

High Lift Pallet Trucks

• Higher capacities: 3000, 4000, 5000 and 8000kg • Special fork widths and lengths • Folding driver platform • Reel handling forks • Low profile • Galvanised and Stainless steel versions

Powered Pallet Trucks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

116

117

118

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Robust, yet lightweight stackers designed for use with Euro pallets.

A range of pedestrian electric stackers with single and double masts.

Ergonomic design with tiller at waist height and pushing handles at shoulder height to provide extreme manoeuvrability. Machines easy to use in the tightest of spaces. All stackers are fitted with a safety valve to prevent overloading.

• Compact design for operation in tight areas • Ideal for handling Euro pallets • Built-in battery charger • Multi-function tiller head • Smooth stepless speed control • Range of special accessories

- Special capacities up to 2000kg - Lift heights up to 3700mm - Fully pivoting 360 degree castors or chain linked steering - Steer wheel fitted with brake - Safety valve prevents overloading - Burst pipe safety valve - Straddle versions, galvanised or stainless steel finish available on request - Electric models complete with built-in charger KI 500/1600

Manual Stackers Lift Height

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1600mm

300 - 740mm (adjustable)

500kg

KI 500/1600

1200mm

550mm

1000kg

KI 1000/1200

1600mm

550mm

1000kg

KI 1000/1600

1600mm

240 - 940mm (adjustable)

1000kg

KI 1000/1600 A

2500mm

550mm

1000kg

KI 1000/2500

2500mm

240 - 940mm (adjustable)

1000kg

KI 1000/2500 A

3000mm

550mm

1000kg

KI 1000/3000

1600mm

550mm

1500kg

KI 1500/1600

Optional wide straddle legs for use with GKN type pallets available for models KI 1000/1600 A and KI 1000/2500 A.

K1 1000/1600 SA Optional straddle legs version

117

Lift Height

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1600mm

545mm

1000kg

KIE 1000/1600

2500mm

545mm

1000kg

KIE 1000/2500

3000mm

545mm

1000kg

KIE 1000/3000

3500mm

545mm

1000kg

VVE 1000/3500

3700mm

545mm

1000kg

VVE 1000/3700

• Straddle legs for UK pallets • Adjustable forks • Crane jib, boom, drum clamp • Galvanised and stainless steel versions Lift Height

Capacity

Ref

1600mm

1200kg

LPS 12.16

2500mm

1200kg

LPS 12.25

3000mm

1200kg

LPS 12.30

Heavy Duty Extra High Pallet Stacker

A robust electric pallet stacker with an extra high lift and a triple mast. • Built-in battery charger • Full free lift • Multi-function tiller head • Smooth stepless speed control • Heavy duty battery

• 5 and 5.8m lift • 2000 and 3000kg capacity • Straddle legs • Range of special accessories including optional ride-on platform

Lift Height

Capacity

Ref

4500mm

1600kg

LPS 16.45

Straddle legs option

VVE 1000-3500

Pallet Stackers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Optional extras:

Electric Lift Stackers

Optional wide straddle legs for use with GKN type pallets available for all electric models. Optional adjustable forks are available for all electric models. Other optional extras include: galvanised and stainless steel versions, special fork sizes, crane jib, boom, hook, drum clamp and other attachments.

KIE 1000/3000

Medium to Heavy Duty Pallet Stacker

Powered Stackers

Pallet Stackers

Heavy Duty Manual and Electric Pallet Stackers

Powered Stackers info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

118

117

Robust, yet lightweight stackers designed for use with Euro pallets.

A range of pedestrian electric stackers with single and double masts.

Manual Stackers Lift Height

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1600mm

300 - 740mm (adjustable)

500kg

KI 500/1600

1200mm

550mm

1000kg

KI 1000/1200

1600mm

550mm

1000kg

KI 1000/1600

1600mm

240 - 940mm (adjustable)

1000kg

KI 1000/1600 A

2500mm

550mm

1000kg

KI 1000/2500

2500mm

240 - 940mm (adjustable)

1000kg

KI 1000/2500 A

3000mm

550mm

1000kg

KI 1000/3000

1600mm

550mm

1500kg

KI 1500/1600

Optional wide straddle legs for use with GKN type pallets available for models KI 1000/1600 A and KI 1000/2500 A.

K1 1000/1600 SA Optional straddle legs version

Optional extras: • Straddle legs for UK pallets • Adjustable forks • Crane jib, boom, drum clamp • Galvanised and stainless steel versions Lift Height

Capacity

Ref

1600mm

1200kg

LPS 12.16

2500mm

1200kg

LPS 12.25

3000mm

1200kg

LPS 12.30

Heavy Duty Extra High Pallet Stacker

Optional extras:

Electric Lift Stackers Lift Height

Width over forks

Capacity

Ref

1600mm

545mm

1000kg

KIE 1000/1600

2500mm

545mm

1000kg

KIE 1000/2500

3000mm

545mm

1000kg

KIE 1000/3000

3500mm

545mm

1000kg

VVE 1000/3500

3700mm

545mm

1000kg

VVE 1000/3700

KIE 1000/3000

Medium to Heavy Duty Pallet Stacker

Powered Stackers

Pallet Stackers

Heavy Duty Manual and Electric Pallet Stackers

117

118

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

• 5 and 5.8m lift • 2000 and 3000kg capacity • Straddle legs • Range of special accessories including optional ride-on platform

Lift Height

Capacity

Ref

4500mm

1600kg

LPS 16.45

Straddle legs option

VVE 1000-3500

Pallet Stackers

Powered Stackers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

118

119

120

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Heavy Duty Counterbalanced Pallet Stacker Pallet stackers suitable for use with any pallet type. • Built-in battery charger • Tilting mast • Suitable for Euro and UK type pallets • Multi-function tiller head

Mobile Scissor Lift Tables

• Tables are CE marked and conform to EN1570 (Safety requirements for lifting tables) • Manual hydraulic lift operated by foot pump with a pressure relief valve preventing overload • Two fixed and two swivel polyurethane tyred castors with brakes • Special sizes and modifications available on request.

Optional extras

Lift Height

Capacity

Ref

2500mm

1000kg

LCS 10.25

3300mm

1000kg

LCS 10.33

Mobile Lift Tables

Pallet Stackers

• Drivers ride-on platform • 1200, 1500 and 2000kg capacity • Side shift • Galvanised & stainless steel versions • Drum clamp, boom & jib attachments

TXL150

LCS 10.33

TXL200

Platform Size

Lift Height

Approx Weight Capacity

Ref

450 x 700mm

225 – 740mm

43kg

TXL150

150kg

500 x 1000mm 340 – 1000mm

70kg

200kg

TXL200

500 x 815mm

280 – 900mm

75kg

300kg

TXL300

500 x 815mm

280 – 900mm

800 x 1600mm 310 - 910mm

79kg

500kg

TXL500

134kg

500kg

TXL500L

510 x 1000mm 420 – 1000mm

115kg

800kg

TXL800

515 x 1015mm 380 – 1000mm

118kg

1000kg

TXL1000

610 x 1220mm 420 – 1010mm

142kg

1500kg

TXL1500

450 x 700mm

64kg

150kg

TXL150 D

300 – 1100mm

520 x 1010mm 435 – 1620mm

134kg

300kg

BSL30 D

500 x 910mm

103kg

350kg

TXL350 D

350 – 1300mm

520 x 1010mm 450 – 1500mm

144kg

500kg

BSL50 D

610 x 1220mm 475 – 1500mm

170kg

680kg

TXL680 D

520 x 1010mm 470 – 1420mm

150kg

800kg

BSL80 D

610 x 1220mm 485 – 1500mm

181kg

800kg

TXL800 D

TXL1500

TXL800D LCS 10-25 with rim drum clamp

119

Pallet Stackers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Mobile Lift Tables info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

120

119

120

Mobile Scissor Lift Tables

Optional extras

Lift Height

Capacity

Ref

2500mm

1000kg

LCS 10.25

3300mm

1000kg

LCS 10.33

Mobile Lift Tables

Pallet Stackers

• Drivers ride-on platform • 1200, 1500 and 2000kg capacity • Side shift • Galvanised & stainless steel versions • Drum clamp, boom & jib attachments

TXL150

LCS 10.33

TXL200

TXL1500

Platform Size

Lift Height

Approx Weight Capacity

Ref

450 x 700mm

225 – 740mm

43kg

TXL150

150kg

500 x 1000mm 340 – 1000mm

70kg

200kg

TXL200

500 x 815mm

280 – 900mm

75kg

300kg

TXL300

500 x 815mm

280 – 900mm

800 x 1600mm 310 - 910mm

79kg

500kg

TXL500

134kg

500kg

TXL500L

510 x 1000mm 420 – 1000mm

115kg

800kg

TXL800

515 x 1015mm 380 – 1000mm

118kg

1000kg

TXL1000

610 x 1220mm 420 – 1010mm

142kg

1500kg

TXL1500

450 x 700mm

64kg

150kg

TXL150 D

300 – 1100mm

520 x 1010mm 435 – 1620mm

134kg

300kg

BSL30 D

500 x 910mm

103kg

350kg

TXL350 D

350 – 1300mm

520 x 1010mm 450 – 1500mm

144kg

500kg

BSL50 D

610 x 1220mm 475 – 1500mm

170kg

680kg

TXL680 D

520 x 1010mm 470 – 1420mm

150kg

800kg

BSL80 D

610 x 1220mm 485 – 1500mm

181kg

800kg

TXL800 D

TXL800D LCS 10-25 with rim drum clamp

119

Pallet Stackers

Mobile Lift Tables STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

120

121

122

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Mobile Lift Tables

Double Scissor Hydraulic Lift Tables

General purpose 150kg to 500kg foot and electro-hydraulic mobile lift tables.

Foot and electro hydraulic lift - twin scissor Capacity 500kg Loads elevated up to 1200mm

Suitable for a variety of lifting and loading operations and for use as variable height work tables. Used throughout industry and commerce, including factories, warehouses, retail outlets, printers, schools, colleges, laboratories, banks and offices.

Mobile Lift Tables

MSL500E

Model Ref

MSL150

MSL300

MSL500

MSL500E

Capacity kg

150

300

500

Table W x L mm

450 x 800

500 x 900 600 x 1100 600 x 1100

Raised height mm

810

910

1010

Lowered height mm

270

295

360

length mm

1000

1135

1310

1335

Ref

MSL500T

MSL500TE

width mm

450

500

600

Maximum load capacity

500 kg

height mm

920

1000

Table W x L mm

600 x 750

Raised height mm

1200

Lowered height mm

335

360

Weight kg

Foot operated: MSL500T Electro-hydraulic: MSL500TE

500 kg Capacity; Max lift 1200 mm

106

134

100

160

Overall dimensions

Rear, swivel castors mm 100

100

125

length mm

950

975

width mm

600

height (lowered) mm

1000

Weight kg

109

135

Wheels

MSL500

Finish The lift table is powder coated after manufacture. Chassis Orange, lift arms grey, top Blue. Push handle and guard assembly bright zinc plated.

Ref

Overall dimensions

Front, fixed mm

Total stop brakes, foot guards and high quality guarding all come as standard.

Stainless Steel Lift Tables

General specifications as single scissor 500kg models

Foot hydraulic model MSL500T

MSL150

Optional accessories 500kg models only

Operation Foot-hydraulic: Foot pedal hydraulics to lift and lower the table. Electro-hydraulic: Approved hydraulic and electrical components. All parts enclosed with easily removable cover for quick access. Push button raise and lower. Continuous safety trip bar fitted under all four sides of table top to stop table lowering in the event of it meeting an obstruction. External socket for charging without removing cover. Automatic overload valve and flow control on return travel. Battery: (supplied with machine) 1 x 12v 75APH. Recharge via the fitted charging socket coupled to a standard car or similar battery charger. Maintenance Hydraulic pump and ram unit is easily removed for maintenance and is fitted with a hose burst valve.

121

Manufacture British design and manufacture to comply with BS.EN.1570 : 1999 and all known EU Standards. Fully welded steel construction.

Bright zinc plated platform cover with folded side and end skirts. Ref: Z5 Also available in welded stainless steel: Ref: S5

Finish Chassis and scissor arms: orange powder coated Table top: blue powder coated Push handle and guard assembly: bright zinc plated.

A removable ball transfer platform: Ref: BL5 Increases height by 40mm

Maintenance Scissor lift tables have hydraulic pump and ram units and are fitted with a hose burst valve. A locking bar is provided to hold table in the elevated position whilst carrying out maintenance.

A removable roller conveyor platform: Ref: RL5 Increases height by 60mm

All Ezi-Lift scissor tables are supplied complete with: All required CE identifications, maximum load labels or plates, full operating instructions, Health & Safety data sheets, and signed Test Certificate and declaration of conformity.

Mobile Lift Tables STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Electro hydraulic model MSL500TE

Stainless Steel Lift Tables info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

122

121

122

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Mobile Lift Tables

Double Scissor Hydraulic Lift Tables

General purpose 150kg to 500kg foot and electro-hydraulic mobile lift tables.

Foot and electro hydraulic lift - twin scissor Capacity 500kg Loads elevated up to 1200mm

Model Ref

MSL150

MSL300

MSL500

MSL500E

Capacity kg

150

300

500

Table W x L mm

450 x 800

500 x 900 600 x 1100 600 x 1100

Raised height mm

810

910

1010

Lowered height mm

270

295

360

length mm

1000

1135

1310

1335

Ref

MSL500T

MSL500TE

width mm

450

500

600

Maximum load capacity

500 kg

height mm

920

1000

Table W x L mm

600 x 750

Raised height mm

1200

Lowered height mm

335

360

Weight kg

MSL500

Finish The lift table is powder coated after manufacture. Chassis Orange, lift arms grey, top Blue. Push handle and guard assembly bright zinc plated.

Ref

Overall dimensions

Foot operated: MSL500T Electro-hydraulic: MSL500TE

500 kg Capacity; Max lift 1200 mm

106

134

100

160

Overall dimensions

Rear, swivel castors mm 100

100

125

length mm

950

975

width mm

600

height (lowered) mm

1000

Weight kg

109

135

Wheels Front, fixed mm

Total stop brakes, foot guards and high quality guarding all come as standard.

Stainless Steel Lift Tables

Mobile Lift Tables

MSL500E

General specifications as single scissor 500kg models

Foot hydraulic model MSL500T

MSL150

Optional accessories 500kg models only

121

Manufacture British design and manufacture to comply with BS.EN.1570 : 1999 and all known EU Standards. Fully welded steel construction.

Bright zinc plated platform cover with folded side and end skirts. Ref: Z5 Also available in welded stainless steel: Ref: S5

Finish Chassis and scissor arms: orange powder coated Table top: blue powder coated Push handle and guard assembly: bright zinc plated.

A removable ball transfer platform: Ref: BL5 Increases height by 40mm

A removable roller conveyor platform: Ref: RL5 Increases height by 60mm

Electro hydraulic model MSL500TE

Mobile Lift Tables

Stainless Steel Lift Tables STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

122

123

124

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Stainless Steel Mobile Lift Tables

Access Platform

2 capacities 200kgs & 500kg

For use with forklift trucks. Ideal for Stocktaking and Maintenance.

Mobile Lift Tables

200kg & 500kg Capacity; Max lift 800 & 1000 mm. Model Ref: 200kg: SSL200 500kg: SSL500 Ref

SSL200

SSL500

Maximum load capacity

200 kg

500kg

Table W x L mm

500 x 900

600 x 1100

Raised height mm

800

1000

Lowered height mm

280

360

length mm

1125

1310

width mm

500

600

height mm

935

980

Weight kg

114

Overall dimensions

Model SSL200

Each machine is supplied with a test certificate, operating instructions and a product Health and Safety Data sheet.

Manufacture British design and manufacture to comply with BS5323:1980. Fully welded steel construction. Wheels Front, 200kg: 125mm dia; 500kg: 160mm dia nylon wheels fitted with polyurethane tyres, ball bearing journals. Rear, swivel castors, fitted with total stop brakes and 125mm dia polyurethane tyred nylon wheels, ball bearing journals. Finish The lift table is manufactured from 304 Stainless Steel. (note: hydraulic pump, foot pedal and ram not Stainless).

Manufactured according to Health and Safety executive guidance note PM28 (3rd edition) December 2005. Approved to be used by 2 persons of average weight max total load capacity 350 Kg The Access Platform has been designed to provide easier access for your maintenance, repair and installation requirements.

Access Platform

Stainless Steel mobile lift table. Suitable for a variety of lifting and loading operations. Also ideal as a variable height work table for use in food preparation and other clean areas.

Fully welded with a raised expanded metal floor, located and welded into a formed kickboard surround. Tubular handrail. Rear RSA frame with wire mesh panels. Hinged entry gate with spring return to closed position a spring loaded retention bolt holds the gate in the closed position. Platform locks onto the lift truck forks with threaded screw jacks. Finish: Yellow epoxy.

Capacity:

350 kg

Platform Width x Length:

1000 x 1000 mm

Handrail height:

1010 mm

Total height :

1925 mm

O/all width: (not including screw jacks)

1020 mm

O/all depth:

1020 mm

Gate width :

510 mm

Weight (approx.) :

78 kg

Ref:

ASP1

Important ordering requirements In the interests of safety, we do not specify standard fork location details. Platform must be manufactured to your forklift truck specification. On all orders please specify: 1. Length of fork 2. Width and depth (cross section) of fork 3. Maximum standard distance between forks

Operation Foot operated hydraulics to lift and lower the table. Maintenance Hydraulic pump and ram unit is easily removed for maintenance and is fitted with a hose burst valve. Table top is hinged when in the fully lowered position, for easy access to working parts. Model SSL500

All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection

123

Mobile Lift Tables STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Raised gate lock and slam bolt.

Fork heel lock and screw jack

Optional Accessories Castors 2 swivel, 2 fixed castors, 100 mm dia. nylon wheels. Provides for ease of movement and storage independent of forklift truck. Increases height by 125 mm Ref: ASP4

Tool Tray Welded tool tray hooks onto front guard rail. Complete with locking screws LxWxD: 1000 x 200 x 200 mm weight: 10 Kg Ref: ASP2

Access Platform info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

124

123

124

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Stainless Steel Mobile Lift Tables

Access Platform

2 capacities 200kgs & 500kg

For use with forklift trucks.

Mobile Lift Tables

200kg & 500kg Capacity; Max lift 800 & 1000 mm. Model Ref: 200kg: SSL200 500kg: SSL500 Ref

SSL200

SSL500

Maximum load capacity

200 kg

500kg

Table W x L mm

500 x 900

600 x 1100

Raised height mm

800

1000

Lowered height mm

280

360

length mm

1125

1310

width mm

500

600

height mm

935

980

Weight kg

114

Overall dimensions

Model SSL200

Each machine is supplied with a test certificate, operating instructions and a product Health and Safety Data sheet.

Access Platform

Stainless Steel mobile lift table. Suitable for a variety of lifting and loading operations. Also ideal as a variable height work table for use in food preparation and other clean areas.

Ideal for Stocktaking and Maintenance.

Capacity:

350 kg

Platform Width x Length:

1000 x 1000 mm

Handrail height:

1010 mm

Total height :

1925 mm

O/all width: (not including screw jacks)

1020 mm

O/all depth:

1020 mm

Gate width :

510 mm

Weight (approx.) :

78 kg

Ref:

ASP1

All Ezi-Lift products are guarded for operator protection

123

Raised gate lock and slam bolt.

Fork heel lock and screw jack

Optional Accessories Castors 2 swivel, 2 fixed castors, 100 mm dia. nylon wheels. Provides for ease of movement and storage independent of forklift truck. Increases height by 125 mm Ref: ASP4

Tool Tray Welded tool tray hooks onto front guard rail. Complete with locking screws LxWxD: 1000 x 200 x 200 mm weight: 10 Kg Ref: ASP2

Mobile Lift Tables

Access Platform STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

124

126

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Rolling Corners

Individual Skates

Sold in sets of 4, rolling corners allow large items to be moved with little effort.

Industrial shifting skates can be used wherever heavy objects have to be moved. The load can be lifted using either a roller crowbar or a hydraulic jack.

HOUR

Manufactured from formed and welded sheet steel. DESPATCH Platform fitted with 3mm thick black ribbed rubber matting. Metalwork finished in high quality powder coating. Platform height: 20mm O/A H x L x W: 75 x 300 x 300 mm Castors: 3 x all swivel with 50mm wheels with grey non marking rubber tyres

SF10

SF20

Skates are low maintenance and come fitted with handles for ease of carrying and positioning. The platforms of the skates are covered with a rubber surface which helps stability, prevents slipping and protects the load.

SF25

Industrial Skates

Rolling Corners, Platforms and Skates

125

IMPORTANT Weight must be evenly distributed on the four corners Model RMD1 Capacity 400kg over 4 corners

Model RMD2 Capacity 600kg over 4 corners

Capacity

Rollers

Skate height

Ref

1000kg

ø100x35mm Nylon

120mm

SF10

Finish: Grey epoxy Weight: 8 kg (set of 4)

Finish: Orange epoxy Weight: 10 kg (set of 4)

2000kg

ø100x35mm Nylon

120mm

SF20

2500kg

ø85x90mm Nylon

105mm

SF25

Ref: RMD1

Ref: RMD2

3000kg

ø85x85mm Nylon

120mm

SF30

6000kg

ø85x90mm Nylon

105mm

SF60

SF30

SF60

Roller Platforms

Individual Skates with swivel castors

Unique, tough and versatile Capacity 125 kg per unit (500kg per set of four) A heavy load shifter fitted with 3 heavy duty swivel castors housing white nylon wheels 50mm diameter. Steel deck with ribbed rubber pad. Finish yellow epoxy

Model RMD3

HOUR DESPATCH

Individual skates with swivel castors. Capacity

Swivel castors

Fixed castors

Skate height

Ref

1000kg

2x ø75x46mm

2x ø100x35mm

120mm

SC102

1000kg

4x ø75x46mm

120mm

SC104

Side lengths: 300 x 300 x 300 mm Deck height: 90 mm Weight: 10 kgs (set of 4) Ref: RMD3

SF102

SF104

Roller Crowbar

Heavy Duty Skates

Roller Crowbar

For moving heavy equipment - use singly or in multiples

Capacity

Rollers

Length

Max Skate height

Ref

1500kg

2x ø75x46mm

2000mm

145mm

RC15

Capacity 1500Kg per skate Welded steel construction with handle O/A L x W x H: 270 x 120 x 92mm Platform: 185 x 95 x 92mm 2 Polyurethane tyred rollers with ball bearing journals. w x dia 90 x 82mm Platform covered with 3mm thick ribbed rubber. wt. 6Kg Finish: Orange epoxy 2 fixed rollers

125

Ref: HDS 1

Rollers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Industrial Skates info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

126

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Rolling Corners

Individual Skates

Sold in sets of 4, rolling corners allow large items to be moved with little effort.

Industrial shifting skates can be used wherever heavy objects have to be moved. The load can be lifted using either a roller crowbar or a hydraulic jack.

HOUR

SF10

SF20

SF25

Industrial Skates

Rolling Corners, Platforms and Skates

125

IMPORTANT Weight must be evenly distributed on the four corners Model RMD1 Capacity 400kg over 4 corners

Model RMD2 Capacity 600kg over 4 corners

Capacity

Rollers

Skate height

Ref

1000kg

ø100x35mm Nylon

120mm

SF10

Finish: Grey epoxy Weight: 8 kg (set of 4)

Finish: Orange epoxy Weight: 10 kg (set of 4)

2000kg

ø100x35mm Nylon

120mm

SF20

2500kg

ø85x90mm Nylon

105mm

SF25

Ref: RMD1

Ref: RMD2

3000kg

ø85x85mm Nylon

120mm

SF30

6000kg

ø85x90mm Nylon

105mm

SF60

SF30

SF60

Roller Platforms Unique, tough and versatile Capacity 125 kg per unit (500kg per set of four) A heavy load shifter fitted with 3 heavy duty swivel castors housing white nylon wheels 50mm diameter. Steel deck with ribbed rubber pad. Finish yellow epoxy

Model RMD3

Individual Skates with swivel castors

HOUR DESPATCH

Individual skates with swivel castors. Capacity

Swivel castors

Fixed castors

Skate height

Ref

1000kg

2x ø75x46mm

2x ø100x35mm

120mm

SC102

1000kg

4x ø75x46mm

120mm

SC104

Side lengths: 300 x 300 x 300 mm Deck height: 90 mm Weight: 10 kgs (set of 4) Ref: RMD3

Heavy Duty Skates

SF102

SF104

Roller Crowbar

For moving heavy equipment - use singly or in multiples

Capacity

Rollers

Length

Max Skate height

Ref

1500kg

2x ø75x46mm

2000mm

145mm

RC15

125

Ref: HDS 1

Rollers

Industrial Skates STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

126

128

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CM60

Adjustable Skate Pairs

Complete Skate Sets

The adjustable skates each consist of a pair of skates which can be connected using two steel rods. The rods are loose inside tubes welded onto the edges of the skates. The distance between the skates can be freely adjusted from 500 to 1400mm (model CM60) or 720 to 1500mm (models CM120 and CM240). The rods prevent the skates from skidding and travelling at different speeds. This is especially important when turning.

Industrial shifting skates can be used wherever heavy objects have to be moved. The load can be lifted using either a roller crowbar or a hydraulic jack. The platforms of the skates are covered with a rubber surface which helps stability, prevents slipping and protects the load. The most popular skate sets are shown below. We can offer skate sets with capacities up to 128t as well as individual skates from stock

Capacity

Rollers

Height

Skate Weight

Ref

6000kg

ø85mm nylon

115mm

30kg

CM60

12000kg

ø85mm nylon

115mm

38kg

CM120

24000kg

ø83mm steel

115mm

65kg

CM240

• Industrial shifting skates can be used wherever heavy objects have to be moved • Skates are low maintenance and come with handles for easy handling and positioning • 1 x Steerable skate and drawbar with 2 x adjustable skates and connecting rods • Skate sets with capacities up to 128t are also available

Capacity

Rollers

Total Weight

Ref

6000kg

ø85x90 Nylon

31kg

ST30+2xSF25

9000kg

ø85x90 Nylon

45kg

ST30+CM60

12000kg

ø85x90 Nylon

80kg

ST60+CM60

18000kg

ø85x90 Nylon

88kg

ST60+CM120

24000kg

ø85x90 Nylon & ø83x85 Steel

104kg

ST120+CM120

36000kg

ø83x85 Steel

131kg

ST120+CM24

6t Skate Set

9t Skate Set

Skate Kits

Adjustable and Steerable Skates

127

18t Skate Set

CM249 CM120

Caterpillar Skate Kits

Steerable Skates

The steerable skates are usually used together with an adjustable skate pair. You can use one or two steerable skate to form a skate set. Each skate has a high quality turntable and packing plate covered with a rubber mat. The steering handles are 1m long and on the heavier duty (ST60 and ST120) steerable skates come with hitching loops to connect to tugs or forklifts.

ST30

ST60

127

Capacity

Rollers

Height

Skate Weight

Ref

3000kg

ø85mm nylon

105mm

15kg

ST30

6000kg

ø85mm nylon

115mm

50kg

ST60

12000kg

ø83mm steel

115mm

66kg

ST120

Heavy duty caterpillar style skate sets provide heavier capacities and are ideal for transportation of very heavy items over good firm floors. Each set consists of 4 caterpillar style (connected) roller skates, 2 turntables, 2 packing plates, 2 steering handles, 2 link-up bars and one draw bar. Each set is supplied in a steel box for easy storage and transportation. • Suitable for installation and movement of heavy loads • Steering handles provide precise control • Travel speed up to 5m/min • Minimum turning circle: 3m

Capacity

Roller dia.

Height

Total Set Weight

Ref

20000kg

ø18mm

108mm

50kg

SK20

30000kg

ø24mm

117mm

58kg

SK30

60000kg

ø30mm

140mm

92kg

SK60

ST120

Adjustable and Steerable Skates STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Skate Kits www.storage-design.co.uk

128

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

CM60

Adjustable Skate Pairs

Complete Skate Sets

Capacity

Rollers

Height

Skate Weight

Ref

6000kg

ø85mm nylon

115mm

30kg

CM60

12000kg

ø85mm nylon

115mm

38kg

CM120

24000kg

ø83mm steel

115mm

65kg

CM240

Capacity

Rollers

Total Weight

Ref

6000kg

ø85x90 Nylon

31kg

ST30+2xSF25

9000kg

ø85x90 Nylon

45kg

ST30+CM60

12000kg

ø85x90 Nylon

80kg

ST60+CM60

18000kg

ø85x90 Nylon

88kg

ST60+CM120

24000kg

ø85x90 Nylon & ø83x85 Steel

104kg

ST120+CM120

36000kg

ø83x85 Steel

131kg

ST120+CM24

6t Skate Set

9t Skate Set

Skate Kits

Adjustable and Steerable Skates

127

18t Skate Set

CM249 CM120

Caterpillar Skate Kits

Steerable Skates

ST30

ST60

127

Capacity

Rollers

Height

Skate Weight

Ref

3000kg

ø85mm nylon

105mm

15kg

ST30

6000kg

ø85mm nylon

115mm

50kg

ST60

12000kg

ø83mm steel

115mm

66kg

ST120

Capacity

Roller dia.

Height

Total Set Weight

Ref

20000kg

ø18mm

108mm

50kg

SK20

30000kg

ø24mm

117mm

58kg

SK30

60000kg

ø30mm

140mm

92kg

SK60

ST120

Adjustable and Steerable Skates

Skate Kits STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

128

130

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Hydraulic jacks can be used to raise loads and place skates underneath them as well as for general repair or maintenance and for installation of heavy items (eg factory machinery, containers etc). All our jacks have dual lifting capabilities: you can lift using the toe or the head of the jack. Our standard range includes capacities up to 25t, but we can also offer special jacks with capacities up to 50t.

Industrial Hydraulic Jacks

Reel Bogie

• Compact and stable construction • Adjustable lowering speed • Removable pump handle • Overload protection

Capacity: 1000Kg

Rotational Hydraulic Toe Jacks

Standard Machinery Jacks

• Can be used in any position (even upside down) • Housing revolves 360 degrees • 25t version with wheels for easy manoeuvring

• Standard jack design • 12t version with 2 toe positions and wheels for easy manoeuvring

Four curved support straps provide support for large cylindrical loads. Highly manoeuvrable. Unit pivots on centre wheels O/A L x W x H: 1065 x 585 x 305 Cast iron wheels 2 x 200mm dia. in centre and 4 x 150mm dia. wheels at corners. All wheels roller bearings. Weight: 51Kg Finish: Blue epoxy Ref: TD210

TBL120

TBL60

Up to 2 Tonne Load Shifting

Low Loading Bogie

Platform Frames and Bogies

Adjustable and Steerable Skates

129

Capacity 2000Kg

HML50

HML100

HML250

Capacity

Lift height on toe

Lift height on head

Weight

Ref

10t

25 – 220mm (single stage)

368 – 573mm

25kg

HML50

15t

30 – 260mm (single stage)

420 – 650mm

35kg

HML100

25t

58 – 273mm (single stage)

505 – 720mm

102kg

HML250

Capacity

Lift height on toe

Lift height on head

Weight Ref

35 – 195mm (single stage)

320 – 560mm

25.5kg

TBL60

12t

40 – 180mm (two stage)

325 – 545mm

68kg

TBL120

Furniture and Large Load Movers

Strong all steel construction with sloping end frames for easy loading Protective side guards O/A L x W x H: 760 x 510 x 90 Wheels: 6 steel wheels with roller bearings. Weight: 22Kg Finish: Blue epoxy Ref: TD211

Load is raised 250mm and can be easily moved around in any direction even in the tightest of areas. • Supplied in pairs for each end of the load • 600kg or 1800kg capacity per pair • 5m securing strap supplied as standard • ø150mm polyurethane tyred castors

Hydraulic Toe Jacks

Platform and Frame Dollies

• 3 toe positions • swivel support legs to help straddle loads

Capacity 300 kg A range of dollies to suit most industrial needs. Steel frame construction with a choice of deck types. Compact 600 x 600 mm deck size.

FML60

Finish: Blue epoxy. 4 swivel castors with 125 mm dia. rubber tyred roller bearing wheels with bright zinc plated centres.

TGL30

129

TGL80

Capacity

Lift height on toe

Lift height on head

Weight Ref

15 – 240mm (3 stage)

250 – 475mm

22kg

TGL30

25 – 295mm (3 stage)

270 – 540mm

28kg

TGL80

FML180

Capacity

Ref

600kg

FML60

1800kg

FML180

Adjustable and Steerable Skates STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Deck type

timber

steel

open frame

load supports

Capacity kgs

300

Deck L x W mm

600 x 600

Platform height mm

198

198 + 150

Wheel dia. mm

125

Weight kgs

Ref:

TD600

TD601

TD602

TD603

DESPATCH

HOUR

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

HOUR

Platform Frames and Bogies www.storage-design.co.uk

130

Industrial Hydraulic Jacks

Reel Bogie

• Compact and stable construction • Adjustable lowering speed • Removable pump handle • Overload protection

Capacity: 1000Kg

Rotational Hydraulic Toe Jacks

Standard Machinery Jacks

• Can be used in any position (even upside down) • Housing revolves 360 degrees • 25t version with wheels for easy manoeuvring

• Standard jack design • 12t version with 2 toe positions and wheels for easy manoeuvring

TBL120

TBL60

Up to 2 Tonne Load Shifting

Low Loading Bogie

Platform Frames and Bogies

Adjustable and Steerable Skates

129

Capacity 2000Kg

HML50

HML100

HML250

Capacity

Lift height on toe

Lift height on head

Weight

Ref

10t

25 – 220mm (single stage)

368 – 573mm

25kg

HML50

15t

30 – 260mm (single stage)

420 – 650mm

35kg

HML100

25t

58 – 273mm (single stage)

505 – 720mm

102kg

HML250

Capacity

Lift height on toe

Lift height on head

Weight Ref

35 – 195mm (single stage)

320 – 560mm

25.5kg

TBL60

12t

40 – 180mm (two stage)

325 – 545mm

68kg

TBL120

Furniture and Large Load Movers Load is raised 250mm and can be easily moved around in any direction even in the tightest of areas. • Supplied in pairs for each end of the load • 600kg or 1800kg capacity per pair • 5m securing strap supplied as standard • ø150mm polyurethane tyred castors

Hydraulic Toe Jacks

Platform and Frame Dollies

• 3 toe positions • swivel support legs to help straddle loads

Capacity 300 kg A range of dollies to suit most industrial needs. Steel frame construction with a choice of deck types. Compact 600 x 600 mm deck size.

FML60

Finish: Blue epoxy. 4 swivel castors with 125 mm dia. rubber tyred roller bearing wheels with bright zinc plated centres.

TGL30

129

TGL80

Capacity

Lift height on toe

Lift height on head

Weight Ref

15 – 240mm (3 stage)

250 – 475mm

22kg

TGL30

25 – 295mm (3 stage)

270 – 540mm

28kg

TGL80

FML180

Capacity

Ref

600kg

FML60

1800kg

FML180

Deck type

timber

steel

open frame

load supports

Capacity kgs

300

Deck L x W mm

600 x 600

Platform height mm

198

198 + 150

Wheel dia. mm

125

Weight kgs

Ref:

TD600

TD601

TD602

TD603

DESPATCH

HOUR

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

HOUR

Adjustable and Steerable Skates

Platform Frames and Bogies STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

130

131

132

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Platform with folding handle

Beam Trolley

Clip-Up Handle To Carry Around

Softride Pneumatic Tyres

Steel platform, 4 swivel castors, 75mm dia wheels. Grey non marking tyres. Total weight 10kg

Ref: TD100

O/a height with handle vertical 765mm O/a length with handle folded 690mm Platform L x W x H: 580 x 500 x 125mm Finish: Light blue epoxy

Capacity 350 kg For easy transportation of long loads in factories, showrooms and warehouses. Carpets and floor coverings Poles and timber products Tubular construction throughout with centre axle mounted with large 400mm dia. pneumatic tyred wheels for maximum mobility and soft ride, or 400mm dia solid rubber tyred wheels. Overall height: 420 mm Overall width: 660 mm Overall length: 1010 mm Finish: Blue epoxy. Weights: TP46:26 kg TP46P:13kg

Plate and Sheet Handling

Platform / Plate and Sheet Handling

150kg capacity

Solid rubber wheel. Ref: TP46 Pneumatic wheel. Ref: TP46P

Sheet buggies For in-plant or on-site use Timber and metal sheets Frames and doors Chipboard and hardboard. Tubular steel construction. Plastic hand grips. Finish: Blue epoxy Wheels: 2 axle mounted 200 mm dia. solid tyred wheels, or 260mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels. Choice of solid rubber or pneumatic tyres All wheels roller bearings.

Pipe and Bar Truck

We can manufacture to your special sizes on request

Capacity 300 kg Pipework, Bar stock, Long goods Steel angle and tube construction with centre axle mounted with large 250 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels for maximum mobility and load capacity, or 260mm dia pneumatic tyred wheels for a softer ride. Finish: Blue epoxy Overall height: 680 mm Overall width: 550 mm Overall length: 910 mm Weight TP47: 20 kg Weight TP47P: 16kg Solid rubber tyres. Ref: TP47 Pneumatic tyres. Ref: TP47P

Plate Skate

131

Model TP40 Capacity 300Kg Non-slip ribbed rubber pad platform

Model TP41 Capacity 300Kg Varnished plywood platform

O/all H x W: 1220 x 590mm Platform L x W: 500 x 200mm Handle Length: 1180mm 200mm dia solids. Ref: TP40 260mm dia pneus. Ref: TP40P

O/all H x W: 1220 x 550mm Platform L x W: 800 x 250mm Handle Length: 2000mm 200mm dia solids. Ref: TP41 260mm dia pneus. Ref: TP41P

Capacity 250Kg Expanding steel skates for easy movement of sheet materials up to 50 mm thick Wheels: 2 x 150mm dia. nylon Overall L x W x H: 300 x 180 x 280mm Finish: White epoxy Ref: TP30

Platform / Plate and Sheet Handling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Automatically adjusts to thickness of material

HOUR DESPATCH

Plate and Sheet Handling www.storage-design.co.uk

132

131 Platform with folding handle

Beam Trolley

Clip-Up Handle To Carry Around

Softride Pneumatic Tyres

Steel platform, 4 swivel castors, 75mm dia wheels. Grey non marking tyres. Total weight 10kg

Ref: TD100

O/a height with handle vertical 765mm O/a length with handle folded 690mm Platform L x W x H: 580 x 500 x 125mm Finish: Light blue epoxy

Plate and Sheet Handling

150kg capacity

Platform / Plate and Sheet Handling

132

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Solid rubber wheel. Ref: TP46 Pneumatic wheel. Ref: TP46P

Pipe and Bar Truck

We can manufacture to your special sizes on request

Plate Skate

131

Model TP40 Capacity 300Kg Non-slip ribbed rubber pad platform

Model TP41 Capacity 300Kg Varnished plywood platform

O/all H x W: 1220 x 590mm Platform L x W: 500 x 200mm Handle Length: 1180mm 200mm dia solids. Ref: TP40 260mm dia pneus. Ref: TP40P

O/all H x W: 1220 x 550mm Platform L x W: 800 x 250mm Handle Length: 2000mm 200mm dia solids. Ref: TP41 260mm dia pneus. Ref: TP41P

Automatically adjusts to thickness of material

Capacity 250Kg Expanding steel skates for easy movement of sheet materials up to 50 mm thick Wheels: 2 x 150mm dia. nylon Overall L x W x H: 300 x 180 x 280mm Finish: White epoxy Ref: TP30

Platform / Plate and Sheet Handling

HOUR DESPATCH

Plate and Sheet Handling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

132

133

134

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Hi-Frame Plate Trucks

Standard Sheet Rack

Capacity 500 and 750Kg

Vertical storage of all sheet material.

Heavy duty angle chassis with high tubular support frame for sheet material transport and storage. Fully welded throughout. Open frame or ply deck.

Floor bracing for sheet support Finish: blue epoxy

Plate Handling

Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed castors with rubber tyred wheels, bright steel centres and roller bearings.

Open frame model

UDL Capacity

500 kg

750 kg

O/all height mm

1500

1570

Frame height mm

1175

Max load depth mm

450

O/all L x W mm

2250 x 700

Wheel dia. mm

200

250

Platform height

285mm

355mm

84 kg

92 kg

Ref

TP31

TP32

Platform height

300mm

370mm

94 kg

104 kg

Ref

TP31P

TP32P

Ply deck

Ref SPR1

1040 x 2060 x 1400

170

SPR2

1040 x 2060 x 1600

188

SPR3

1040 x 2060 x 1800

206

SPR4

1040 x 2060 x 2000

224

SPR5

1040 x 2060 x 2200

242

SPR6

1040 x 2060 x 2400

260

SPR7

Description

O/A H x D x L mm

Wt. Kg

Ref

Single sided starter bay

1880 x 860 x 2760

100

HBR1

Single sided extension bay

1880 x 860 x 2260

HBR1E

DESPATCH

Double sided starter bay

1985 x 920 x 2760

128

HBR2

Double sided extension bay

1985 x 920 x 2260

HBR2E

HOUR

2 deck sizes ON MARKED PRODUCTS Ply or zinc plated deck Welded angle chassis Support bar height 725mm from deck Deck height: 275 mm Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed castors with 200 mm dia. rubber tyred wheels. Roller bearings. Bars (2 supplied)

Ply Platform

Bright Zinc Steel Platform

Position

Centres

Weight

Ref

Weight

1000 x 700

168mm

46 kg

1200 x 800

155mm

54 kg

TP35 48 59 kg TP36 72 kg HOUR

DESPATCH

Optional Extras

Ref

1000 mm length additional Support Bars

TP7 48 TP8

1200 mm length additional Support Bars

Wt. Kg 152

Maximum load 500Kg per level single sided 1000kg per level double sided. Freestanding units. Six storage levels on single sided units, seven levels on double sided units. Starter bay 2 uprights + cross bracing. Extension bay 1 upright + cross bracing. Finish: Blue epoxy

Capacity: 500kg UDL with removable bars 2 supplied - extras available.

Platform L x W mm

Cap.Tonne 4

Single or double sided

Standard Plate Trucks

Plywood Deck

Bays 4

Horizontal Bar Rack

Open frame

Ply deck model

O/A H x L x W mm 1040 x 2060 x 1200

Bar and Sheet Storage

The Big Plate Trucks

Ref TP33

Vertical Bar Rack

Fully welded steel construction with steel base. 600 x 250 mm storage bays. Predrilled for bolting to floor, fixings not supplied. Finish: Blue epoxy

HOUR DESPATCH

TP34

HOUR DESPATCH

Optional Extras:

No. of bays

O/A H x D x L mm

Wt. Kg

Ref

1500 x 600 x 1200

VBR4

1500 x 600 x 1800

108

VBR6

1500 x 600 x 2400

135

VBR8

Total stop brakes extra (pair) Ref: B013

133

Plate Handling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Plate and Sheet Handling info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

134

133

134

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Hi-Frame Plate Trucks

Standard Sheet Rack

Capacity 500 and 750Kg

Vertical storage of all sheet material.

Heavy duty angle chassis with high tubular support frame for sheet material transport and storage. Fully welded throughout. Open frame or ply deck.

Floor bracing for sheet support Finish: blue epoxy

Plate Handling

Finish: Blue epoxy. Wheels: 2 swivel 2 fixed castors with rubber tyred wheels, bright steel centres and roller bearings.

Open frame model

UDL Capacity

500 kg

750 kg

O/all height mm

1500

1570

Frame height mm

1175

Max load depth mm

450

O/all L x W mm

2250 x 700

Wheel dia. mm

200

250

Platform height

285mm

355mm

84 kg

92 kg

Ref

TP31

TP32

Platform height

300mm

370mm

94 kg

104 kg

Ref

TP31P

TP32P

Ply deck

1040 x 2060 x 1400

170

SPR2

1040 x 2060 x 1600

188

SPR3

1040 x 2060 x 1800

206

SPR4

1040 x 2060 x 2000

224

SPR5

1040 x 2060 x 2200

242

SPR6

1040 x 2060 x 2400

260

SPR7

Description

O/A H x D x L mm

Wt. Kg

Ref

Single sided starter bay

1880 x 860 x 2760

100

HBR1

Single sided extension bay

1880 x 860 x 2260

HBR1E

DESPATCH

Double sided starter bay

1985 x 920 x 2760

128

HBR2

Double sided extension bay

1985 x 920 x 2260

HBR2E

HOUR

Bars (2 supplied)

Ply Platform

Bright Zinc Steel Platform

Position

Centres

Weight

Ref

Weight

1000 x 700

168mm

46 kg

1200 x 800

155mm

54 kg

TP35 48 59 kg TP36 72 kg HOUR

DESPATCH

Optional Extras

Ref

1000 mm length additional Support Bars

TP7 48 TP8

Optional Extras:

Ref SPR1

1200 mm length additional Support Bars

Wt. Kg 152

Capacity: 500kg UDL with removable bars 2 supplied - extras available.

Platform L x W mm

Cap.Tonne 4

Single or double sided

Standard Plate Trucks

Plywood Deck

Bays 4

Horizontal Bar Rack

Open frame

Ply deck model

O/A H x L x W mm 1040 x 2060 x 1200

Bar and Sheet Storage

The Big Plate Trucks

HOUR DESPATCH

Ref TP33

Vertical Bar Rack

Fully welded steel construction with steel base. 600 x 250 mm storage bays. Predrilled for bolting to floor, fixings not supplied. Finish: Blue epoxy

HOUR DESPATCH

TP34

No. of bays

O/A H x D x L mm

Wt. Kg

Ref

1500 x 600 x 1200

VBR4

1500 x 600 x 1800

108

VBR6

1500 x 600 x 2400

135

VBR8

Total stop brakes extra (pair) Ref: B013

133

Plate Handling

Plate and Sheet Handling STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

134

135

136

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Stacking bar cradles

Wall panels - tool, louvre or combination

Maximum 5 high

Wall panels enable you to keep small parts and tools ready to hand.

Units MUST be sited on solid level ground.

O/A H x D x L mm

Effective W x H mm Wt. Kg

Ref

470 x 790 x 385

610 x 305

SBC1

625 x 790 x 385

610 x 460

SBC2

470 x 1095 x 385

915 x 305

SBC3

625 x 1095 x 385

915 x 460

SBC4

Available with or without bins Fixing holes included (fixings not supplied) All panels 470mm high

Type

Width mm Bin / Hooks

Ref

Tool panel

500

10 hooks

WP01

1000

10 hooks

WP02

1500

10 hooks

WP15

2000

10 hooks

WP20

Louvre Panel

500 16x No2

1000 16x No2, 6x No3

1500

Combination - Tilt bin / tool

WP04 WP05

1000

Multi-height Sheet Rack

WP02

WP03

500

Combination - louvre / tool

Wall Panels / Bin Containers

Bar and Sheet Storage

Flexible stacking cradles for storage of varying lengths of: bar, tube, flats, angles etc. Load capacity per cradle 1000Kg Fitted with 127mm square pallet feet. Finish: Blue epoxy

WP06 WP16

1000

10 hooks

WP07

1000

16x no2, 10 hooks

WP08

1000

30 tilt bins, 10 hooks

WP09

WP05

Ideal for off-cuts and other variable sizes of sheet and plate. Support bar heights: 400; 550; 700; 850 and 1000mm Distance between bars: 160mm Fitted with sheet steel base. Predrilled for floor fixing. Finish: blue epoxy O/A H x W x D: 1000 x 1400 x 800mm Weight: 75Kg Ref:MPR

WP07

WP08

WP06

WP09

HOUR DESPATCH

Bin container packs Full-height Sheet Rack Choose your own selection of bins for use with louvre panels Packs of same size bins only

Ref:FHSR

Available in 4 sizes

Size

H x W x L mm

pack

Ref

No 2

70 x 100 x 165

PBP2

No 3

125 x 150 x 240

PBP3

No 4

125 x 200 x 355

PBP4

No 5

175 x 200 x 355

PBP5

Bar and sheet Storage

Multipurpose rack Overall dimensions: 1015mm deep x 1080mm wide x 1220mm high Distance between uprights: 305mm with formed sheet steel base Height from base to central support beam: 575mm Pre-drilled for floor fixing (bolts not supplied) Finish: Blue epoxy Weight: 53kgs

HOUR DESPATCH

135

Bar and sheet Storage STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Wall Panels / Bin Containers info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

136

135 Stacking bar cradles

Wall panels - tool, louvre or combination

Maximum 5 high

Wall panels enable you to keep small parts and tools ready to hand.

Flexible stacking cradles for storage of varying lengths of: bar, tube, flats, angles etc. Load capacity per cradle 1000Kg Fitted with 127mm square pallet feet. Finish: Blue epoxy

Units MUST be sited on solid level ground.

O/A H x D x L mm

Effective W x H mm Wt. Kg

Ref

470 x 790 x 385

610 x 305

SBC1

625 x 790 x 385

610 x 460

SBC2

470 x 1095 x 385

915 x 305

SBC3

625 x 1095 x 385

915 x 460

SBC4

Available with or without bins Fixing holes included (fixings not supplied) All panels 470mm high

Width mm Bin / Hooks

Ref

Tool panel

500

10 hooks

WP01

1000

10 hooks

WP02

1500

10 hooks

WP15

2000

10 hooks

WP20

500

WP03

500

16x No2

1000 16x No2, 6x No3

1500 Combination - louvre / tool Combination - Tilt bin / tool

WP04 WP05

1000

Multi-height Sheet Rack

WP02

Type

Louvre Panel

Wall Panels / Bin Containers

Bar and Sheet Storage

136

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WP06 WP16

1000

10 hooks

WP07

1000

16x no2, 10 hooks

WP08

1000

30 tilt bins, 10 hooks

WP09

WP05

WP07

WP08

WP06

WP09

HOUR DESPATCH

Bin container packs Full-height Sheet Rack Choose your own selection of bins for use with louvre panels Packs of same size bins only

Ref:FHSR

Available in 4 sizes

Size

H x W x L mm

pack

Ref

No 2

70 x 100 x 165

PBP2

No 3

125 x 150 x 240

PBP3

No 4

125 x 200 x 355

PBP4

No 5

175 x 200 x 355

PBP5

Bar and sheet Storage

HOUR DESPATCH

135

Bar and sheet Storage

Wall Panels / Bin Containers STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

136

138

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Bolt adjustable height workbenches

Traditional Square 4-Leg frame design

Style ref ‘BHB’ - Capacity 300kg

Style ref ‘A’ Capacity 300kg

Height adjustable 4 leg bench using a simple bolt system. Stepless height adjustable pillars formed from 2mm sheet steel allowing height adjustment from 650 to 950mm. Finished in light grey epoxy with choice of worktops. Height adjustable from 650mm to 950mm.

Construction Fully welded steel 32 x 32mm legs 50 x 25mm and 25 x 25mm cross members Frame finished in light grey epoxy

40mm

Standard height 840mm

750 & 900mm available at no extra cost Size

Size

W mm

Laminate 48 Vinyl HOUR

MDF

Steel 48 Stainless HOUR

1200

600

A1-LA

A1-V

A1-M

A1-S

750

A2-LA

A2-V

A2-M

A2-S

1500

DESPATCH

A1-SS A2-SS

900

A3-LA

A3-V

A3-M

A3-S

A3-SS

600

A4-LA

A4-V

A4-M

A4-S

A4-SS

L mm

W mm

Laminate

Vinyl

MDF

Steel

Stainless

750

A5-LA

A5-V

A5-M

A5-S

A5-SS

600

BHB1-LA

BHB1-V

BHB1-M

BHB1-S

BHB1-SS

900

A6-LA

A6-V

A6-M

A6-S

A6-SS

1800

750

BHB2-LA

BHB2-V

BHB2-M

BHB2-S

BHB2-SS

600

A7-LA

A7-V

A7-M

A7-S

A7-SS

900

BHB3-LA

BHB3-V

BHB3-M

BHB3-S

BHB3-SS

750

A8-LA

A8-V

A8-M

A8-S

A8-SS

900

A9-LA

A9-V

A9-M

A9-S

A9-SS

600

A1-LSLA

A1-LSV

A1-LSM

750

A2-LSLA

A2-LSV

A2-LSM

600

BHB4-LA

BHB4-V

BHB4-M

BHB4-S

BHB4-SS

750

BHB5-LA

BHB5-V

BHB5-M

BHB5-S

BHB5-SS

900

BHB6-LA

BHB6-V

BHB6-M

BHB6-S

BHB6-SS

600

BHB7-LA

BHB7-V

BHB7-M

BHB7-S

BHB7-SS

750

BHB8-LA

BHB8-V

BHB8-M

BHB8-S

BHB8-SS

900

BHB9-LA

BHB9-V

BHB9-M

BHB9-S

BHB9-SS

1800

Lower Shelf (Extra) 1200

1500

Full range of Accessories (for both benches) available for both above and below bench. See accessories pages 140-142 for details.

Standard Worktops

L mm

1200

1500

Quick and simple bolt fixing for adjustable leg frames

Standard Worktops

Adjustable height Cantilever workbenches Style ref ‘AHB’ - Capacity 300kg Height adjustable 770mm to 1260mm Stepless height adjustable columns with retractable crank handle operating spindles and gears for smooth and precise adjustment from 770mm to 1260mm working height. Manufactured from formed 2mm sheet steel with 50 x 25mm cross members.

456 Medium Duty Workbenches

Height adjustable 4 leg bench using a simple bolt system. Stepless height adjustable 650mm to 950mm 9 standard sizes with choice of 5 standard worktop materials

Adjustable Height Workbenches

137

1800

900

A3-LSLA

A3-LSV

A3-LSM

600

A4-LSLA

A4-LSV

A4-LSM

750

A5-LSLA

A5-LSV

A5-LSM

900

A6-LSLA

A6-LSV

A6-LSM

600

A7-LSLA

A7-LSV

A7-LSM

750

A8-LSLA

A8-LSV

A8-LSM

900

A9-LSLA

A9-LSV

A9-LSM

Cantilever frame design

Bench with full depth lower shelf

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Full range of Accessories (for both benches) available for both above and below bench. See accessories pages 140-142 for details.

Style ref ‘C’ Capacity 300kg Construction 50 x 25mm cross members with formed 1.5mm steel back, side and footrest panels Frame finished in light grey epoxy

Finished in light grey and black epoxy with choice of worktops.

40mm

Standard height 840mm

750 & 900mm available at no extra cost Adjustable columns Size

137

Laminate

Vinyl

MDF

Steel

Stainless

L mm

W mm

Laminate

Vinyl

MDF

1200

600

AHB1-LA

AHB1-V

AHB1-M

AHB1-S

AHB1-SS

1200

600

C1-LA

C1-V

C1-M

750

AHB2-LA

AHB2-V

AHB2-M

AHB2-S

AHB2-SS

750

C2-LA

C2-V

C2-M

900

AHB3-LA

AHB3-V

AHB3-M

AHB3-S

AHB3-SS

900

C3-LA

C3-V

C3-M

600

AHB4-LA

AHB4-V

AHB4-M

AHB4-S

AHB4-SS

600

C4-LA

C4-V

C4-M

750

AHB5-LA

AHB5-V

AHB5-M

AHB5-S

AHB5-SS

750

C5-LA

C5-V

C5-M

900

AHB6-LA

AHB6-V

AHB6-M

AHB6-S

AHB6-SS

900

C6-LA

C6-V

C6-M

600

AHB7-LA

AHB7-V

AHB7-M

AHB7-S

AHB7-SS

600

C7-LA

C7-V

C7-M

1800

1500

1800

750

AHB8-LA

AHB8-V

AHB8-M

AHB8-S

AHB8-SS

750

C8-LA

C8-V

C8-M

900

AHB9-LA

AHB9-V

AHB9-M

AHB9-S

AHB9-SS

900

C9-LA

C9-V

C9-M

Adjustable Height Workbenches STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Standard Worktops

W mm

1500

Crank handle extends for operation and retracts under bench when not required

Size

Standard Worktops

L mm

info@storage-design.co.uk

456 Medium Duty Workbenches www.storage-design.co.uk

138

137

138

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Bolt adjustable height workbenches

Traditional Square 4-Leg frame design

Style ref ‘BHB’ - Capacity 300kg

Style ref ‘A’ Capacity 300kg

Construction Fully welded steel 32 x 32mm legs 50 x 25mm and 25 x 25mm cross members Frame finished in light grey epoxy

40mm

Standard height 840mm

750 & 900mm available at no extra cost Size

Size

W mm

Laminate 48 Vinyl HOUR

MDF

Steel 48 Stainless HOUR

1200

600

A1-LA

A1-V

A1-M

A1-S

750

A2-LA

A2-V

A2-M

A2-S

1500

DESPATCH

A1-SS A2-SS

900

A3-LA

A3-V

A3-M

A3-S

A3-SS

600

A4-LA

A4-V

A4-M

A4-S

A4-SS

L mm

W mm

Laminate

Vinyl

MDF

Steel

Stainless

750

A5-LA

A5-V

A5-M

A5-S

A5-SS

600

BHB1-LA

BHB1-V

BHB1-M

BHB1-S

BHB1-SS

900

A6-LA

A6-V

A6-M

A6-S

A6-SS

1800

750

BHB2-LA

BHB2-V

BHB2-M

BHB2-S

BHB2-SS

600

A7-LA

A7-V

A7-M

A7-S

A7-SS

900

BHB3-LA

BHB3-V

BHB3-M

BHB3-S

BHB3-SS

750

A8-LA

A8-V

A8-M

A8-S

A8-SS

900

A9-LA

A9-V

A9-M

A9-S

A9-SS

600

A1-LSLA

A1-LSV

A1-LSM

750

A2-LSLA

A2-LSV

A2-LSM

600

BHB4-LA

BHB4-V

BHB4-M

BHB4-S

BHB4-SS

750

BHB5-LA

BHB5-V

BHB5-M

BHB5-S

BHB5-SS

900

BHB6-LA

BHB6-V

BHB6-M

BHB6-S

BHB6-SS

600

BHB7-LA

BHB7-V

BHB7-M

BHB7-S

BHB7-SS

750

BHB8-LA

BHB8-V

BHB8-M

BHB8-S

BHB8-SS

900

BHB9-LA

BHB9-V

BHB9-M

BHB9-S

BHB9-SS

1800

Lower Shelf (Extra) 1200

1500

Full range of Accessories (for both benches) available for both above and below bench. See accessories pages 140-142 for details.

Standard Worktops

L mm

1200

1500

Quick and simple bolt fixing for adjustable leg frames

Standard Worktops

456 Medium Duty Workbenches

Adjustable Height Workbenches

Height adjustable 4 leg bench using a simple bolt system. Stepless height adjustable 650mm to 950mm 9 standard sizes with choice of 5 standard worktop materials

1800

900

A3-LSLA

A3-LSV

A3-LSM

600

A4-LSLA

A4-LSV

A4-LSM

750

A5-LSLA

A5-LSV

A5-LSM

900

A6-LSLA

A6-LSV

A6-LSM

600

A7-LSLA

A7-LSV

A7-LSM

750

A8-LSLA

A8-LSV

A8-LSM

900

A9-LSLA

A9-LSV

A9-LSM

Cantilever frame design

Bench with full depth lower shelf

HOUR DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Full range of Accessories (for both benches) available for both above and below bench. See accessories pages 140-142 for details.

Style ref ‘C’ Capacity 300kg Construction 50 x 25mm cross members with formed 1.5mm steel back, side and footrest panels Frame finished in light grey epoxy

Finished in light grey and black epoxy with choice of worktops.

40mm

Standard height 840mm

750 & 900mm available at no extra cost Adjustable columns Size

137

Standard Worktops

W mm

Laminate

Vinyl

MDF

Steel

Stainless

L mm

W mm

Laminate

Vinyl

MDF

1200

600

AHB1-LA

AHB1-V

AHB1-M

AHB1-S

AHB1-SS

1200

600

C1-LA

C1-V

C1-M

750

AHB2-LA

AHB2-V

AHB2-M

AHB2-S

AHB2-SS

750

C2-LA

C2-V

C2-M

900

AHB3-LA

AHB3-V

AHB3-M

AHB3-S

AHB3-SS

900

C3-LA

C3-V

C3-M

600

AHB4-LA

AHB4-V

AHB4-M

AHB4-S

AHB4-SS

600

C4-LA

C4-V

C4-M

750

AHB5-LA

AHB5-V

AHB5-M

AHB5-S

AHB5-SS

750

C5-LA

C5-V

C5-M

900

AHB6-LA

AHB6-V

AHB6-M

AHB6-S

AHB6-SS

900

C6-LA

C6-V

C6-M

600

AHB7-LA

AHB7-V

AHB7-M

AHB7-S

AHB7-SS

600

C7-LA

C7-V

C7-M

1500

Crank handle extends for operation and retracts under bench when not required

Size

Standard Worktops

L mm

1800

1500

1800

750

AHB8-LA

AHB8-V

AHB8-M

AHB8-S

AHB8-SS

750

C8-LA

C8-V

C8-M

900

AHB9-LA

AHB9-V

AHB9-M

AHB9-S

AHB9-SS

900

C9-LA

C9-V

C9-M

Adjustable Height Workbenches

456 Medium Duty Workbenches STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

138

140

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Knock-Down Medium Duty

Workbench Accessories

Style ref ‘L’ Capacity 300kg

Build your ideal bench combination For all 456 workbenches Order individually

Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly

40mm

Standard Worktops

L mm

W mm

Laminate

Vinyl

MDF

1200

600

L1-LA

L1-V

L1-M

750

L2-LA

L2-V

L2-M

900

L3-LA

L3-V

L3-M

600

L4-LA

L4-V

L4-M

750

L5-LA

L5-V

L5-M

900

L6-LA

L6-V

L6-M

600

L7-LA

L7-V

L7-M

750

L8-LA

L8-V

L8-M

900

L9-LA

L9-V

L9-M

600

L1-LS-LA

L1-LS-V

L1-LS-M

750

L2-LS-LA

L2-LS-V

L2-LS-M

900

L3-LS-LA

L3-LS-V

L3-LS-M

600

L4-LS-LA

L4-LS-V

L4-LS-M

750

L5-LS-LA

L5-LS-V

L5-LS-M

900

L6-LS-LA

L6-LS-V

L6-LS-M

600

L7-LS-LA

L7-LS-V

L7-LS-M

750

L8-LS-LA

L8-LS-V

L8-LS-M

900

L9-LS-LA

L9-LS-V

L9-LS-M

1500

1800

Lower Shelf (Extra) 1200

Construction Welded steel leg frames - 32 x 32mm legs Formed steel 50 x 25mm and 25 x 25mm cross members Frame finished in light grey epoxy

1500

1800

1200

1500

1800

TLF4 Top light frame c/w flourescent single tube fitting and diffuser

TLF5

TLF6

Tube length mm:

610

1220

Top steel shelf 290mm deep

TSS4

TSS5

TSS6

RLP6

Louvre panel

RLP4

RLP5

Tool panel

RTP4

RTP5

RTP6

Multipanel Tool / louvre

RMP4

RMP5

RMP6

Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/tool

RMTP4

RMTP5

RMTP6

Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin sockets (not wired)

RSD4

RSD5

RSD6

Short posts

SES

Tall posts

TES

Rear support posts

Rear panel (4 types)

Louvre panel c/w papers clip

Full range of Accessories (for both benches)

Tool panel c/w papers clip

456 Heavy Duty

available for both above and below bench. See accessories pages 140-142 for details.

Style ref ‘DA’ Capacity 450kg

Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)

Heavy duty square welded steel construction with choice of 25, 36 or 50mm thick worktops 25mm worktops - 5 choices (36mm & 50mm worktops available on request) Fully welded steel 50 x 50mm legs 50 x 25mm cross members Size L mm 1200

1500

1800

40mm

139

Standard Worktops W mm

Laminate

Vinyl

MDF

Steel

Colours Bench frames in: Light Grey

for monitor arm see page 142

Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)

Red Lower Shelf Stainless Steel (Extra)

600

DA1-LA

DA1-V

DA1-M DA1-S

DA1-SS

D1-LSS

DA2-LA

DA2-V

DA2-M DA2-S

DA2-SS

D2-LSS

900

DA3-LA

DA3-V

DA3-M DA3-S

DA3-SS

D3-LSS

600

DA4-LA

DA4-V

DA4-M DA4-S

DA4-SS

D4-LSS

750

DA5-LA

DA5-V

DA5-M DA5-S

DA5-SS

D5-LSS

900

DA6-LA

DA6-V

DA6-M DA6-S

DA6-SS

D6-LSS

600

DA7-LA

DA7-V

DA7-M

DA7-SS

D7-LSS

750

DA8-LA

DA8-V

DA8-M DA8-S

DA8-SS

D8-LSS

750 & 900mm available at no extra cost

900

DA9-LA

DA9-V

DA9-M DA9-S

DA9-SS

D9-LSS

Adjustable Height Workbenches info@storage-design.co.uk

for tool clips see page 142

Blue

750

DA7-S

for plastic bin packs see page 136

also available:

Standard height 840mm

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Bench Length mm

Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip

SES - 575mm Above Bench

Size

TES - 1260mm Above Bench

750 & 900mm available at no extra cost

Accessory

Long posts required

Standard height 840mm

Above bench accessories

Short or long posts required

Adjustable Height Workbenches

Simple, strong assembly. Welded leg end frames with bolt-together cross members (All fixings supplied) Ideal for locations with difficult access, and convenient for transportation to alternative locations.

No posts required

Knock-down (KD) benches can be moved, reassembled and added to at any time

456 Accessories

139

Start with a basic bench

Add your choice of under bench accessories range of options available on page 141

Add a rear service duct

Add rear support posts - short if you only want a rear panel - long if you want a top shelf and/or light frame

Add a rear panel (four options)

Add a top steel shelf

Add a top light frame

Please turn over for below bench accessories

456 Accessories www.storage-design.co.uk

140

139 Knock-Down Medium Duty

Workbench Accessories

Style ref ‘L’ Capacity 300kg

Build your ideal bench combination For all 456 workbenches Order individually

40mm

Standard Worktops

L mm

W mm

Laminate

Vinyl

MDF

1200

600

L1-LA

L1-V

L1-M

750

L2-LA

L2-V

L2-M

900

L3-LA

L3-V

L3-M

600

L4-LA

L4-V

L4-M

750

L5-LA

L5-V

L5-M

900

L6-LA

L6-V

L6-M

600

L7-LA

L7-V

L7-M

750

L8-LA

L8-V

L8-M

900

L9-LA

L9-V

L9-M

600

L1-LS-LA

L1-LS-V

L1-LS-M

750

L2-LS-LA

L2-LS-V

L2-LS-M

900

L3-LS-LA

L3-LS-V

L3-LS-M

600

L4-LS-LA

L4-LS-V

L4-LS-M

750

L5-LS-LA

L5-LS-V

L5-LS-M

900

L6-LS-LA

L6-LS-V

L6-LS-M

600

L7-LS-LA

L7-LS-V

L7-LS-M

750

L8-LS-LA

L8-LS-V

L8-LS-M

900

L9-LS-LA

L9-LS-V

L9-LS-M

1500

1800

Lower Shelf (Extra) 1200

Construction Welded steel leg frames - 32 x 32mm legs Formed steel 50 x 25mm and 25 x 25mm cross members Frame finished in light grey epoxy

1500

1800

1200

1500

1800

TLF4 Top light frame c/w flourescent single tube fitting and diffuser

TLF5

TLF6

Tube length mm:

610

1220

Top steel shelf 290mm deep

TSS4

TSS5

TSS6

RLP6

Rear panel 450mm high c/w paper clip

SES - 575mm Above Bench

Size

TES - 1260mm Above Bench

750 & 900mm available at no extra cost

Louvre panel

RLP4

RLP5

Tool panel

RTP4

RTP5

RTP6

Multipanel Tool / louvre

RMP4

RMP5

RMP6

Tiltbin panel Tiltbin/tool

RMTP4

RMTP5

RMTP6

Rear service duct c/w 2x 13 amp twin sockets (not wired)

RSD4

RSD5

RSD6

Short posts

SES

Tall posts

TES

Rear support posts

Rear panel (4 types)

Louvre panel c/w papers clip

Full range of Accessories (for both benches) available for both above and below bench. See accessories pages 140-142 for details.

Tool panel c/w papers clip

456 Heavy Duty Style ref ‘DA’ Capacity 450kg

Multi panel (louvre / clip / tool)

1500

40mm

1800

Standard Worktops W mm

Laminate

Bench Length mm

456 Accessories

Accessory

Supplied separately - for simple on-site assembly

Long posts required

Standard height 840mm

Above bench accessories

Short or long posts required

Adjustable Height Workbenches

No posts required

Knock-down (KD) benches can be moved, reassembled and added to at any time

139

140

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Vinyl

MDF

Steel

Colours Bench frames in: Light Grey

for tool clips see page 142

for monitor arm see page 142

Tiltbin panel (tiltbins / clip / tool)

also available: Blue Red Lower Shelf Stainless Steel (Extra)

600

DA1-LA

DA1-V

DA1-M DA1-S

DA1-SS

D1-LSS

750

DA2-LA

DA2-V

DA2-M DA2-S

DA2-SS

D2-LSS

900

DA3-LA

DA3-V

DA3-M DA3-S

DA3-SS

D3-LSS

600

DA4-LA

DA4-V

DA4-M DA4-S

DA4-SS

D4-LSS

750

DA5-LA

DA5-V

DA5-M DA5-S

DA5-SS

D5-LSS

900

DA6-LA

DA6-V

DA6-M DA6-S

DA6-SS

D6-LSS

600

DA7-LA

DA7-V

DA7-M

DA7-SS

D7-LSS

DA7-S

for plastic bin packs see page 136

Standard height 840mm

750

DA8-LA

DA8-V

DA8-M DA8-S

DA8-SS

D8-LSS

750 & 900mm available at no extra cost

900

DA9-LA

DA9-V

DA9-M DA9-S

DA9-SS

D9-LSS

Start with a basic bench

Add your choice of under bench accessories range of options available on page 141

Add a rear service duct

Add rear support posts - short if you only want a rear panel - long if you want a top shelf and/or light frame

Add a rear panel (four options)

Add a top steel shelf

Add a top light frame

Please turn over for below bench accessories

Adjustable Height Workbenches

456 Accessories STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

140

141

142

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Tool hooks

Supplied fitted - (but are removable)

Range of tool hooks and holders for use with tool panels (tools not included)

Drawers and Cupboards

456 Accessories

Lockable drawer and cupboard units bolt to the underside of the workbench frame, using captive nuts fitted to every frame, so they can be fitted or changed at any time. Cupboards have one fixed steel shelf.

Size

Ref

Single hook

30mm long

CP1-30

60mm long

CP1-60

90mm long

CP1-90

30mm long

CP2-30

60mm long

CP2-60

30mm long

CP3-30

Double hook

Below bench accessory

H x W x D mm

Left fitted Ref

Right fitted Ref

Single drawer

140 x 410 x 430

2 drawer unit

280 x 410 x 430

3 drawer unit

420 x 410 x 430

4 drawer unit

560 x 410 x 430

Small cupboard

420 x 410 x 430

Single drawer + small cpbd

560 x 410 x 430

Large cupboard

560 x 410 x 430

Modesty Panels - For style A benches only 2 ends + rear

Hook description

for 1200mm bench

MP4

2 ends + rear

for 1500mm bench

MP5

2 ends + rear

for 1800mm bench

MP6

Retaining skirt -

For style A, DA, only 100mm high steel, 2 ends and back,

Single angled hook

60mm long

CP3-60

17mm long

CP4-17

20mm long

CP4-20

12mm dia

CP5-12

18mm dia

CP5-18

24mm dia

CP5-24

Pipe holder

30mm dia

CP6-30

50mm dia

CP6-50

Drill bit holder

22 bit capacity

CP7-22

Drill holder

2 hook pack

CP8-02

Spanner holder

8 slot

CP9-08

Can holder

CP10-01

Angle grinder holder

CP11-01

Hammer holder

CP12-01

Pliers holder Spring Clip

Colours All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:

CP4 Pliers hook CP1 Single hook

CP2 Double hook

CP7 Drill bit holder

CP10 Can holder

CP5 Spring clip

456 Accessories

Below bench accessories

CP11 Angle grinder holder

Light Grey epoxy

Drawer fronts and doors available in choice of: Blue Red Dark Grey

Blue supplied if none specified. CP9 Spanner holder

CP8 Drill holder

CP6 Pipe holder

Drawer inserts Polypropylene box inserts used to bring order and organisation to drawer systems. All inserts are 69mm high and are individually removable Colour: opaque DIP-01

DIP-02

DIP-01 18x 55mm x 79mm; 6x 79mm x 109mm DIP-02 30x 55mm x 79mm DIP-03 8x 55mm x 79mm; 2x 79mm x 109mm; 3x 109mm x 157mm; 2x 55mm x 235mm DIP-04 8x 55mm x 79mm; 4x 55mm x 235mm; 2x 79mm x 159mm; 1x 79mm x 109mm

DIP-03

DIP-04

CP12 Hammer holder

CP3 angled hook

CPU Mount

Monitor Arm Fully height adjustable with quick height fixing clasp to rear of post. Extended reach of 500mm from post mounting and can fold completely flush back to the post. Capacity: Up to 19 inch monitors with a weight capacity of 10kgs. Clamp fixing to rear or through work surface. Compatible with both 75mm and 100mm VESA standard monitor mounts. Integrated cable management. Finish: Silver epoxy Ref: CA-M001

Fixed CPU mount for underbench fastening the CPU vertically. Adjustable frame for width: 50 to 275mm. Adjustable frame for height 380 to 580mm. Ref: CA-C001

Cable tidy Can be used either in vertical or horizontal positions. Connecting rings have an uninterrupted tunnel in order to organise your cables. Weighted at one end to stop movement when cables are inserted. Total length: 790mm Ref: CA-T001

141

456 Accessories STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

456 Accessories info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

142

141

142

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Tool hooks

Supplied fitted - (but are removable)

Range of tool hooks and holders for use with tool panels (tools not included)

Drawers and Cupboards

456 Accessories

Size

Ref

Single hook

30mm long

CP1-30

60mm long

CP1-60

90mm long

CP1-90

30mm long

CP2-30

60mm long

CP2-60

30mm long

CP3-30

Double hook

Below bench accessory

H x W x D mm

Left fitted Ref

Right fitted Ref

Single drawer

140 x 410 x 430

2 drawer unit

280 x 410 x 430

3 drawer unit

420 x 410 x 430

4 drawer unit

560 x 410 x 430

Small cupboard

420 x 410 x 430

Single drawer + small cpbd

560 x 410 x 430

Large cupboard

560 x 410 x 430

Modesty Panels - For style A benches only 2 ends + rear

Hook description

for 1200mm bench

MP4

2 ends + rear

for 1500mm bench

MP5

2 ends + rear

for 1800mm bench

MP6

Retaining skirt -

For style A, DA, only 100mm high steel, 2 ends and back,

Single angled hook

60mm long

CP3-60

17mm long

CP4-17

20mm long

CP4-20

12mm dia

CP5-12

18mm dia

CP5-18

24mm dia

CP5-24

Pipe holder

30mm dia

CP6-30

50mm dia

CP6-50

Drill bit holder

22 bit capacity

CP7-22

Drill holder

2 hook pack

CP8-02

Spanner holder

8 slot

CP9-08

Can holder

CP10-01

Angle grinder holder

CP11-01

Hammer holder

CP12-01

Pliers holder Spring Clip

CP4 Pliers hook CP1 Single hook

CP2 Double hook

CP7 Drill bit holder

CP10 Can holder

Colours All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:

CP5 Spring clip

456 Accessories

Below bench accessories

CP11 Angle grinder holder

Light Grey epoxy

Drawer fronts and doors available in choice of: Blue Red Dark Grey

Blue supplied if none specified. CP9 Spanner holder

CP8 Drill holder

CP6 Pipe holder

CP12 Hammer holder

Drawer inserts Polypropylene box inserts used to bring order and organisation to drawer systems. All inserts are 69mm high and are individually removable Colour: opaque DIP-01

DIP-02

DIP-03

CP3 angled hook

CPU Mount

DIP-04

Fixed CPU mount for underbench fastening the CPU vertically. Adjustable frame for width: 50 to 275mm. Adjustable frame for height 380 to 580mm. Ref: CA-C001

141

456 Accessories

456 Accessories STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

142

144

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

456 Complete Workneches

Select from: 3 frame styles options 3 worktops options 3 size options 3 accessory front colours

Easy Order

Heavy Duty - 450kg

One reference for complete popular workbench and accessory combinations, as illustrated. You can specify blue, red or dark grey drawer and cupboard front colours (supplied blue if not specified).

Strong, fully welded, steel construction makes these versatile workbenches suitable for the toughest of applications. Choice of worktops and range of accessories provides the best combination for your requirements.

E3 workbench complete

Size

Height: 840mm (750 and 900mm available on request, at no extra cost) Workbench with tall rear extension posts, top light frame, top shelf, louvre panel, service duct, single drawer, and single drawer and cupboard (Add suffix B, R or DG to select drawer/cupboard front colour blue supplied if not specified)

L mm

W mm

Laminate 48 Vinyl HOUR

MDF

Stainless

Lower shelf steel (extra) Steel 48 HOUR

1200

600

M1-LA

M1-V

M1-M

M1-SS

M1-S

750

M2-LA

M2-V

M2-M

M2-SS

M2-S

L x D mm

Laminate Worktop

Vinyl Worktop

Steel Worktop

Frame: Square 4-leg - “A” (Illustrated - 300kg capacity) 1200 x 750

E3-ALA4

E3-AV4

E3-AST4

1500 x 750

E3-ALA5

E3-AV5

E3-AST5

1800 x 750

E3-ALA6

E3-AV6

1500

1800

Standard Worktops DESPATCH

DESPATCH

HLS1 HLS2

HOUR

900

M3-LA

M3-V

M3-M

M3-SS

M3-S

HLS3

DESPATCH

600

M4-LA

M4-V

M4-M

M4-SS

M4-S

HLS4

ON MARKED PRODUCTS

750

M5-LA

M5-V

M5-M

M5-SS

M5-S

HLS5

900

M6-LA

M6-V

M6-M

M6-SS

M6-S

HLS6

600

M7-LA

M7-V

M7-M

M7-SS

M7-S

HLS7

750

M8-LA

M8-V

M8-M

M8-SS

M8-S

HLS8

900

M9-LA

M9-V

M9-M

M9-SS

M9-S

HLS9

(2mm)

(1.2mm)

E3-AST6

Frame: Cantilever - “C” (300kg capacity) - std worktops 1200 x 750

E3-CLA4

E3-CV4

1500 x 750

E3-CLA5

E3-CV5

1800 x 750

E3-CLA6

E3-CV6

Engineering Workbenches

143

Frame: Heavy Duty - “DA” (450kg capacity) - 25mm tops 1200 x 750

E3-HDLA4

E3-HDV4

E3-HDST4

1500 x 750

E3-HDLA5

E3-HDV5

E3-HDST5

1800 x 750

E3-HDLA6

E3-HDV6

E3-HDST6

Cupboard benches Medium duty workbenches fitted with full length sliding door cupboard. Storage / cupboard benches are based on the square 4-leg medium duty 456 range of workbenches. Full range of sizes and worktops available. Cupboards have single fixed steel shelf.

Fully boxed bench with sliding doors and half depth central shelf Finish: All frames finished in light grey epoxy (colour choice for doors) All stainless steel model - see page 163

Construction: Welded steel square and rectangular section frame (14 and 16swg to BS6323) Worktop specifications Plastic edge lipping is available as an option for laminate or vinyl worktops Size L mm 1200

1500

1800

143

Colours All above bench accessories and cupboard carcass: Light Grey epoxy

Doors available in choice of:

Laminate

Vinyl

Construction Fully welded Heavy Duty: 40 x 40mm steel angle

Blue supplied if none specified.

Worktops Choice of 6: Steel, MDF, Blockboard, Laminate, Vinyl, Stainless Steel

MDF

Finish Dove grey electro-static paint

Red Dark Grey

Stainless

600

RE1-LA

RE1-V

RE1-M

RE1-SS

750

RE2-LA

RE2-V

RE2-M

RE2-SS

900

RE3-LA

RE3-V

RE3-M

RE3-SS

600

RE4-LA

RE4-V

RE4-M

RE4-SS

750

RE5-LA

RE5-V

RE5-M

RE5-SS

900

RE6-LA

RE6-V

RE6-M

RE6-SS

600

RE7-LA

RE7-V

RE7-M

RE7-SS

750

RE8-LA

RE8-V

RE8-M

RE8-SS

900

RE9-LA

RE9-V

RE9-M

RE9-SS

456 Accessories STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

750 & 900mm available at no extra cost

Accessories - Factory fitted. Customise your workbench with cupboards, drawers etc, see next page for details.

Blue

Standard Worktops W mm

40mm

Standard height 840mm

Lower shelf - (extra) Steel, full depth (welded to bracing)

Please turn over for 750kg capacity model

Engineering Workbenches info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

144

143

144

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Easy Order

Heavy Duty - 450kg

One reference for complete popular workbench and accessory combinations, as illustrated. You can specify blue, red or dark grey drawer and cupboard front colours (supplied blue if not specified).

E3 workbench complete

Size

L mm

W mm

Laminate 48 Vinyl HOUR

MDF

Stainless

Lower shelf steel (extra) Steel 48 HOUR

1200

600

M1-LA

M1-V

M1-M

M1-SS

M1-S

750

M2-LA

M2-V

M2-M

M2-SS

M2-S

L x D mm

Laminate Worktop

Vinyl Worktop

Steel Worktop

Frame: Square 4-leg - “A” (Illustrated - 300kg capacity) 1200 x 750

E3-ALA4

E3-AV4

E3-AST4

1500 x 750

E3-ALA5

E3-AV5

E3-AST5

1800 x 750

E3-ALA6

E3-AV6

1500

1800

Standard Worktops DESPATCH

DESPATCH

HLS1 HLS2

HOUR

900

M3-LA

M3-V

M3-M

M3-SS

M3-S

HLS3

DESPATCH

600

M4-LA

M4-V

M4-M

M4-SS

M4-S

HLS4

ON MARKED PRODUCTS

750

M5-LA

M5-V

M5-M

M5-SS

M5-S

HLS5

900

M6-LA

M6-V

M6-M

M6-SS

M6-S

HLS6

600

M7-LA

M7-V

M7-M

M7-SS

M7-S

HLS7

750

M8-LA

M8-V

M8-M

M8-SS

M8-S

HLS8

900

M9-LA

M9-V

M9-M

M9-SS

M9-S

HLS9

(2mm)

(1.2mm)

E3-AST6

Engineering Workbenches

456 Complete Workneches

Select from: 3 frame styles options 3 worktops options 3 size options 3 accessory front colours

Frame: Cantilever - “C” (300kg capacity) - std worktops 1200 x 750

E3-CLA4

E3-CV4

1500 x 750

E3-CLA5

E3-CV5

1800 x 750

E3-CLA6

E3-CV6

Frame: Heavy Duty - “DA” (450kg capacity) - 25mm tops 1200 x 750

E3-HDLA4

E3-HDV4

E3-HDST4

1500 x 750

E3-HDLA5

E3-HDV5

E3-HDST5

1800 x 750

E3-HDLA6

E3-HDV6

E3-HDST6

Fully boxed bench with sliding doors and half depth central shelf Finish: All frames finished in light grey epoxy (colour choice for doors) All stainless steel model - see page 163

1500

1800

143

Colours All above bench accessories and cupboard carcass: Light Grey epoxy

Doors available in choice of:

Laminate

Vinyl

750 & 900mm available at no extra cost

Accessories - Factory fitted. Customise your workbench with cupboards, drawers etc, see next page for details.

Construction Fully welded Heavy Duty: 40 x 40mm steel angle

Blue

Blue supplied if none specified.

Worktops Choice of 6: Steel, MDF, Blockboard, Laminate, Vinyl, Stainless Steel

MDF

Finish Dove grey electro-static paint

Red Dark Grey

Standard Worktops W mm

40mm

Standard height 840mm

Stainless

600

RE1-LA

RE1-V

RE1-M

RE1-SS

750

RE2-LA

RE2-V

RE2-M

RE2-SS

900

RE3-LA

RE3-V

RE3-M

RE3-SS

600

RE4-LA

RE4-V

RE4-M

RE4-SS

750

RE5-LA

RE5-V

RE5-M

RE5-SS

900

RE6-LA

RE6-V

RE6-M

RE6-SS

600

RE7-LA

RE7-V

RE7-M

RE7-SS

750

RE8-LA

RE8-V

RE8-M

RE8-SS

900

RE9-LA

RE9-V

RE9-M

RE9-SS

Lower shelf - (extra) Steel, full depth (welded to bracing)

Please turn over for 750kg capacity model

456 Accessories

Engineering Workbenches STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

144

146

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Extra Heavy Duty - 750kg Construction Fully welded. Extra Heavy Duty: 50 x 50mm steel angle

Size

Engineering Workbenches

Choice of 6 worktops Steel, MDF, Blockboard, Laminate, Vinyl, Stainless Steel

Standard height 840mm

Standard Worktops

L mm

W mm

Laminate 48 Vinyl HOUR

MDF

Stainless

Steel 48 HOUR

1200

600

H1-LA

H1-V

H1-M

H1-SS

H1-S

750

H2-LA

H2-V

H2-M

H2-SS

H2-S

1500

Finish Dove grey electro-static paint

Easy Order

1800

4mm

DESPATCH

HLS1 HLS2

900

H3-LA

H3-V

H3-M

H3-SS

H3-S

HLS3

600

H4-LA

H4-V

H4-M

H4-SS

H4-S

HLS4

750

H5-LA

H5-V

H5-M

H5-SS

H5-S

HLS5

900

H6-LA

H6-V

H6-M

H6-SS

H6-S

HLS6

600

H7-LA

H7-V

H7-M

H7-SS

H7-S

HLS7

750

H8-LA

H8-V

H8-M

H8-SS

H8-S

HLS8

900

H9-LA

H9-V

H9-M

H9-SS

H9-S (3mm)

HLS9 (1.2mm)

750 & 900mm available at no extra cost

The easy order benches shown on this page are supplied complete with the stated accessories. - one simple reference for the complete package

Lower shelf steel (extra)

HOUR

E8 workbench complete

E7 workbench complete

As illustrated: H: 840mm with MDF worktop with 2 cupboards Easy Order Refs:

As illustrated: H: 840mm with MDF worktop, 1 drawer and 1 cupboard Easy Order Refs:

L x D mm

Heavy Duty

Extra Heavy Duty

L x D mm

Heavy Duty

Extra Heavy Duty

1200 x 750

E8M4

E8H4

1200 x 750

E7M4

E7H4

1500 x 750

E8M5

E8H5

1500 x 750

E7M5

E7H5

1800 x 750

E8M6

E8H6

1800 x 750

E7M6

E7H6

DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Easy Order Engineering Workbenches

145

Lower shelf option

Engineering Bench Accessories For both heavy duty and extra heavy duty workbenches. Choose your selection of accessories for engineering benches from this page, add the reference numbers to that of your selected bench. 2 drawer unit

Cupboard

All accessories for engineering benches are factory fitted, so must be ordered with workbench (no retro fit)

Heavy Duty

Extra Heavy Duty

L x D mm

Heavy Duty

Extra Heavy Duty

1200 x 750

E11M4

E11H4

1200 x 750

E9M4

E9H4

Left fitting Ref Right fitting Ref

1500 x 750

E11M5

E11H5

1500 x 750

E9M5

E9H5

140 x 410 x 430

LH-11

RH-11

1800 x 750

E11M6

E11H6

1800 x 750

E9M6

E9H6

2 drawer unit

280 x 410 x 430

LH-13

RH-13

3 drawer unit

420 x 410 x 430

LH-14

RH-14

cupboard

600 x 410 x 430

LH-12

RH-12

Single drawer + cupbâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;d

740 x 410 x 430

LH-15

RH-15

Rear service duct with 2 x 13amp sockets

1200mm

RSD-4

1500mm

RSD-5

1800mm

RSD-6

Retaining skirt

rear only

RS1

Retaining skirt

3 sides

RS3

Vice plate

3 x 230 x 230

Retaining skirt

Engineering Workbenches STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

L x D mm

H x W x L mm

Rear service duct

145

As illustrated: H: 840mm with steel worktop with 3 drawers and 1 cupboard Easy Order Refs:

Single drawer

100mm engineering vice c/w vice plate and bolts

Engineering vice and vice plate

E9 workbench complete

As illustrated: H: 840mm with steel worktop, 3 side retaining skirt, lower shelf, 2 drawer unit and 1 cupboard Easy Order Refs:

Accessory

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Easy order Engineering workbenches

Single drawer + Cupboard

3 drawer unit

E11 workbench complete

Easy Order Engineering Workbenches

146

145

Construction Fully welded. Extra Heavy Duty: 50 x 50mm steel angle

Size

Choice of 6 worktops Steel, MDF, Blockboard, Laminate, Vinyl, Stainless Steel

Standard height 840mm

Standard Worktops

L mm

W mm

Laminate 48 Vinyl HOUR

MDF

Stainless

Steel 48 HOUR

1200

600

H1-LA

H1-V

H1-M

H1-SS

H1-S

750

H2-LA

H2-V

H2-M

H2-SS

H2-S

1500

Finish Dove grey electro-static paint

Easy Order

1800

4mm

DESPATCH

HLS1 HLS2

900

H3-LA

H3-V

H3-M

H3-SS

H3-S

HLS3

600

H4-LA

H4-V

H4-M

H4-SS

H4-S

HLS4

750

H5-LA

H5-V

H5-M

H5-SS

H5-S

HLS5

900

H6-LA

H6-V

H6-M

H6-SS

H6-S

HLS6

600

H7-LA

H7-V

H7-M

H7-SS

H7-S

HLS7

750

H8-LA

H8-V

H8-M

H8-SS

H8-S

HLS8

900

H9-LA

H9-V

H9-M

H9-SS

H9-S (3mm)

HLS9 (1.2mm)

750 & 900mm available at no extra cost

The easy order benches shown on this page are supplied complete with the stated accessories. - one simple reference for the complete package

Lower shelf steel (extra)

HOUR

E8 workbench complete

E7 workbench complete

As illustrated: H: 840mm with MDF worktop with 2 cupboards Easy Order Refs:

As illustrated: H: 840mm with MDF worktop, 1 drawer and 1 cupboard Easy Order Refs:

L x D mm

Heavy Duty

Extra Heavy Duty

L x D mm

Heavy Duty

Extra Heavy Duty

1200 x 750

E8M4

E8H4

1200 x 750

E7M4

E7H4

1500 x 750

E8M5

E8H5

1500 x 750

E7M5

E7H5

1800 x 750

E8M6

E8H6

1800 x 750

E7M6

E7H6

DESPATCH ON MARKED PRODUCTS

Easy Order Engineering Workbenches

Extra Heavy Duty - 750kg

Engineering Workbenches

146

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Lower shelf option

Cupboard

All accessories for engineering benches are factory fitted, so must be ordered with workbench (no retro fit)

Engineering vice and vice plate

145

Retaining skirt

Engineering Workbenches

As illustrated: H: 840mm with steel worktop with 3 drawers and 1 cupboard Easy Order Refs:

L x D mm

Heavy Duty

Extra Heavy Duty

L x D mm

Heavy Duty

Extra Heavy Duty

1200 x 750

E11M4

E11H4

1200 x 750

E9M4

E9H4

H x W x L mm

Left fitting Ref Right fitting Ref

1500 x 750

E11M5

E11H5

1500 x 750

E9M5

E9H5

Single drawer

140 x 410 x 430

LH-11

RH-11

1800 x 750

E11M6

E11H6

1800 x 750

E9M6

E9H6

2 drawer unit

280 x 410 x 430

LH-13

RH-13

3 drawer unit

420 x 410 x 430

LH-14

RH-14

cupboard

600 x 410 x 430

LH-12

RH-12

Single drawer + cupbâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;d

740 x 410 x 430

LH-15

RH-15

Rear service duct with 2 x 13amp sockets

1200mm

RSD-4

1500mm

RSD-5

1800mm

RSD-6

Retaining skirt

rear only

RS1

Retaining skirt

3 sides

RS3

Vice plate

3 x 230 x 230

100mm engineering vice c/w vice plate and bolts

Rear service duct

E9 workbench complete

As illustrated: H: 840mm with steel worktop, 3 side retaining skirt, lower shelf, 2 drawer unit and 1 cupboard Easy Order Refs:

Accessory

Easy order Engineering workbenches

Single drawer + Cupboard

3 drawer unit

E11 workbench complete

Easy Order Engineering Workbenches STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

146

147

148

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Stainless Steel Workbenches

Stainless steel workbenches and tables for clean and hygienic work environments. 1.2mm thick stainless steel (Grade 304) worktop with all edges turned down and corners welded. 75 x 50mm framework, 450kg capacity

All stainless steel cupboard bench, see page 163.

Antistatic workbenches Static control cantilever workstations with conductive or static dissipative worksurfaces. Medium duty (300kg) construction 14 & 16swg to BS6323. Cantilever leg design, fitted with 4 adjustable feet.

Workbenches

Standard working height 840mm (900mm available on request).

c/w earth grounding cord + press stud. Size

Stainless Steel Workbenches - Style ref ‘SS’ Shelf Length Depth 600mm

Depth 750mm

Depth 900mm

1200mm

SS420

SS426

SS430

1500mm

SS520

SS526

SS530

1800mm

SS620

SS626

SS630

D mm

BFB

ALA

1200

600

AS1-BFB

AS1-ALA

750

AS2-BFB

AS2-ALA

900

AS3-BFB

AS3-ALA

600

AS4-BFB

AS4-ALA

750

AS5-BFB

AS5-ALA

900

AS6-BFB

AS6-ALA

600

AS7-BFB

AS7-ALA

750

AS8-BFB

AS8-ALA

900

AS9-BFB

AS9-ALA

1500

Stainless Steel Medium Duty - Style ref ‘ASS’ Capacity 300kg Construction Fully welded 304 grade stainless steel frame 32 x 32mm legs with adjustable feet 50 x 25mm and 25 x 25mm cross members Removable stainless steel worktop

Worktop options:

Worktop

L mm

1800

(BFB) Black fibreboard worksurface Conductive resistance to ground: 1x 10-3 - 1x 10-5 ohms (ALA) Grey laminate worksurface Static dissipative resistance to ground: 1x 10-4 - 9x 10-6 ohms

Accessories - above bench Accessory

Ref

Posts Required

Extension posts (pair) required for the following accessories Short

SES-A

Tall

TES-A

Shelf Length Depth 600mm

Depth 750mm

Depth 900mm

Top light frame with flourescent fitting and diffuser

1200mm

ASS-2

ASS-3

1200

TLF4-A

TES

TLF5-A

TES

TLF6-A

TES

ASS-1

Antistatic Workbenches

Stainless Steel Workbenches

1500mm

ASS-4

ASS-5

ASS-6

1500

1800mm

ASS-7

ASS-8

ASS-9

1800

Top shelf - steel 290mm depth

Easy Order Stainless Workbenches (one ref for complete bench) As illustrated to the left. Height: 840mm Stainless steel top and frame, with single drawer, cupboard and lower shelf.

1200

TSS4-A

TES

1500

TSS5-A

TES

1800

TSS6-A

TES

Top shelf - Dissipative laminate 290mm depth 1200

TDL4-A

TES

1500

TDL5-A

TES

1800

TDL6-A

TES

Rear louvre panel 450mm high Based on bench model style ‘SS’

1200

RLP4-A

SES

Shelf Length Depth 600mm

Depth 750mm

Depth 900mm

1500

RLP5-A

SES

1200mm

SSEO420

SSEO426

SSEO430

1800

RLP6-A

SES

1500mm

SSEO520

SSEO526

SSEO530

Rear service duct 2 x 13amp sockets and insulators

1800mm

SSEO620

SSEO626

SSEO630

1200

RSD4-A

1500

RSD5-A

1800

RSD6-A

Accessories

Colours All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:

Suitable for both SS and ASS style workbenches.

Accessories - below bench

Lower Shelf - Full depth stainless steel lower shelf Shelf Length Depth 600mm

Depth 750mm

Depth 900mm

Accessory H x W x D

Left fitted

Right fitted

1200mm

SSL420

SSL426

SSL430

Single drawer 140 x 410 x 430mm

1500mm

SSL520

SSL526

SSL530

2 drawer unit 280 x 410 x 430mm

Blue

SSL630

3 drawer unit 420 x 410 x 430mm

Red

4 drawer unit 560 x 410 x 430mm

1800mm

147

SSL620

SSL626

Accessory

HxWxD

fitted left

fitted right

Small cupboard 420 x 410 x 430mm

Drawer

140 x 410 x 430

SSDL

SSDR

Single drawer + small cupboard 560 x 410 x 430mm

Cupboard

420 x 410 x 430

SSCL

SSCR

Large cupboard 560 x 410 x 430mm

Stainless Steel Workbenches STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Light Grey epoxy

Drawer fronts and doors available in choice of:

Dark Grey

Blue supplied if none specified.

Please turn over for additional antistatic accessories

Antistatic Workbenches info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

148

147

All stainless steel cupboard bench, see page 163.

Workbenches

Standard working height 840mm (900mm available on request).

c/w earth grounding cord + press stud. Size

Stainless Steel Workbenches - Style ref ‘SS’ Shelf Length Depth 600mm

Depth 750mm

Depth 900mm

1200mm

SS420

SS426

SS430

1500mm

SS520

SS526

SS530

1800mm

SS620

SS626

SS630

D mm

BFB

ALA

1200

600

AS1-BFB

AS1-ALA

750

AS2-BFB

AS2-ALA

900

AS3-BFB

AS3-ALA

600

AS4-BFB

AS4-ALA

750

AS5-BFB

AS5-ALA

900

AS6-BFB

AS6-ALA

600

AS7-BFB

AS7-ALA

750

AS8-BFB

AS8-ALA

900

AS9-BFB

AS9-ALA

1500

Worktop options:

Worktop

L mm

1800

(BFB) Black fibreboard worksurface Conductive resistance to ground: 1x 10-3 - 1x 10-5 ohms (ALA) Grey laminate worksurface Static dissipative resistance to ground: 1x 10-4 - 9x 10-6 ohms

Accessories - above bench Accessory

Ref

Posts Required

Extension posts (pair) required for the following accessories Short

SES-A

Tall

TES-A

Shelf Length Depth 600mm

Depth 750mm

Depth 900mm

Top light frame with flourescent fitting and diffuser

1200mm

ASS-2

ASS-3

1200

TLF4-A

TES

TLF5-A

TES

TLF6-A

TES

ASS-1

Antistatic Workbenches

Stainless Steel Workbenches

148

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

1500mm

ASS-4

ASS-5

ASS-6

1500

1800mm

ASS-7

ASS-8

ASS-9

1800

Top shelf - steel 290mm depth

Easy Order Stainless Workbenches (one ref for complete bench) As illustrated to the left. Height: 840mm Stainless steel top and frame, with single drawer, cupboard and lower shelf.

1200

TSS4-A

TES

1500

TSS5-A

TES

1800

TSS6-A

TES

Top shelf - Dissipative laminate 290mm depth 1200

TDL4-A

TES

1500

TDL5-A

TES

1800

TDL6-A

TES

Rear louvre panel 450mm high Based on bench model style ‘SS’

1200

RLP4-A

SES

Shelf Length Depth 600mm

Depth 750mm

Depth 900mm

1500

RLP5-A

SES

1200mm

SSEO420

SSEO426

SSEO430

1800

RLP6-A

SES

1500mm

SSEO520

SSEO526

SSEO530

Rear service duct 2 x 13amp sockets and insulators

1800mm

SSEO620

SSEO626

SSEO630

1200

RSD4-A

1500

RSD5-A

1800

RSD6-A

Accessories

Colours All above bench accessories and cupboard and drawer carcass:

Suitable for both SS and ASS style workbenches.

Accessories - below bench

Lower Shelf - Full depth stainless steel lower shelf Shelf Length Depth 600mm

Depth 750mm

Depth 900mm

Accessory H x W x D

Left fitted

Right fitted

1200mm

SSL420

SSL426

SSL430

Single drawer 140 x 410 x 430mm

1500mm

SSL520

SSL526

SSL530

2 drawer unit 280 x 410 x 430mm

Blue

SSL630

3 drawer unit 420 x 410 x 430mm

Red

4 drawer unit 560 x 410 x 430mm

1800mm

147

Light Grey epoxy

Drawer fronts and doors available in choice of:

SSL620

SSL626

Accessory

HxWxD

fitted left

fitted right

Small cupboard 420 x 410 x 430mm

Drawer

140 x 410 x 430

SSDL

SSDR

Single drawer + small cupboard 560 x 410 x 430mm

Cupboard

420 x 410 x 430

SSCL

SSCR

Large cupboard 560 x 410 x 430mm

Stainless Steel Workbenches

Dark Grey

Blue supplied if none specified.

Please turn over for additional antistatic accessories

Antistatic Workbenches STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

148

149

150

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Additional antistatic equipment

ADT002

ADT004

Accessory

Ref

General Earth bonding plug

ADT001

Wristband and cord

ADT002

Wriststrap connection point

ADT003

Straight cord

ADT004

Earth lead and plug

ADT005

Heel grounder

ADT006

Timber Workbenches

ADT001

ADT003

Wristband tester

ADT009

Resistivity tester

ADT010

Matting Bench mat with stud 1200 x 600mm

ADT011

Floor mat with stud 1200 x 1500mm

ADT012

Seating (medistat vinyl) Standard conductive chair

ADT024

Ergonomic conductive chair

ADT022

Arms (pair)

ADT023

ADT024

Sign

ADT009

ADT010

Warning sign (rigid plastic)

ADT020

ADT020 ADT005

Square Workbenches - 900mm high Designed for multiple users, working from multiple sides.

Garage Benches - 900mm high Designed for use where space is a premium, ideal for home use.

Size mm

Plywood

Hardwood

Size mm

Plywood

Hardwood

1200x1200

T1212P

T1212H

1000x700

T1070P

T1070H

Timber Workbenches

Testers

ADT022

ADT006

Accessories

Timber Workbenches Timber workbenches are recommended for use in industrial, commercial, schools, educational training centres and home workshops. Robust timber construction. Choice of worktops and accessories. Finish: Clear varnish. Worktops: Plywood: 36mm plywood with hardwood edge. Hardwood: 44mm hardwood. Lower shelf: 18mm MDF (fitted as standard)

Construction: Legs: 85 x 65mm Upper side rails: 144 x 25mm Lower side rails: 88 x 28mm

Accessory

L/H/Side Fitted R/H/Side Fitted

Single Drawer

T1DL

T1DR

4 Drawer

T4DL

T4DR

Drawer/Cupboard

TDCL

TDCR

Cupboard

TCL

TCR

Saw rack - 2 Slots

Tool rack - 5 Slots

(TSR)

(TTR)

Accessory

Ref

100mm High Rear Skirt

TRS1

1200mm Backboard

TPB4

Single Drawer Unit

TPB5

(T1DL/R)

Cupboard Unit

1500mm Backboard 1800mm Backboard

TPB6

Tool Rack - 5 Slots

TTR

Saw Rack - 2 Slots

TSR

Vice - Medium Duty

TMDV

External dimensions (D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 155mm Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 355 x 330 x 100mm

Vice - Heavy Duty

THDV

External dimensions (D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 475mm Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 390 x 375 x 438mm Complete with removable shelf, height: 225mm

(TCL/R)

Standard Workbenches - 840mm high Size mm

Plywood

Hardwood

1200x750

T426P

T426H

1500x750

T526P

T526H

1800x750

T626P

T626H

Medium Duty Vice

Heavy Duty Vice

4 Drawer Unit

Drawer/Cupboard Unit

Jaw dimensions 160 x 70mm Fully extendable 73mm internal

Jaw dimensions 330 x 50mm usable Fully extendable 155mm internal

External dimensions (D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 475mm Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 355 x 330 x 70mm per drawer

External dimensions (D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 475mm Cupboard Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 390 x 375 x 300mm Complete with removable shelf, height: 160mm Drawer Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 355 x 330 x 100mm

(TMDV)

149

Timber Workbenches STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

(THDV)

(T4DL/R)

(TDCL/R)

Timber Workbenches info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

150

149

150

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Additional antistatic equipment

ADT002

ADT004

Accessory

Ref

General Earth bonding plug

ADT001

Wristband and cord

ADT002

Wriststrap connection point

ADT003

Straight cord

ADT004

Earth lead and plug

ADT005

Heel grounder

ADT006

Timber Workbenches

ADT001

ADT003

Wristband tester

ADT009

Resistivity tester

ADT010

Matting Bench mat with stud 1200 x 600mm

ADT011

Floor mat with stud 1200 x 1500mm

ADT012

Seating (medistat vinyl) Standard conductive chair

ADT024

Ergonomic conductive chair

ADT022

Arms (pair)

ADT023

ADT024

Sign

ADT009

ADT010

Warning sign (rigid plastic)

ADT020

ADT020 ADT005

Square Workbenches - 900mm high Designed for multiple users, working from multiple sides.

Garage Benches - 900mm high Designed for use where space is a premium, ideal for home use.

Size mm

Plywood

Hardwood

Size mm

Plywood

Hardwood

1200x1200

T1212P

T1212H

1000x700

T1070P

T1070H

Timber Workbenches

Testers

ADT022

ADT006

Accessories

Construction: Legs: 85 x 65mm Upper side rails: 144 x 25mm Lower side rails: 88 x 28mm

Accessory

L/H/Side Fitted R/H/Side Fitted

Single Drawer

T1DL

T1DR

4 Drawer

T4DL

T4DR

Drawer/Cupboard

TDCL

TDCR

Cupboard

TCL

TCR

Saw rack - 2 Slots

Tool rack - 5 Slots

(TSR)

(TTR)

Accessory

Ref

100mm High Rear Skirt

TRS1

1200mm Backboard

TPB4

Single Drawer Unit

TPB5

(T1DL/R)

Cupboard Unit

1500mm Backboard 1800mm Backboard

TPB6

Tool Rack - 5 Slots

TTR

Saw Rack - 2 Slots

TSR

Vice - Medium Duty

TMDV

External dimensions (D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 155mm Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 355 x 330 x 100mm

Vice - Heavy Duty

THDV

External dimensions (D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 475mm Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 390 x 375 x 438mm Complete with removable shelf, height: 225mm

(TCL/R)

Standard Workbenches - 840mm high Size mm

Plywood

Hardwood

1200x750

T426P

T426H

1500x750

T526P

T526H

1800x750

T626P

T626H

Medium Duty Vice

Heavy Duty Vice

4 Drawer Unit

Drawer/Cupboard Unit

Jaw dimensions 160 x 70mm Fully extendable 73mm internal

Jaw dimensions 330 x 50mm usable Fully extendable 155mm internal

External dimensions (D x W x H): 430 x 410 x 475mm Internal dimensions (D x W x H): 355 x 330 x 70mm per drawer

(TMDV)

149

(THDV)

Timber Workbenches

(T4DL/R)

(TDCL/R)

Timber Workbenches STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

150

151

152

Workdesks

EWD-05O

EWD-06B

Euro Workdesk

Workshop Desks

• Lockable workdesk • Sloping hinged working surface • Wood front edge strip • All steel construction • Safety orange or blue epoxy finish

• Level working surface • Lockable drawer 405 x 410 x 100mm • Cubbyhole • Small rear top shelf • Grey epoxy finish

Workdesk on Freestanding Frame Static white epoxy tubular steel frame H x W x D: 890 x 660 x 465mm Orange Ref: EWD-05O Blue Ref: EWD-05B

Workdesk Wall unit (complete with wall brackets) H x W x D: 380 x 915 x 485mm Ref: WD-02

Workdesk on Mobile Frame Base 4 x 100mm swivel castors with grey non-marking tyres, 2 with brakes. White epoxy tubular steel frame with 2 white epoxy sheet steel shelves H x W x D: 890 x 660 x 465mm Orange Ref: EWD-06O Blue Ref: EWD-06B

Workdesk on Static Frame Base H x W x D: 1270 x 915 x 485mm Ref: WD-03

Workdesk on Cupboard Base Lockable cupboard with 2 shelves Grey cupboard with orange door H x W x D: 890 x 570 x 470mm Orange Ref: EWD-07O Blue Ref: EWD-07B

WD-02

Workdesk on Cupboard Base Full depth lockable cupboard with fixed shelf H x W x D: 1270 x 915 x 485mm Ref: WD-04

WD-03

EWD-07O

WD-04

Foreman’s Desk

Workdesk

Full width lockable drawer Lockable cupboard with 2 adjustable shelves Cupboard and drawer have separate keys All grey, or grey with blue doors and drawer H x W x D: 1270 x 915 x 485mm All grey Ref: FD-01G Grey/blue Ref: FD-01GB

• Sloping working surface • All steel construction • Lockable hinged lid • Wood front edge strip • Grey epoxy finish

WD-08

Easy Order Engineering Workbenches

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Workdesk Wall unit (complete with wall brackets) H x W x D: 205 x 940 x 571mm Ref: WD-08

Workdesk on Static Frame Base H x W x D: 1115 x 940 x 475mm Ref: WD-09

WD-09

151

WD-10

Workdesk on Cupboard Base 305mm depth locable cupboard H x W x D: 1120 x 935 x 465mm Ref: WD-10

Workdesks STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Easy Order Engineering Workbenches info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

152

151

152

Workdesks

EWD-05O

EWD-06B

Euro Workdesk

Workshop Desks

• Lockable workdesk • Sloping hinged working surface • Wood front edge strip • All steel construction • Safety orange or blue epoxy finish

• Level working surface • Lockable drawer 405 x 410 x 100mm • Cubbyhole • Small rear top shelf • Grey epoxy finish

Workdesk on Freestanding Frame Static white epoxy tubular steel frame H x W x D: 890 x 660 x 465mm Orange Ref: EWD-05O Blue Ref: EWD-05B

Workdesk Wall unit (complete with wall brackets) H x W x D: 380 x 915 x 485mm Ref: WD-02

Workdesk on Static Frame Base H x W x D: 1270 x 915 x 485mm Ref: WD-03

Workdesk on Cupboard Base Lockable cupboard with 2 shelves Grey cupboard with orange door H x W x D: 890 x 570 x 470mm Orange Ref: EWD-07O Blue Ref: EWD-07B

WD-02

Workdesk on Cupboard Base Full depth lockable cupboard with fixed shelf H x W x D: 1270 x 915 x 485mm Ref: WD-04

WD-03

EWD-07O

Workdesk

• Sloping working surface • All steel construction • Lockable hinged lid • Wood front edge strip • Grey epoxy finish

WD-08

Workdesk Wall unit (complete with wall brackets) H x W x D: 205 x 940 x 571mm Ref: WD-08

Easy Order Engineering Workbenches

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

WD-04

Foreman’s Desk

Workdesk on Static Frame Base H x W x D: 1115 x 940 x 475mm Ref: WD-09

WD-09

151

WD-10

Workdesk on Cupboard Base 305mm depth locable cupboard H x W x D: 1120 x 935 x 465mm Ref: WD-10

Workdesks

Easy Order Engineering Workbenches STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

152

153

154

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Standard worktops

Euro cabinet system

The ranges illustrated in this catalogue each come with a selection of standard worktop options. The specifications of these standard options are detailed here:

Strong steel storage cabinet system for tough environments. The Euro cabinet system is a versatile range of steel work cabinets which combine to form complete working layouts. Individual cabinets are detailed on the pages 155-158

Ref

Laminate

Worktops

Vinyl

Surface

Colour

Base

Edge

This page shows ‘easy order’ popular combinations as examples. Constructed from 18 and 20swg steel sheet

1.3mm laminate

grey

18mm MDF

wood

LAP 1.3mm laminate

grey

18mm MDF

plastic

2mm vinyl

grey

18mm MDF

wood

2mm vinyl

grey

18mm MDF

plastic

Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys. Drawers on ball bearing runners, 25kg capacity

Blockboard

varnished

natural

18mm blockboard wood

Individual drawers in combination units lockable.

MDF

varnished

natural

18mm MDF

wood

7 & 8 drawer cabinets lockable as unit

Steel

1.5mm steel

natural

18mm MDF

turned down with welded corners

Stainless steel

1.2mm stainless

natural

18mm MDF

turned down with welded corners

Powder coated finish, grey cabinets, blue doors and drawer fronts, other colours on request

Popular Combinations Non-standard worktops For those for whom the standard specification is not suitable, the following alternative options are available: Plastic edging Plastic edge lipping is available in place of wood as an option on standard laminate, lino and vinyl worktops only. If you want plastic edging, you must specify it with your order, otherwise wood edging will be supplied. Anti-static We have a specific anti-static cantilever style series (p148), but black anti-static worktops are available for any bench in this catalogue on request. Price on application.

Euro Combinations

Material

ECO

Ref

Cabinet combination

ECA

EC0903; EC0900; WC10; WP05; WTL10

ECB

EC0900; EC0904; WC02; WC10 WTL15

ECC

EC0901; EC0900; EC0904; 2xWC10; WTB20

ECE

EC2005; EC0903; EC0900; WC10; WP05; WTL10

ECH

EC0900; EC0901; EC0920B; EC0917E; EC0905; EC0904; WTB10; WTB20

ECJ

EC0904; EC0900; EC0901; EC0905; WTL20; WTL10

ECK

EC0905; EC0901; EC0900; WTB20

ECL

EC0900F; 2xEC0901; EC0920B; EC0917E; EC0905 EC0900; EC0904; 2xWTB10; WTB20

ECM

EC0904;EC0920B; EC0905; 2xWTB10

ECN

EC0920L; EC0901; EC0900; WTL10

ECO

EC0903; EC0900; EC0910; EC2005; WC01 2xWC05; WP09; WP04; TSO; WTL20

ECP

EC0920B; EC0904; 2xEC0917E; EC0905; EC0901; EC0906; EC0910; WTB10; WTB15; WTB20

ECP

Thick worktops Some customers prefer thicker worktops than our standard range. These (25mm, 36mm and 50mm) are available on our 456 heavy duty range. Although not normally sought, these thicker worktops are also available, on request, for any range in this catalogue. Prices on application.

Note: These selected combinations shown here can be varied with alternative worktops or individual units to suit your particular needs. See individual cabinet details on the pages 155-158. ECA

Size L mm

D mm

1200

600

1500

1800

Ref

Laminate

Vinyl

MDF

Antistatic*

Steel

WT-1

WTLA-1

WTV-1

WTH-1

WTAS-1

WTS-1

WTSS-1

ECB

ECC

Stainless

750

WT-2

WTLA-2

WTV-2

WTH-2

WTAS-2

WTS-2

WTSS-2

900

WT-3

WTLA-3

WTV-3

WTH-3

WTAS-3

WTS-3

WTSS-3

600

WT-4

WTLA-4

WTV-4

WTH-4

WTAS-4

WTS-4

WTSS-4

750

WT-5

WTLA-5

WTV-5

WTH-5

WTAS-5

WTS-5

WTSS-5

900

WT-6

WTLA-6

WTV-6

WTH-6

WTAS-6

WTS-6

WTSS-6

600

WT-7

WTLA-7

WTV-7

WTH-7

WTAS-7

WTS-7

WTSS-7

750

WT-8

WTLA-8

WTV-8

WTH-8

WTAS-8

WTS-8

WTSS-8

900

WT-9

WTLA-9

WTV-9

WTH-9

WTAS-9

WTS-9

WTSS-9

ECE

ECH

ECJ

ECK

ECL

ECM

ECN

* Antistatic is black fibreboard surface, supplied complete with earth grounding cord and press stud

153

Worktops STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Euro Combinations info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

154

153

154

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Standard worktops

Euro cabinet system

The ranges illustrated in this catalogue each come with a selection of standard worktop options. The specifications of these standard options are detailed here:

Ref

Laminate

Worktops

Vinyl

Surface

Colour

Base

Edge

This page shows ‘easy order’ popular combinations as examples. Constructed from 18 and 20swg steel sheet

1.3mm laminate

grey

18mm MDF

wood

LAP 1.3mm laminate

grey

18mm MDF

plastic

2mm vinyl

grey

18mm MDF

wood

2mm vinyl

grey

18mm MDF

plastic

Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys. Drawers on ball bearing runners, 25kg capacity

Blockboard

varnished

natural

18mm blockboard wood

Individual drawers in combination units lockable.

MDF

varnished

natural

18mm MDF

wood

7 & 8 drawer cabinets lockable as unit

Steel

1.5mm steel

natural

18mm MDF

turned down with welded corners

Stainless steel

1.2mm stainless

natural

18mm MDF

turned down with welded corners

Powder coated finish, grey cabinets, blue doors and drawer fronts, other colours on request

Euro Combinations

Material

ECO

Ref

Cabinet combination

ECA

EC0903; EC0900; WC10; WP05; WTL10

ECB

EC0900; EC0904; WC02; WC10 WTL15

ECC

EC0901; EC0900; EC0904; 2xWC10; WTB20

ECE

EC2005; EC0903; EC0900; WC10; WP05; WTL10

ECH

EC0900; EC0901; EC0920B; EC0917E; EC0905; EC0904; WTB10; WTB20

ECJ

EC0904; EC0900; EC0901; EC0905; WTL20; WTL10

ECK

EC0905; EC0901; EC0900; WTB20

ECL

EC0900F; 2xEC0901; EC0920B; EC0917E; EC0905 EC0900; EC0904; 2xWTB10; WTB20

ECM

EC0904;EC0920B; EC0905; 2xWTB10

ECN

EC0920L; EC0901; EC0900; WTL10

ECO

EC0903; EC0900; EC0910; EC2005; WC01 2xWC05; WP09; WP04; TSO; WTL20

ECP

EC0920B; EC0904; 2xEC0917E; EC0905; EC0901; EC0906; EC0910; WTB10; WTB15; WTB20

ECP

Note: These selected combinations shown here can be varied with alternative worktops or individual units to suit your particular needs. See individual cabinet details on the pages 155-158. ECA

Size L mm

D mm

1200

600

1500

1800

Ref

Laminate

Vinyl

MDF

Antistatic*

Steel

WT-1

WTLA-1

WTV-1

WTH-1

WTAS-1

WTS-1

WTSS-1

ECB

ECC

Stainless

750

WT-2

WTLA-2

WTV-2

WTH-2

WTAS-2

WTS-2

WTSS-2

900

WT-3

WTLA-3

WTV-3

WTH-3

WTAS-3

WTS-3

WTSS-3

600

WT-4

WTLA-4

WTV-4

WTH-4

WTAS-4

WTS-4

WTSS-4

750

WT-5

WTLA-5

WTV-5

WTH-5

WTAS-5

WTS-5

WTSS-5

900

WT-6

WTLA-6

WTV-6

WTH-6

WTAS-6

WTS-6

WTSS-6

600

WT-7

WTLA-7

WTV-7

WTH-7

WTAS-7

WTS-7

WTSS-7

750

WT-8

WTLA-8

WTV-8

WTH-8

WTAS-8

WTS-8

WTSS-8

900

WT-9

WTLA-9

WTV-9

WTH-9

WTAS-9

WTS-9

WTSS-9

ECE

ECH

ECJ

ECK

ECL

ECM

ECN

* Antistatic is black fibreboard surface, supplied complete with earth grounding cord and press stud

153

Worktops

Euro Combinations STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

154

155

156

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Wall Cabinets

Euro 900 Floor Cabinets

Heavy duty wall cupboards manufactured from 1mm steel sheet, with high quality epoxy finish, in a choice of colours. Standard H x D: 600 x 300mm Choice of 4 widths: 400, 500, 800 & 1000mm, 400 and 500mm width units have single lockable door 800 and 1000mm width units have 2 lockable doors 1 fixed shelf in all cabinets

Wall Cupboards

Drawers

Door colour

400mm

500mm

800mm

1000mm

Without drawers

Blue

WC01B

WC02B

WC05B

WC10B

Red

WC01R

WC02R

WC05R

WC10R

Green

WC01G

WC02G

WC05G

WC10G

Grey

WC01GY

WC02GY

WC05GY

WC10GY

Blue

WC03B

WC04B

WC06B

Red

WC03R

WC04R

WC06R

Green

WC03G

WC04G

WC06G

Grey

WC03GY

WC04GY

WC06GY

With drawers

EC0900F W x D: 500 x 500mm Fire resistant cupboard with 1 punched adjustable shelf, 1 removable sump, warning sticker, yellow finish Ref: EC0900F

EC0901 W x D: 500 x 500mm 1 drawer, cupboard with 1 adjustable shelf Ref: EC0901

EC0902 W x D: 500 x 500mm 2 drawers, cupboard with 1 adjustable shelf Ref: EC0902

Euro 900

EC0900 W x D: 500 x 500mm Cupboard with 2 adjustable shelves Ref: EC0900

Available with or without internal drawers (not 1000mm), (400 and 500mm single drawer, 800mm 2 drawers) Cabinets grey epoxy, choice of colours for doors Fixing holes provided (no fixings supplied)

EC0915 W x D: 1000 x 500mm Sliding door cupboard, 2 adjustable shelves Ref: EC0915

EC0903 W x D: 500 x 500mm 8 drawers (ht:85mm) Ref: EC0903

EC0910 W x D: 1000 x 500mm Cupboard, 2 adjustable shelves Ref: EC0910

EC0904 W x D: 1000 x 500mm 2 drawers, cupboard, 1 adjustable shelf Ref: EC0904

EC0905 W x D: 1000 x 500mm 7 drawers (ht: 2x 140, 5x 85mm) Ref: EC0905

EC0906 W x D: 1000 x 500mm 5 adjustable shelves, 39 assorted containers Ref: EC0906

EC0916/17 W x D: 575 x 575mm Corner unit to join runs at right angles, with worktop and 3 single power sockets Laminate worktop. Ref: EC0916 with rear upstand. Ref: EC0917

Worktop - Depth 500mm Laminate (without rear upstand) W: 500mm Ref: WTL05 W: 1000mm Ref: WTL10 W: 1500mm Ref: WTL15 W: 2000mm Ref: WTL20 Laminate with rear upstand W: 500mm Ref: WTB05 W: 1000mm Ref: WTB10 W: 1500mm Ref: WTB15 W: 2000mm Ref: WTB20

Euro 900 floor cabinet system 900mm high - ‘working height’ storage cabinet system. Range of cabinets constructed from 18 and 20swg steel sheet Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys. Drawers on ball bearing runners, 25kg capacity Individual drawers in combination units lockable. 7 & 8 drawer cabinets lockable as unit Powder coated finish, grey cabinets, blue doors and drawer fronts, other colours on request

Euro cabinets can be combined to form comprehensive work / storage layouts. See previous page for ‘easy order’ example layouts Euro 900 - single - H x D x W: 900 x 500 x 500mm

For individual product details, see next page.

EC0920 W x D: 1000 x 500mm Workbench with 1 drawer, 1 shelf, adjustable feet and choice of worktops (worktop height to match 900mm high Euro unit with worktop Laminate worktop. Ref: EC0920L Worktop with rear upstand. Ref: EC0920B

Euro 900 - double - H x D x W: 900 x 500 x 1000mm

155

Wall Cupboards STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Euro 900 info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

156

155

156

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Wall Cabinets

Euro 900 Floor Cabinets

Wall Cupboards

Drawers

Door colour

400mm

500mm

800mm

1000mm

Without drawers

Blue

WC01B

WC02B

WC05B

WC10B

Red

WC01R

WC02R

WC05R

WC10R

Green

WC01G

WC02G

WC05G

WC10G

Grey

WC01GY

WC02GY

WC05GY

WC10GY

Blue

WC03B

WC04B

WC06B

Red

WC03R

WC04R

WC06R

Green

WC03G

WC04G

WC06G

Grey

WC03GY

WC04GY

WC06GY

With drawers

EC0900F W x D: 500 x 500mm Fire resistant cupboard with 1 punched adjustable shelf, 1 removable sump, warning sticker, yellow finish Ref: EC0900F

EC0901 W x D: 500 x 500mm 1 drawer, cupboard with 1 adjustable shelf Ref: EC0901

EC0902 W x D: 500 x 500mm 2 drawers, cupboard with 1 adjustable shelf Ref: EC0902

Euro 900

EC0900 W x D: 500 x 500mm Cupboard with 2 adjustable shelves Ref: EC0900

Available with or without internal drawers (not 1000mm), (400 and 500mm single drawer, 800mm 2 drawers) Cabinets grey epoxy, choice of colours for doors Fixing holes provided (no fixings supplied)

EC0915 W x D: 1000 x 500mm Sliding door cupboard, 2 adjustable shelves Ref: EC0915

EC0903 W x D: 500 x 500mm 8 drawers (ht:85mm) Ref: EC0903

EC0910 W x D: 1000 x 500mm Cupboard, 2 adjustable shelves Ref: EC0910

EC0904 W x D: 1000 x 500mm 2 drawers, cupboard, 1 adjustable shelf Ref: EC0904

EC0905 W x D: 1000 x 500mm 7 drawers (ht: 2x 140, 5x 85mm) Ref: EC0905

EC0906 W x D: 1000 x 500mm 5 adjustable shelves, 39 assorted containers Ref: EC0906

EC0916/17 W x D: 575 x 575mm Corner unit to join runs at right angles, with worktop and 3 single power sockets Laminate worktop. Ref: EC0916 with rear upstand. Ref: EC0917

Euro cabinets can be combined to form comprehensive work / storage layouts. See previous page for ‘easy order’ example layouts Euro 900 - single - H x D x W: 900 x 500 x 500mm

Euro 900 - double - H x D x W: 900 x 500 x 1000mm

155

For individual product details, see next page.

Wall Cupboards

Euro 900 STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

156

157

158

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Tall Cabinet System - 1500, 1800, 2000mm

Euro Tall - Easy Order

A flexible range of tough steel cabinets 3 heights - 2 widths - hinged or sliding doors - with a range of accessories to create just the storage solution you need.

Note: Only items listed are included, not photographic props

A selection of cabinet and extras combinations that provide single reference ordering.

Quarter rear louvre panel (option)

Euro Tall Cabinets

Tool panel reinforced door (louvre panel doors option) Tool clips (option) Leverlock handle with 2 rod locking top and bottom, 2 keys Drawer unit (option) Full width robust doors for maximum aperture Adjustable shelves - 50mm pitch - shelf capacity 45kg Base pre-drilled for floor fixing - recommended (fixings not supplied)

Cabinet with 8 drawers, half tool panel back, 1 shelf, tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips 1800mm high Ref: EC1831 2000mm high Ref: EC2031

Cabinet with 2 drawers (base & 560mm) 1 shelf, half louvre panel back, 24 x No.2 bins, 12 x No.3 bins tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips 1800mm high Ref: EC1832 2000mm high Ref: EC2032

Cabinet with 4 drawers (base, 460, 760 & 860mm), 2 shelves, half tool panel back, tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips 1800mm high Ref: EC1833 2000mm high Ref: EC2033

Cabinet with 4 drawers (from base) 2 shelves, half louvre panel back, 16 x No.2 bins, 18 x No.3 bins tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips 1800mm high Ref: EC1834 2000mm high Ref: EC2034

Cabinet with full louvre panel back, tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips 1800mm high Ref: EC1835 2000mm high Ref: EC2035

Cabinet with full tool panel panel back, tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips 1800mm high Ref: EC1836 2000mm high Ref: EC2036

Euro Tall - Easy Order

Quarter rear tool panel (option)

Easy Order complete cabinet (as illustrated) with: 1 drawer (at 1010mm) 2 adjustable shelves Quarter louvre panel back Quarter tool panel back Tool panel doors with 10 tool hooks 1800mm high Ref: EC1837 2000mm high Ref: EC2037

Optional Extras

Euro tall cabinets

157

Drawer unit Internal W x D: 910 x 410mm Front height: 95mm Available at 50mm pitch (min 100mm between drawers) - please state height when ordering. Max 12 drawers to cabinet Only one drawer to be opened at a time Ref: ECA020

Quarter rear tool panel Please state position height when ordering. Max 4 per cabinet. Ref: ECA022

Sliding door Euro cabinet W x D: 1000 x 500mm

Double door Euro cabinet W x D: 1000 x 500mm

Single door Euro cabinet W x D: 500 x 500mm

Height

Shelves Ref

Height

Shelves Ref

Height

Shelves Ref

1500mm

EC1515

1500mm

EC1510

1500mm

EC1505

1800mm

EC1815

1800mm

EC1810

1800mm

EC1805

2000mm

EC2015

2000mm

EC2010

2000mm

EC2005

Extra shelf

ECA025

1800mm

EC1800

Extra shelf

ECA024

2000mm

EC2000

Adjustable shelf - Capacity 45kg 1000mm wide shelf Ref: ECA025 500mm wide shelf Ref: ECA024

Quarter rear louvre panel Please state position height when ordering. Max 4 per cabinet Ref: ECA023

Tool clips (set of 10) 3 single hooks, 3 double hooks, Louvre panel doors 2 snap-in hooks, Replaces standard tool panel doors (factory fitted) 1 Hammer hook, 1 pliers hook Accepts size 2 & 3 bins (For additional hooks (see page 136 for see page 142) container bin packs) Ref: ECA009 Ref: ECA021

Euro Tall Cabinets STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Euro Tall - Easy Order info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

158

157

158

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Tall Cabinet System - 1500, 1800, 2000mm

Euro Tall - Easy Order

A flexible range of tough steel cabinets 3 heights - 2 widths - hinged or sliding doors - with a range of accessories to create just the storage solution you need.

Note: Only items listed are included, not photographic props

A selection of cabinet and extras combinations that provide single reference ordering.

Quarter rear louvre panel (option)

Euro Tall Cabinets

Cabinet with 8 drawers, half tool panel back, 1 shelf, tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips 1800mm high Ref: EC1831 2000mm high Ref: EC2031

Cabinet with 4 drawers (base, 460, 760 & 860mm), 2 shelves, half tool panel back, tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips 1800mm high Ref: EC1833 2000mm high Ref: EC2033

Cabinet with 4 drawers (from base) 2 shelves, half louvre panel back, 16 x No.2 bins, 18 x No.3 bins tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips 1800mm high Ref: EC1834 2000mm high Ref: EC2034

Cabinet with full louvre panel back, tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips 1800mm high Ref: EC1835 2000mm high Ref: EC2035

Cabinet with full tool panel panel back, tool panel doors and 1 pack of assorted tool clips 1800mm high Ref: EC1836 2000mm high Ref: EC2036

Euro Tall - Easy Order

Quarter rear tool panel (option)

Optional Extras

Euro tall cabinets

157

Quarter rear tool panel Please state position height when ordering. Max 4 per cabinet. Ref: ECA022

Sliding door Euro cabinet W x D: 1000 x 500mm

Double door Euro cabinet W x D: 1000 x 500mm

Single door Euro cabinet W x D: 500 x 500mm

Height

Shelves Ref

Height

Shelves Ref

Height

Shelves Ref

1500mm

EC1515

1500mm

EC1510

1500mm

EC1505

1800mm

EC1815

1800mm

EC1810

1800mm

EC1805

2000mm

EC2015

2000mm

EC2010

2000mm

EC2005

Extra shelf

ECA025

1800mm

EC1800

Extra shelf

ECA024

2000mm

EC2000

Adjustable shelf - Capacity 45kg 1000mm wide shelf Ref: ECA025 500mm wide shelf Ref: ECA024

Quarter rear louvre panel Please state position height when ordering. Max 4 per cabinet Ref: ECA023

Euro Tall Cabinets

Euro Tall - Easy Order STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

158

160

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Bin Cabinets - Louvre support

Mobile drawer cabinets

Robust, heavy duty steel cupboards with plastic bin combinations with louvre or shelf bin support systems.

Fully welded mobile drawer cabinets, mounted on 4 swivel 125mm castors (2 braked) with blue resilex wheels and roller bearings. Drawers on roller bearing runners with 25kg capacity Drawer sizes internal W x D: 425 x 450mmm Drawer heights: 90mm and 185mm All drawers ready equipped to accept adjustable small parts divider storage system (dividers optional extra - see below) Drawers lockable as a unit, 2 keys provided Fitted with 3 sided lipped tool tray top with cushioned matting (laminate top available as optional extra - see below) Finish: Grey epoxy body (BS00A05)), Blue epoxy drawers (BS18E53) Other colours available on request

Heavy duty steel cupboard with full louvre back to accept plastic storage bins. H x W x D: 2000 x 1000 x 500mm Lockable doors (2 keys) Finish: epoxy grey cabinet, blue doors

Bin Cabinets

Empty cupboard to accept your own bins, or choice of units complete with bins

Empty unit Cupboard with Louvre back (no bins) Ref: BCL01

O/A H x W x D mm

78 bin unit Cupboard with 42 x No 2 bins; 20 No 3 bins; 16 No 4 bins Ref: BCL78

54 bin unit Cupboard with 30 x No 3 bins; 24 No 4 bins Ref: BCL54

60 bin unit Cupboard with 60 x No 3 bins Ref: BCL60

126 bin unit Cupboard with 126 x No 2 bins Ref: BCL126

Bin Cabinets - Shelf support Cupboard with steel adjustable shelves (25mm pitch) to accept your own bins, or choice of units complete with bins.

Empty unit Cupboard with shelves (no bins) Shelves Ref: 4 Shelves BCS04 8 Shelves BCS08 10 Shelves BCS10 12 Shelves BCS12 Extra shelf BCSES

Cabinet W x D mm

600 Series

Drawers

MDC601

MDC602

800 Series

Ref

90 mm

185 mm

780 x 500 x 615

500 x 500

MDC601

780 x 500 x 615

500 x 500

MDC602

980 x 500 x 615

500 x 500

MDC801

980 x 500 x 615

500 x 500

MDC802

Mobile maintenance cabinets

MDC801

Fully welded mobile drawer cabinets, mounted on 2 fixed, 2 braked swivel 125mm castors with blue resilex wheels and roller bearings. Drawers on roller bearing runners with 25kg capacity Drawer sizes internal W x D: 425 x 450mmm Drawer heights: 90mm and 185mm All drawers ready equipped to accept adjustable small parts divider storage system (dividers optional extra - see below) Drawers lockable as a unit, 2 keys provided Cupboard door fitted with recessed handle with integral lock with 2 rods locking top and bottom, tool panel and 1 adjustable shelf. Fitted with 3 sided lipped tool tray top with cushioned matting (laminate top available as optional extra - see below) Finish: Grey epoxy body (BS00A05), Blue epoxy drawers (BS18E53) Other colours available on request O/A H x W x D mm

Cabinet W x D mm

Drawers

Ref

90 mm

185 mm

980 x 1120 x 500

1000 x 500

MDC811

980 x 1120 x 500

1000 x 500

MDC812

Mobile Drawer Cabinets

159

MDC802

Mobile Maintenance Trolleys

MDC811

Optional extras

48 bin unit Cupboard with 11 shelves and 48 No 4 bins Ref: BCS48

159

72 bin unit Cupboard with 11 shelves; 72 No 3 bins Ref: BCS72

72 bin unit Cupboard with 12 shelves; 24 x No 2; 24 No 3 bins; 24 No 4 bins Ref: BCS72C

60 bin unit Cupboard with 9 shelves; 24 x No 2; 24 No 3 bins; 12 No 4 bins; 4 drawer unit Ref: BCS60

Bin Cabinets STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

18mm Laminate top with plasic edging (replaces lipped tray) Drawer trolley top Ref: LWT01 Maintenance trolley top Ref: LWT02

Drawer divider pack complete with 2 vertical and 9 horizontal dividers for 90mm deep Ref: DDP01 for 185mm deep Ref: DDP02

MDC812

Mobile Drawer Cabinets info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

160

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Bin Cabinets - Louvre support

Mobile drawer cabinets

Robust, heavy duty steel cupboards with plastic bin combinations with louvre or shelf bin support systems.

Heavy duty steel cupboard with full louvre back to accept plastic storage bins. H x W x D: 2000 x 1000 x 500mm Lockable doors (2 keys) Finish: epoxy grey cabinet, blue doors

Bin Cabinets

Empty cupboard to accept your own bins, or choice of units complete with bins

Empty unit Cupboard with Louvre back (no bins) Ref: BCL01

O/A H x W x D mm

78 bin unit Cupboard with 42 x No 2 bins; 20 No 3 bins; 16 No 4 bins Ref: BCL78

54 bin unit Cupboard with 30 x No 3 bins; 24 No 4 bins Ref: BCL54

60 bin unit Cupboard with 60 x No 3 bins Ref: BCL60

126 bin unit Cupboard with 126 x No 2 bins Ref: BCL126

Bin Cabinets - Shelf support Cupboard with steel adjustable shelves (25mm pitch) to accept your own bins, or choice of units complete with bins.

Empty unit Cupboard with shelves (no bins) Shelves Ref: 4 Shelves BCS04 8 Shelves BCS08 10 Shelves BCS10 12 Shelves BCS12 Extra shelf BCSES

Cabinet W x D mm

600 Series

Drawers

MDC601

MDC602

800 Series

Ref

90 mm

185 mm

780 x 500 x 615

500 x 500

MDC601

780 x 500 x 615

500 x 500

MDC602

980 x 500 x 615

500 x 500

MDC801

980 x 500 x 615

500 x 500

MDC802

Mobile maintenance cabinets

MDC801

Mobile Drawer Cabinets

159

MDC802

Mobile Maintenance Trolleys

MDC811

O/A H x W x D mm

Cabinet W x D mm

Ref

90 mm

185 mm

980 x 1120 x 500

1000 x 500

MDC811

980 x 1120 x 500

1000 x 500

MDC812

Optional extras

48 bin unit Cupboard with 11 shelves and 48 No 4 bins Ref: BCS48

159

72 bin unit Cupboard with 11 shelves; 72 No 3 bins Ref: BCS72

72 bin unit Cupboard with 12 shelves; 24 x No 2; 24 No 3 bins; 24 No 4 bins Ref: BCS72C

60 bin unit Cupboard with 9 shelves; 24 x No 2; 24 No 3 bins; 12 No 4 bins; 4 drawer unit Ref: BCS60

18mm Laminate top with plasic edging (replaces lipped tray) Drawer trolley top Ref: LWT01 Maintenance trolley top Ref: LWT02

Drawer divider pack complete with 2 vertical and 9 horizontal dividers for 90mm deep Ref: DDP01 for 185mm deep Ref: DDP02

Bin Cabinets

MDC812

Mobile Drawer Cabinets STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

160

162

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED First Aid Cabinets

Polycarbonate Door Cabinets

First Aid Cabintets / PPE Cabinets

Storage cabinets for First Aid supplies and equipment • Instantly recognisable • Clear identification labelling • Clean, durable white powder coated finish Wall-fixing Cabinets Strong welded 20swg steel construction Fixed shelf and internal drawer tray(s) Lock with 2 keys Cabinets pre-drilled for fixing (fixings not included) Powder coated finish Identification labelling Floor-standing Cabinets Strong welded 20swg steel construction. Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys. Powder coated finish Identification labelling H x W x D mm

Shelves

Drawer Trays Ref

Floor Cabinet

915 x 457 x 457

FAC10

915 x 915 x 457

FAC60

1220 x 915 x 457

FAC65

1830 x 915 x 457

FAC70

600 x 400 x 300

FAWC3

600 x 500 x 300

FAWC4

600 x 800 x 300

FAWC6

Extra shelf

First Aid Cabinets - White BS00E55

Strong welded construction with polycarbonate door panels for enclosed visibility whilst maintaining security. Wall-fixing Cabinets Strong welded 20swg steel construction Fixed shelf Lock with 2 keys Cabinets pre-drilled for wall fixing (fixings not included) Powder coated finish Body: Grey (BS00A05) Doors: Blue, grey, green, yellow or red (Blue supplied if not specified)

H x W x D mm

Wall Cabinet

Polycarbonate / Mesh Door Cabinets

161

457 x 457

ES1

915 x 457

ES2

Floor-standing Cabinets Strong welded 20swg steel construction. Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys. Powder coated finish Body: Grey (BS00A05) Doors / shelves: Blue, grey, green, yellow or red (Blue supplied if not specified)

Type

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Ref

Floor Cabinet

915 x 457 x 457

CBP11

915 x 915 x 457

CBP60

1220 x 915 x 457

CBP65

1830 x 915 x 457

CBP70

Wall Cabinet

600 x 1000 x 300

WCP10

Extra shelf

457 x 457

ES1

915 x 457

ES2

Mesh Door Cabinets PPE Cabinets Strong welded construction with mesh door panels for visibility and ventilation whilst maintaining security.

Storage cabinets for Personal Protective equipment.

Strong welded 20swg steel construction Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch Leverlock handles with 2 rod locking top and bottom, 2 keys Powder coated finish Body: Grey (BS00A05) Doors / shelves: Blue, grey, green, yellow or red (Blue supplied if not specified)

Designed and manufactured to meet the requirements of The Personal Protective Equipment at Work Regulations 1994 PPE Cabinets Strong welded 20swg steel construction. Shelves adjustable to 25mm pitch Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys. Powder coated finish Identification labelling PPE Cabinets Cabinet Grey BS00A05 Doors BS18E53

Cabinet

Cabinets

161

Extra Shelves

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Ref

H x W x D mm

Shelves

915 x 457 x 457

PPE10

457 x 457

ES1

915 x 915 x 457

PPE60

915 x 457

ES2

1220 x 915 x 457

PPE65

1830 x 915 x 457

PPE70

1830 x 915 x 457

PPE71

info@storage-design.co.uk

Shelves

Ref

915 x 457 x 457

CBM11

H x W x D mm

Shelves

915 x 915 x 457

CBM60

457 x 457

ES1

1220 x 915 x 457

CBM65

915 x 457

ES2

1830 x 457 x 457

CBM29

1830 x 915 x 457

CBM70

1830 x 915 x 457

CBM71

457 x 457

ES1

915 x 457

ES2

*CBM71 complete with centre divider, 3 adjustable shelves and hanging rail.

CBM71

CBM65

*PPE71 complete with centre divider, 3 adjustable shelves and hanging rail.

First Aid Cabintets / PPE Cabinets STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Extra shelf

Extra Shelves

H x W x D mm

Polycarbonate / Mesh Door Cabinets www.storage-design.co.uk

162

161

162

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED First Aid Cabinets

First Aid Cabintets / PPE Cabinets

Shelves

Drawer Trays Ref

Floor Cabinet

915 x 457 x 457

FAC10

915 x 915 x 457

FAC60

1220 x 915 x 457

FAC65

1830 x 915 x 457

FAC70

600 x 400 x 300

FAWC3

600 x 500 x 300

FAWC4

600 x 800 x 300

FAWC6

Extra shelf

First Aid Cabinets - White BS00E55

H x W x D mm

Wall Cabinet

Polycarbonate / Mesh Door Cabinets

Polycarbonate Door Cabinets

457 x 457

ES1

915 x 457

ES2

Type

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Ref

Floor Cabinet

915 x 457 x 457

CBP11

915 x 915 x 457

CBP60

1220 x 915 x 457

CBP65

1830 x 915 x 457

CBP70

Wall Cabinet

600 x 1000 x 300

WCP10

Extra shelf

457 x 457

ES1

915 x 457

ES2

Mesh Door Cabinets PPE Cabinets Strong welded construction with mesh door panels for visibility and ventilation whilst maintaining security.

Storage cabinets for Personal Protective equipment.

Cabinet

Cabinets

161

Extra Shelves

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Ref

H x W x D mm

Shelves

915 x 457 x 457

PPE10

457 x 457

ES1

915 x 915 x 457

PPE60

915 x 457

ES2

1220 x 915 x 457

PPE65

1830 x 915 x 457

PPE70

1830 x 915 x 457

PPE71

Extra shelf

Extra Shelves

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Ref

915 x 457 x 457

CBM11

H x W x D mm

Shelves

915 x 915 x 457

CBM60

457 x 457

ES1

1220 x 915 x 457

CBM65

915 x 457

ES2

1830 x 457 x 457

CBM29

1830 x 915 x 457

CBM70

1830 x 915 x 457

CBM71

457 x 457

ES1

915 x 457

ES2

*CBM71 complete with centre divider, 3 adjustable shelves and hanging rail.

CBM71

CBM65

*PPE71 complete with centre divider, 3 adjustable shelves and hanging rail.

First Aid Cabintets / PPE Cabinets

Polycarbonate / Mesh Door Cabinets STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

162

164

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED CB Cupboards

Stainless steel cabinets

Imperial size storage cupboards.

A range of stainless steel cabinets manufactured from 304 grade stainless. Ideal for clean and hygenic work environments.

Range of steel cabinets constructed to imperial sizes, designed to combine with existing imperial size cabinets. Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys. Powder coated finish in grey as standard, blue doors on request

Stainless Steel CB Cupboards are supplied complete with adjsutable shelves, leverlock handle with 2 rods locking top and bottom and 2 keys.

Size H x W x D

(Imperial)

Shelves

Ref

915 x 915 x 457mm

(36” x 36” x 18”)

2 adjustable shelves

CB 60

1220 x 915 x 457mm

(48” x 36” x 18”)

2 adjustable shelves

CB 65

1830 x 915 x 457mm

(72” x 36” x 18”)

3 adjustable shelves

CB 70

1830 x 915 x 305mm

(72” x 36” x 12”)

3 adjustable shelves

CB 80

Cabinet

Extra Shelf

Size (H x W x D) mm

Shelves

Ref

915 x 457 x 457

CB11SS

915 x 915 x 457

CB60SS

1220 x 915 x 457

CB65SS

1830 x 915 x 457

CB70SS

457 x 457

ES1SS

915 x 457

ES2SS

Stainless Steel Cabinets

CB Cupboards / S/Steel Cupboard Bench

163

Extra Shelves Size

(Imperial)

Ref

457 x 457mm

(18” x 18”)

ES1

915 x 457mm

(36” x 18”)

ES2

915 x 305mm

(36” x 12”)

ES4

Stainless Steel Cupboard Bench

All stainless steel construction, 1.2mm stainless steel top with edges turned up to form lip (standard), or down for flush top (option -please specify) with welded corners. Fully boxed with sliding doors with lock and fixed half depth shelf Height 840mm

Size L x D mm

(Imperial)

1200 x 750

SSCB4

1500 x 750

SSCB5

1800 x 750

SSCB6

Stainless Steel Hazardous FB Cabinets are supplied complete with punched adjsutable shelf trays, removable sump, leverlock handle with 2 rods locking top and bottom and 2 keys.

Cabinet

Extra Shelf

Size (H x W x D) mm

Shelves

Sump Cap. Ltrs Ref

915 x 457 x 457

14.5

FB10SS

915 x 915 x 457

FB20SS

1220 x 915 x 457

FB25SS

1830 x 915 x 457

FB30SS

457 x 457

ES1SS

915 x 457

ES2SS

Punched Shelf Trays Removable sump contains spillages and permits convenient removal.

163

CB Cupboards / S/Steel Cupboard Bench STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

Stainless steel cabinets www.storage-design.co.uk

164

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED CB Cupboards

Stainless steel cabinets

Imperial size storage cupboards.

A range of stainless steel cabinets manufactured from 304 grade stainless. Ideal for clean and hygenic work environments.

Stainless Steel CB Cupboards are supplied complete with adjsutable shelves, leverlock handle with 2 rods locking top and bottom and 2 keys.

Size H x W x D

(Imperial)

Shelves

Ref

915 x 915 x 457mm

(36” x 36” x 18”)

2 adjustable shelves

CB 60

1220 x 915 x 457mm

(48” x 36” x 18”)

2 adjustable shelves

CB 65

1830 x 915 x 457mm

(72” x 36” x 18”)

3 adjustable shelves

CB 70

1830 x 915 x 305mm

(72” x 36” x 12”)

3 adjustable shelves

CB 80

Cabinet

Extra Shelf

Size (H x W x D) mm

Shelves

Ref

915 x 457 x 457

CB11SS

915 x 915 x 457

CB60SS

1220 x 915 x 457

CB65SS

1830 x 915 x 457

CB70SS

457 x 457

ES1SS

915 x 457

ES2SS

Stainless Steel Cabinets

CB Cupboards / S/Steel Cupboard Bench

163

Extra Shelves Size

(Imperial)

Ref

457 x 457mm

(18” x 18”)

ES1

915 x 457mm

(36” x 18”)

ES2

915 x 305mm

(36” x 12”)

ES4

Stainless Steel Cupboard Bench

Size L x D mm

(Imperial)

1200 x 750

SSCB4

1500 x 750

SSCB5

1800 x 750

SSCB6

Stainless Steel Hazardous FB Cabinets are supplied complete with punched adjsutable shelf trays, removable sump, leverlock handle with 2 rods locking top and bottom and 2 keys.

Cabinet

Extra Shelf

Size (H x W x D) mm

Shelves

Sump Cap. Ltrs Ref

915 x 457 x 457

14.5

FB10SS

915 x 915 x 457

FB20SS

1220 x 915 x 457

FB25SS

1830 x 915 x 457

FB30SS

457 x 457

ES1SS

915 x 457

ES2SS

Punched Shelf Trays Removable sump contains spillages and permits convenient removal.

163

CB Cupboards / S/Steel Cupboard Bench

Stainless steel cabinets STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

164

166

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Hazardous cabinets

Item

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Sump Cap. Ltrs

Flammable Yellow

Flammable D. Grey

Coshh L. Grey

Acid White

Pesticide/chemical Red

Green

Cabinet

457 x 457 x 457

14.5

FB2

FB2G

CFB2

AFB2

PFB2

PFB2G

610 x 457 x 457

14.5

FB4

FB4G

CFB4

AFB4

PFB4

PFB4G

712 x 355 x 305

4.0

FB5

FB5G

CFB5

AFB5

PFB5

PFB5G

915 x 457 x 457

14.5

FB10

FB10G

CFB10

AFB10

PFB10

PFB10G

712 x 915 x 457

27.0

FB15

FB15G

CFB15

AFB15

PFB15

PFB15G

915 x 915 x 457

27.0

FB20

FB20G

CFB20

AFB20

PFB20

PFB20G

900 x 1200 x 500

42.5

FB22

FB22G

CFB22

AFB22

PFB22

PFB22G

1220 x 915 x 457

27.0

FB25

FB25G

CFB25

AFB25

PFB25

PFB25G

1525 x 915 x 457

27.0

FB26

FB26G

CFB26

AFB26

PFB26

PFB26G

1830 x 457 x 457

14.5

FB29

FB29G

CFB29

AFB29

PFB29

PFB29G

1830 x 915 x 457

27.0

FB30

FB30G

CFB30

AFB30

PFB30

PFB30G

1800 x 1200 x 500

42.5

FB40

FB40G

CFB40

AFB40

PFB40

PFB40G

457 x 457

ES1

915 x 457

ES2

1200 x 500

ES5

460 x 355 x 305

SS10

SS10G

CSS10

ASS10

PSS10

PSS10G

460 x 915 x 457

SS11

SS11G

CSS11

ASS11

PSS11

PSS11G

Storage cabinets for hazardous materials.

Hazardous Cabinets

Strong welded 20swg steel construction. Lever lock handles with 2 rods locking top and bottom, 2 keys. Pesticide/chemical cabinets have door vents to prevent fume build-up Adjustable punched trays to contain spills and allow them to drain into removable sump Removable sump for convenient removal of spills Powder coated finish Warning stickers

Extra shelf

Stand

Stands 460mm high stand 355 x 305mm suitable for FB5 915 x 457mm suitable for FB15 and FB20

Reinforced doors

Flamable Liquids Storage All cabinets meet the requirements of the Highly Flamable and Liquefied Petroleum Gases Regulations 1972 (Section 5 Part D), The Health and Safety Executive Guide HS(G)51 1990 and the Factory Inspectorate Certificate of Approval No 1 Parts 3 and 4. The maximum volume of any flamable liquid with a flashpoint below 32Ë&#x161;C that may be stored in a flame resistant cabinet within a workroom is 50 litres (regardless of the total capacity of the storage cabinet).

Hazardous Cabinets

165

Door vents in pesticide/ chemical cabinets prevent build-up of fumes Lever handles and two rod locking and 2 keys Shelf trays have punched drain holes to allow any spillages to drain into base sump Shelf trays are adjustable to a 25mm pitch Removable sump collects any spillages and permits convenient removal.

Flammable Cabinet Yellow BS08E51

165

Flammable Cabinet D. Grey BS632

Acid Cabinet White BS00E55

Pesticide / Chemical Cabinet Red BS04E53 Green RAL6029

Coshh Cabinet L. Grey BS00A05

Hazardous Cabinets STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Flammable Cabinets Yellow BS08E51

Hazardous Cabinets info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

166

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Hazardous cabinets

Item

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Sump Cap. Ltrs

Flammable Yellow

Flammable D. Grey

Coshh L. Grey

Acid White

Pesticide/chemical Red

Green

Cabinet

457 x 457 x 457

14.5

FB2

FB2G

CFB2

AFB2

PFB2

PFB2G

610 x 457 x 457

14.5

FB4

FB4G

CFB4

AFB4

PFB4

PFB4G

712 x 355 x 305

4.0

FB5

FB5G

CFB5

AFB5

PFB5

PFB5G

915 x 457 x 457

14.5

FB10

FB10G

CFB10

AFB10

PFB10

PFB10G

712 x 915 x 457

27.0

FB15

FB15G

CFB15

AFB15

PFB15

PFB15G

915 x 915 x 457

27.0

FB20

FB20G

CFB20

AFB20

PFB20

PFB20G

900 x 1200 x 500

42.5

FB22

FB22G

CFB22

AFB22

PFB22

PFB22G

1220 x 915 x 457

27.0

FB25

FB25G

CFB25

AFB25

PFB25

PFB25G

1525 x 915 x 457

27.0

FB26

FB26G

CFB26

AFB26

PFB26

PFB26G

1830 x 457 x 457

14.5

FB29

FB29G

CFB29

AFB29

PFB29

PFB29G

1830 x 915 x 457

27.0

FB30

FB30G

CFB30

AFB30

PFB30

PFB30G

1800 x 1200 x 500

42.5

FB40

FB40G

CFB40

AFB40

PFB40

PFB40G

457 x 457

ES1

915 x 457

ES2

1200 x 500

ES5

460 x 355 x 305

SS10

SS10G

CSS10

ASS10

PSS10

PSS10G

460 x 915 x 457

SS11

SS11G

CSS11

ASS11

PSS11

PSS11G

Storage cabinets for hazardous materials.

Hazardous Cabinets

Extra shelf

Stand

Stands 460mm high stand 355 x 305mm suitable for FB5 915 x 457mm suitable for FB15 and FB20

Reinforced doors

Hazardous Cabinets

165

Flammable Cabinet Yellow BS08E51

165

Flammable Cabinet D. Grey BS632

Acid Cabinet White BS00E55

Pesticide / Chemical Cabinet Red BS04E53 Green RAL6029

Coshh Cabinet L. Grey BS00A05

Flammable Cabinets Yellow BS08E51

Hazardous Cabinets

Hazardous Cabinets STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

166

167

168

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Hazardous bins

Floor Standing Cigarette Disposal Bins

Flat top or sloping top bins Strong 14swg steel construction Hinged lid with restraining arm, hasp and staple Welded seams Drain plug Powder coated finish Colour choice: red, yellow, grey, white Warning stickers

Finish - options - all bins All bins are available in a choice of stainless steel for long-lasting weather protection, or powder coated steel with option of two tone grey or black finish please specify when ordering.

Stand mounted cigarette bins

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Flat top bin

500 x 600 x 350

FTB01

600 x 600 x 600

FTB02

600 x 1200 x 600

FTB03

900/500 x 900 x 750

STB04

Sloping top bin

Liner

900/500 x 1200 x 750 Oily rag bin

Ref

STB05

680 x 410 x 410

ORB01

830 x 600 x 450

ORB02

680 x 410 x 410

Yes

ORB03

830 x 600 x 450

Yes

ORB04

Wall Mounted Cigarette Disposal Bins

167

Stand mounted cigarette bin + litter bin Cigarette bin H x W x L: 445 x 245 x 70mm Litter bin H x L x W: 500 x 300 x 200mm O/a height:1400mm Powder coated steel Ref: CD007 Stainless steel Ref: CD008 Litter bin separate H x L x W: 500 x 300 x 200mm Powder coated steel Ref: CD009 Stainless steel Ref: CD010

Floor standing cigarette bins Floor standing cigarette bin D x W: 200 x 200mm Flat top detail

Pyramid top - H: 800mm Powder coated steel Stainless steel

Ref: CD011 Ref: CD012

Stainless steel liner - fitted as standard Internal removable, long-lasting, zintec steel liner, collects the cigarettes and provides for easy removal for emptying.

Flat top - H: 690mm Powder coated steel Stainless steel

Ref: CD013 Ref: CD014

Hooded top - H: 850mm Powder coated steel Stainless steel

Ref: CD015 Ref: CD016

Ref: CD001 Ref: CD002

Large 445 x 245 x 70mm Powder coated steel Stainless steel

Ref: CD003 Ref: CD004

Hazardous Bins STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Cigarette bin H x L x W: 445 x 245 x 70mm O/a height:1400mm Powder coated steel Ref: CD005 Stainless steel Ref: CD006

Stainless steel or powder coated steel Range of stylish options - will look good and provide for convenient and efficient cigarette disposal

Wall mounted cigarette bin Small 370 x 200 x 70mm Powder coated steel Stainless steel

Cigarette Bins

Hazardous Bins

Oily rag bins Strong 16swg steel construction Hinged lid with tubular lift handle Available with or without removable steel liner Powder coated finish red

Stand mounted cigarette bin Stand base drilled for floor fixing (fixings not supplied)

Floor standing combined cigarette bin / litter bin H x D x W: 1130 x 340 x 340mm Pyramid top Powder coated steel Ref: CD017 Stainless steel Ref: CD018

Butt catcher box Makes emptying cigarette bins convenient and quick H x L x W: 270 x 230 x 110mm Hinged lid and carry handle Powder coated steel. Ref: CD019

Cigarette Bins info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

168

167 Hazardous bins

Floor Standing Cigarette Disposal Bins

Stand mounted cigarette bins

H x W x D mm

Shelves

Flat top bin

500 x 600 x 350

Liner

FTB01

600 x 600 x 600

FTB02

600 x 1200 x 600

FTB03

900/500 x 900 x 750

STB04

900/500 x 1200 x 750 Oily rag bin

Ref

STB05

680 x 410 x 410

ORB01

830 x 600 x 450

ORB02

680 x 410 x 410

Yes

ORB03

830 x 600 x 450

Yes

ORB04

Wall Mounted Cigarette Disposal Bins

Stand mounted cigarette bin Stand base drilled for floor fixing (fixings not supplied) Cigarette bin H x L x W: 445 x 245 x 70mm O/a height:1400mm Powder coated steel Ref: CD005 Stainless steel Ref: CD006 Stand mounted cigarette bin + litter bin Cigarette bin H x W x L: 445 x 245 x 70mm Litter bin H x L x W: 500 x 300 x 200mm O/a height:1400mm Powder coated steel Ref: CD007 Stainless steel Ref: CD008 Litter bin separate H x L x W: 500 x 300 x 200mm Powder coated steel Ref: CD009 Stainless steel Ref: CD010

Floor standing cigarette bins Floor standing cigarette bin D x W: 200 x 200mm Flat top detail

Stainless steel or powder coated steel Range of stylish options - will look good and provide for convenient and efficient cigarette disposal

Pyramid top - H: 800mm Powder coated steel Stainless steel

Ref: CD011 Ref: CD012

Stainless steel liner - fitted as standard Internal removable, long-lasting, zintec steel liner, collects the cigarettes and provides for easy removal for emptying.

Flat top - H: 690mm Powder coated steel Stainless steel

Ref: CD013 Ref: CD014

Hooded top - H: 850mm Powder coated steel Stainless steel

Ref: CD015 Ref: CD016

Wall mounted cigarette bin Small 370 x 200 x 70mm Powder coated steel Stainless steel

Ref: CD001 Ref: CD002

Large 445 x 245 x 70mm Powder coated steel Stainless steel

Ref: CD003 Ref: CD004

Cigarette Bins

Hazardous Bins

Oily rag bins Strong 16swg steel construction Hinged lid with tubular lift handle Available with or without removable steel liner Powder coated finish red

Sloping top bin

167

168

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Floor standing combined cigarette bin / litter bin H x D x W: 1130 x 340 x 340mm Pyramid top Powder coated steel Ref: CD017 Stainless steel Ref: CD018

Butt catcher box Makes emptying cigarette bins convenient and quick H x L x W: 270 x 230 x 110mm Hinged lid and carry handle Powder coated steel. Ref: CD019

Hazardous Bins

Cigarette Bins STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

168

169

170

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Steel Bin Cabinets

All units supplied complete and fully assembled ready for immediate use.

Full range of 72 models see next page.

Bin sizes Widths:

Heights:

Depths Cabinet: Internal: Shelf:

148mm (6 bins across) 222mm (4 bins across) 296mm (3 bins across) 445mm (2 bins across) 900mm (1 bin across)

Bin capacity 10kg 12.5kg 15kg 20kg 30kg

Shelf capacity 60kg 50kg 45kg 40kg 30kg

148mm (12 bins down) 220mm (8 bins down) 293mm (6 bins down) 440mm (4 bins down)

377, 427, 532mm 305, 355, 460mm 253, 304, 409mm

169

â&#x20AC;&#x153;Fâ&#x20AC;? Flush shelves supplied unless other specified

1820mm high 24 bins 937mm high 12 bins

Bin size w x h: 148 x 148mm

Bin size w x h: 222 x 148mm

Bin size w x h: 296 x 148mm

Bin size w x h: 445 x 148mm

Depth mm Ref: 1820mm high units

305

SBC601

305

SBC604

305

SBC607

305

SBC610

355

SBC602

355

SBC605

355

SBC608

355

SBC611

460

SBC603

460

SBC606

460

SBC609

460

SBC612

Depth mm Ref: 937mm high units

305

SBC301

305

SBC304

305

SBC307

305

SBC310

355

SBC302

355

SBC305

355

SBC308

355

SBC311

460

SBC303

460

SBC306

460

SBC309

460

SBC312

1820mm high 48 bins 937mm high 24 bins

1820mm high 32 bins 937mm high 16 bins

1820mm high 24 bins 937mm high 12 bins

1820mm high 16 bins 937mm high 8 bins

Bin size w x h: 148 x 220mm

Bin size w x h: 222 x 220mm

Bin size w x h: 296 x 220mm

Bin size w x h: 445 x 220mm

Depth mm Ref: 1820mm high units

305

SBC613

305

SBC616

305

SBC619

305

SBC622

355

SBC614

355

SBC617

355

SBC620

355

SBC623

460

SBC615

460

SBC618

460

SBC621

460

SBC624

Depth mm Ref: 937mm high units

305

SBC313

305

SBC316

305

SBC319

305

SBC322

355

SBC314

355

SBC317

355

SBC320

355

SBC323

460

SBC315

460

SBC318

460

SBC321

460

SBC324

1820mm high 36 bins 937mm high 18 bins

1820mm high 8 bins 937mm high 4 bins

1820mm high 18 bins 937mm high 9 bins

1820mm high 12 bins 937mm high 6 bins

Bin size w x h: 148 x 293mm

Bin size w x h: 445 x 440mm

Bin size w x h: 296 x 293mm

Bin size w x h: 445 x 293mm

Depth mm Ref: 1820mm high units

305

SBC625

305

SBC646

305

SBC631

305

SBC634

355

SBC626

355

SBC647

355

SBC632

355

SBC635

Red

460

SBC627

460

SBC648

460

SBC633

460

SBC636

Blue

Depth mm Ref: 937mm high units

Green

305

SBC325

305

SBC346

305

SBC331

305

SBC334

355

SBC326

355

SBC347

355

SBC332

355

SBC335

460

SBC327

460

SBC348

460

SBC333

460

SBC336

Steel Bin Cabinets STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

1820mm high 36 bins 937mm high 18 bins

Depth mm Ref: 1820mm high units

Colour Options:

Lipped L

Cabinet width All cabinets: 942mm

Grey (as standard)

Dished D

1820mm high 48 bins 937mm high 24 bins

Cabinet heights Full height: 1820mm Half height: 937mm

Finish Powder coated finish in a choice of colours:

Shelf Profiles

Flush

Doors Doors are available as an option for all units Twin steel doors, lock and 2 keys Height Ref 1820mm SBC6D 937mm SBC3D

1820mm high 72 bins 937mm high 36 bins

Steel Bin Cabinets

Steel Bin Cabinets info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

170

169

170

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Steel Bin Cabinets

All units supplied complete and fully assembled ready for immediate use.

Full range of 72 models see next page.

Bin sizes Widths:

Heights:

Depths Cabinet: Internal: Shelf:

148mm (6 bins across) 222mm (4 bins across) 296mm (3 bins across) 445mm (2 bins across) 900mm (1 bin across)

Bin capacity 10kg 12.5kg 15kg 20kg 30kg

148mm (12 bins down) 220mm (8 bins down) 293mm (6 bins down) 440mm (4 bins down)

377, 427, 532mm 305, 355, 460mm 253, 304, 409mm

169

Cabinet width All cabinets: 942mm

â&#x20AC;&#x153;Fâ&#x20AC;? Flush shelves supplied unless other specified

1820mm high 36 bins 937mm high 18 bins

1820mm high 24 bins 937mm high 12 bins

Bin size w x h: 148 x 148mm

Bin size w x h: 222 x 148mm

Bin size w x h: 296 x 148mm

Bin size w x h: 445 x 148mm

Depth mm Ref: 1820mm high units

305

SBC601

305

SBC604

305

SBC607

305

SBC610

355

SBC602

355

SBC605

355

SBC608

355

SBC611

460

SBC603

460

SBC606

460

SBC609

460

SBC612

Depth mm Ref: 937mm high units

305

SBC301

305

SBC304

305

SBC307

305

SBC310

355

SBC302

355

SBC305

355

SBC308

355

SBC311

460

SBC303

460

SBC306

460

SBC309

460

SBC312

1820mm high 48 bins 937mm high 24 bins

1820mm high 32 bins 937mm high 16 bins

1820mm high 24 bins 937mm high 12 bins

1820mm high 16 bins 937mm high 8 bins

Bin size w x h: 148 x 220mm

Bin size w x h: 222 x 220mm

Bin size w x h: 296 x 220mm

Bin size w x h: 445 x 220mm

Depth mm Ref: 1820mm high units

305

SBC613

305

SBC616

305

SBC619

305

SBC622

355

SBC614

355

SBC617

355

SBC620

355

SBC623

460

SBC615

460

SBC618

460

SBC621

460

SBC624

Depth mm Ref: 937mm high units

305

SBC313

305

SBC316

305

SBC319

305

SBC322

355

SBC314

355

SBC317

355

SBC320

355

SBC323

460

SBC315

460

SBC318

460

SBC321

460

SBC324

1820mm high 36 bins 937mm high 18 bins

1820mm high 8 bins 937mm high 4 bins

1820mm high 18 bins 937mm high 9 bins

1820mm high 12 bins 937mm high 6 bins

Bin size w x h: 148 x 293mm

Bin size w x h: 445 x 440mm

Bin size w x h: 296 x 293mm

Bin size w x h: 445 x 293mm

Depth mm Ref: 1820mm high units

305

SBC625

305

SBC646

305

SBC631

305

SBC634

355

SBC626

355

SBC647

355

SBC632

355

SBC635

Red

460

SBC627

460

SBC648

460

SBC633

460

SBC636

Blue

Depth mm Ref: 937mm high units

Green

305

SBC325

305

SBC346

305

SBC331

305

SBC334

355

SBC326

355

SBC347

355

SBC332

355

SBC335

460

SBC327

460

SBC348

460

SBC333

460

SBC336

Colour Options:

1820mm high 48 bins 937mm high 24 bins

Cabinet heights Full height: 1820mm Half height: 937mm

Grey (as standard)

Dished D

Lipped L

Doors Doors are available as an option for all units Twin steel doors, lock and 2 keys Height Ref 1820mm SBC6D 937mm SBC3D

Finish Powder coated finish in a choice of colours:

Shelf Profiles

Flush

Shelf capacity 60kg 50kg 45kg 40kg 30kg

1820mm high 72 bins 937mm high 36 bins

Steel Bin Cabinets

Steel Bin Cabinets STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

170

171

172

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED System ‘B’ Drawer Cabinets

Ref: DCB10

Ref: DCB04

Complete with self adhesive label holder. Available with or without lockable doors. Drawers slide on angle runners. 6 drawer sizes (H x W): 140 x 414mm 140 x 273mm 93 x 273mm 93 x 133mm 57 x 133mm 57 x 98 mm Individual drawer locks available as extra

93mm high x 273mm wide

60 drawers 57mm high x 133mm wide

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

178

DCB01

178

DCB07

178

DCB13

278

DCB02

278

DCB08

278

DCB14

378

DCB03

378

DCB09

378

DCB15

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

178

DCB01D

178

DCB07D

178

DCB13D

278

DCB02D

278

DCB08D

278

DCB14D

378

DCB03D

378

DCB09D

378

DCB15D

15 drawers

42 drawers

140mm high x 273mm wide

93mm high x 133mm wide

info@storage-design.co.uk

Steel drawer cabinets

Steel Bin Cabinets

www.storage-design.co.uk

80 drawers 57mm high x 98mm wide

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

178

DCB04

178

DCB10

178

DCB16

278

DCB05

278

DCB11

278

DCB17

378

DCB06

378

DCB12

378

DCB18

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

178

DCB04D

178

DCB10D

178

DCB16D

278

DCB05D

278

DCB11D

278

DCB17D

378

DCB06D

378

DCB12D

378

DCB18D

Sloping tops 135mm high D mm Ref: 270 DCB19 370 DCB20 470 DCB21

Finish: powder coated Cabinets: grey Drawers in choice of: grey, red, blue or green (grey supplied if not specified)

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

21 drawers

140mm high x 414mm wide

Ref: DCB09 with extras: floor stand, double doors, lockable drawers and sloping top

Steel construction throughout. Standard cabinet H x W: 940 x 920mm 3 depths: 270, 370 and 470mm (external) 178, 278 and 378mm (internal)

171

10 drawers

Steel Bin Cabinets

High density small parts storage system with optional locks and doors for security

Floor Stands 150mm high D mm Ref: 270 DCB22 370 DCB23 470 DCB24

Drawer lock per drawer Ref: DCB29 Divider positions per drawer Ref: DCB36 Drawer dividers W mm Ref: 98 DCB25 133 DCB26 273 DCB27 414 DCB28 Drawer divider positions and locks must be factory fitted at time of original order.

Worktops 1000mm wide D mm Ref: Varnished 18mm MDF with wood edge lipping 270 DCB30 370 DCB31 470 DCB32 Grey Laminate on 18mm MDF with wood edge lipping 270 DCB33 370 DCB34 470 DCB35

Steel Bin Cabinets

172

171

172

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED System ‘B’ Drawer Cabinets

Ref: DCB10

Ref: DCB04

Steel Bin Cabinets

93mm high x 273mm wide

60 drawers 57mm high x 133mm wide

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

178

DCB01

178

DCB07

178

DCB13

278

DCB02

278

DCB08

278

DCB14

378

DCB03

378

DCB09

378

DCB15

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

178

DCB01D

178

DCB07D

178

DCB13D

278

DCB02D

278

DCB08D

278

DCB14D

378

DCB03D

378

DCB09D

378

DCB15D

15 drawers

42 drawers

140mm high x 273mm wide

93mm high x 133mm wide

80 drawers 57mm high x 98mm wide

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

178

DCB04

178

DCB10

178

DCB16

278

DCB05

278

DCB11

278

DCB17

378

DCB06

378

DCB12

378

DCB18

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

178

DCB04D

178

DCB10D

178

DCB16D

278

DCB05D

278

DCB11D

278

DCB17D

378

DCB06D

378

DCB12D

378

DCB18D

Sloping tops 135mm high D mm Ref: 270 DCB19 370 DCB20 470 DCB21

Steel drawer cabinets

171

21 drawers

140mm high x 414mm wide

Ref: DCB09 with extras: floor stand, double doors, lockable drawers and sloping top

Steel construction throughout. Standard cabinet H x W: 940 x 920mm 3 depths: 270, 370 and 470mm (external) 178, 278 and 378mm (internal)

Finish: powder coated Cabinets: grey Drawers in choice of: grey, red, blue or green (grey supplied if not specified)

10 drawers

Steel Bin Cabinets

High density small parts storage system with optional locks and doors for security

Floor Stands 150mm high D mm Ref: 270 DCB22 370 DCB23 470 DCB24

Worktops 1000mm wide D mm Ref: Varnished 18mm MDF with wood edge lipping 270 DCB30 370 DCB31 470 DCB32 Grey Laminate on 18mm MDF with wood edge lipping 270 DCB33 370 DCB34 470 DCB35

Steel Bin Cabinets STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

172

173

174

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED System ‘D’ Drawer Cabinets

Drawer W x H: 135 x 75mm Drawer D: 285 or 440mm Divider slots at 20mm centres

Drawer W x H: 280 x 75mm Drawer D: 285 or 440mm Divider slots at 20mm centres

30 drawers - 675mm high

Steel construction throughout All cabinets 895mm wide. Cabinet depths: 305 and 460mm Available with or without lockable doors (doors not available for 535mm and 675mm high units)

Steel drawers have rear retaining lip to hold drawer in unit while contents are viewed / accessed.

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

DCD00

305

DCD19

305

DCD25

460

DCD01

460

DCD20

460

DCD26

30 drawers - 1070mm high

20 drawers - 1070mm high

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

305

DCD06

305

DCD21

305

DCD27

460

DCD07

460

DCD22

460

DCD28

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

305

DCD06D

305

DCD21D

305

DCD27D

460

DCD07D

460

DCD22D

460

DCD28D

45 drawers - 1600mm high

28 drawers - 1500mm high

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

305

DCD09

305

DCD23

305

DCD29

460

DCD10

460

DCD24

460

DCD30

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

Without doors

305

DCD09D

305

DCD23D

305

DCD29D

305

DCD33

460

DCD10D

460

DCD24D

460

DCD30D

460

DCD34

Depth mm

With doors

305

DCD33D

460

DCD34D

Steel Bin Cabinets STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Without doors

305

Depth mm

Finish: powder coated - drawers: grey Cabinets in choice of: grey, red, blue, green or yellow (grey supplied if not specified)

173

8 drawers - 535mm high

Depth mm

90 drawers - 1600mm high

32 drawers (combination) 1070mm high W x H 18 drawers: 135 x 75mm 6 drawers: 280 x 75mm 8 drawers: 205 x 180mm

Drawer W x H: 205 x 180mm Drawer D: 285 or 440mm

15 drawers - 535mm high

60 drawers - 1070mm high

Drawer dividers available for further stock separation (not available for 205 x 180mm size drawers)

Steel Bin Cabinets

High density small parts storage system.

Packs of drawers and dividers 135mm wide x 75mm high

Packs of drawers and dividers 280mm wide x 75mm high

Packs of drawers 205mm wide x 180mm high

Steel drawers Pack Dmm 6 285 6 440 Dividers 50

Steel drawers Pack Dmm 3 285 3 440 Dividers 50

Steel drawers Pack Dmm Ref 4 285 DCD31 4 440 DCD32

Ref DCD12 DCD13 DCD15

Ref DCD16 DCD17 DCD18

Steel Bin Cabinets info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

174

173

174

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED System ‘D’ Drawer Cabinets

Drawer W x H: 135 x 75mm Drawer D: 285 or 440mm Divider slots at 20mm centres

Drawer W x H: 280 x 75mm Drawer D: 285 or 440mm Divider slots at 20mm centres

30 drawers - 675mm high

Steel construction throughout All cabinets 895mm wide. Cabinet depths: 305 and 460mm Available with or without lockable doors (doors not available for 535mm and 675mm high units)

Steel drawers have rear retaining lip to hold drawer in unit while contents are viewed / accessed.

Finish: powder coated - drawers: grey Cabinets in choice of: grey, red, blue, green or yellow (grey supplied if not specified)

173

8 drawers - 535mm high

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

305

DCD00

305

DCD19

305

DCD25

460

DCD01

460

DCD20

460

DCD26

30 drawers - 1070mm high

20 drawers - 1070mm high

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

305

DCD06

305

DCD21

305

DCD27

460

DCD07

460

DCD22

460

DCD28

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

305

DCD06D

305

DCD21D

305

DCD27D

460

DCD07D

460

DCD22D

460

DCD28D

90 drawers - 1600mm high

32 drawers (combination) 1070mm high W x H 18 drawers: 135 x 75mm 6 drawers: 280 x 75mm 8 drawers: 205 x 180mm

Drawer W x H: 205 x 180mm Drawer D: 285 or 440mm

15 drawers - 535mm high

60 drawers - 1070mm high

Drawer dividers available for further stock separation (not available for 205 x 180mm size drawers)

Steel Bin Cabinets

High density small parts storage system.

45 drawers - 1600mm high

28 drawers - 1500mm high

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

Depth mm

Without doors

305

DCD09

305

DCD23

305

DCD29

460

DCD10

460

DCD24

460

DCD30

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

With doors

Depth mm

Without doors

305

DCD09D

305

DCD23D

305

DCD29D

305

DCD33

460

DCD10D

460

DCD24D

460

DCD30D

460

DCD34

Depth mm

With doors

305

DCD33D

460

DCD34D

Packs of drawers and dividers 135mm wide x 75mm high

Packs of drawers and dividers 280mm wide x 75mm high

Packs of drawers 205mm wide x 180mm high

Steel drawers Pack Dmm 6 285 6 440 Dividers 50

Steel drawers Pack Dmm 3 285 3 440 Dividers 50

Steel drawers Pack Dmm Ref 4 285 DCD31 4 440 DCD32

Ref DCD12 DCD13 DCD15

Steel Bin Cabinets

Ref DCD16 DCD17 DCD18

Steel Bin Cabinets STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

174

175

176

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Zamba Bolted Shelving

Zamba Twin Slot Shelving

Zamba light Duty Bolted Shelving

Zamba Twin Slot Shelving

Made in the UK, this product is basic but high quality. Legs benefit from rolled, safe edges, as do the front edges of the shelves.

Shelving Units

• 27Kg UDL per level • Strong Bolted steel construction • Made with carbon neutral electricity • Choice of galvanised or black powder coated finish • 4 and 5 tier have 2 piece uprights • Other sizes available

Zamba Medium Duty Bolted Shelving Zamba Supreme, medium duty shelving is a quality shelving system offering 75Kg UDL capacity per level. The system has rolled safety edges and corner braces for stability. Grey powder coated finish (other colours by special order)

Zamba twin slot follows a tradition of making robust wall mounted shelving in the UK. These packs come complete with 2 uprights, 3 shelves, 6 adjustable brackets and 6 spring rod book ends. Standard units are painted white, with black and grey available to order. Special lengths of shelf and upright are also available as are a variety of accessories, including presentation shelves and board fixing clips. Just ask your dealer for Zamba twin slot shelving. Zamba Twinslot Shelving Depth

Width

Height

No. of Shelves

Cap. per level

Ref

170

1000

166kg

TRATS3KIT170

220

1000

150kg

TRATS3KIT220

270

1000

120kg

TRATS3KIT270

320

1000

100kg

TRATS3KIT320

370

1000

100kg

TRATS3KIT370

Twin slot shelving components will take a minimum load of 100Kg per shelf level.

Shelving Units

Shelving for Office Workshop or Home

Medium / Heavy Duty Boltless Frame Units

Zamba Heavy Duty Bolted Shelving Zamba Medway, heavy duty shelving offers 100Kg per level with traditional bracing and uprights. Grey powder coated finish (other colours by special order)

Depth

Width

Height

No. of Shelves

Ref

Light Duty Bolted Shelving Painted 300

700

780

TRAB3BK

300

700

1500

TRAB4BK

300

700

1500

TRAB5BK

Light Duty Bolted Shelving Galvanised 300

700

780

TRAB3GV

300

700

1500

TRAB4GV

300

700

1500

TRAB5GV

Medium Duty Bolted Shelving 310

900

1900

TRAMDBL6

400

900

1900

TRAMDBL5

Heavy Duty Bolted Shelving 500

1000

2000

TRAHDBL55

600

1000

2000

TRAHDBL56

Mighty Shelving Units These easy build units are ideal for offices and stock rooms and come flat packed with two piece legs. They can be built without tools but a rubber mallet can be used when required. Medium duty units use strong 8mm thick high density shelves and heavy duty units use 12mm shelf boards for additional strength.

Medium Duty Bench Unit This low cost bench is suitable for packing and light assembly tasks. The unit is flat packed and can be assembled in minutes with just a few bolts if you wish to use the stability bracing.

Essential Office Lever Arch Unit This powder coated unit is ideal for storage of standard lever arch filing boxes and has deeper beams at the rear to prevent boxes pushing through. A 5 tier unit is assembled from a 2 and a 3 tier unit for flexibility. The units should either be bolted back to back or against a suitable wall.

Medium Duty Packing Bench Depth

Width

Height

No. of Shelves

Cap. per level

Ref

500

1320

938

100kg

TRAMDBU

Medium Duty Frame Unit 5 Tier Pack - Painted Depth

Width

Height

No. of Shelves

Cap. per level

Ref

354

850

1690

80kg

TRAMDFU5

Lever Arch Unit Depth

Width

Height

No. of Shelves

Cap. per level

Ref

305

1065

980

100kg

TRABFU2

305

1065

1020

100kg

TRABFU3

305

1065

2000

100kg

TRABFU5

Boltless Archive Frame Unit 4 Tier Depth

Width

Height

No. of Shelves

Cap. per level

Ref

450

1320

1315

100kg

TRAHDA4

Zamba Light Industrial Shelving

Zamba Light Duty Boltless Shelving Zamba Boltless Shelving This boltless steel shelving is ideal for offices and is assembled with a tap from a rubber mallet to create a stable bay . Video assembly instructions available on line. Shelf capacity 55Kg UDL

Light Duty Boltless Shelving Painted

175

Depth

Width

Height

No. of Shelves

Ref

300

700

760

TRAL3BK

300

700

1400

TRAL4BK

300

700

1500

TRAL5BK

Shelving Units STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

Ideal for stock rooms, office archives and other light duty, industrial applications, this shelving comes in 450 and 600mm deep bays as standard and can be supplied 1.2m, 1.5m and 1.8m long. Specials can be manufactured to order as required. Zamba light industrial is available in grey as standard but can also be supplied in black and white by special order and depending on quantity. Developed from our standard Mighty frame units, this product has new patent applied for features to enable much higher loads to be carried. The product is supplied in component form and is most economical for small to medium sized projects, where light goods such as shoes and clothing are stored away from mechanical handling equipment. The shelving is easy to build and can be assembled with a tap from a rubber mallet to create a stable bay. Always ask for the best price on Zamba Light Industrial Shelving.

Heavy Duty Boltless Frame Unit Depth Width

Height No. of Cap. per Shelves level

Ref

450

950

940

150kg

TRAHDF2

450

950

940

150kg

TRAHDF3

450

950

1880

150kg

TRAHDF5

Shelving Units info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

176

175

176

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Zamba Bolted Shelving

Zamba Twin Slot Shelving

Zamba light Duty Bolted Shelving

Zamba Twin Slot Shelving

Made in the UK, this product is basic but high quality. Legs benefit from rolled, safe edges, as do the front edges of the shelves.

Shelving Units

Width

Height

No. of Shelves

Cap. per level

Ref

170

1000

166kg

TRATS3KIT170

220

1000

150kg

TRATS3KIT220

270

1000

120kg

TRATS3KIT270

320

1000

100kg

TRATS3KIT320

370

1000

100kg

TRATS3KIT370

Twin slot shelving components will take a minimum load of 100Kg per shelf level.

Shelving Units

Shelving for Office Workshop or Home

Medium / Heavy Duty Boltless Frame Units

Zamba Heavy Duty Bolted Shelving Zamba Medway, heavy duty shelving offers 100Kg per level with traditional bracing and uprights. Grey powder coated finish (other colours by special order)

Depth

Width

Height

No. of Shelves

Ref

Light Duty Bolted Shelving Painted 300

700

780

TRAB3BK

300

700

1500

TRAB4BK

300

700

1500

TRAB5BK

Light Duty Bolted Shelving Galvanised 300

700

780

TRAB3GV

300

700

1500

TRAB4GV

300

700

1500

TRAB5GV

Medium Duty Bolted Shelving 310

900

1900

TRAMDBL6

400

900

1900

TRAMDBL5

Heavy Duty Bolted Shelving 500

1000

2000

TRAHDBL55

600

1000

2000

TRAHDBL56

Medium Duty Packing Bench Depth

Width

Height

No. of Shelves

Cap. per level

Ref

500

1320

938

100kg

TRAMDBU

Medium Duty Frame Unit 5 Tier Pack - Painted

Depth

Width

Height

No. of Shelves

Cap. per level

Ref

354

850

1690

80kg

TRAMDFU5

Lever Arch Unit

Depth

Width

Height

No. of Shelves

Cap. per level

Ref

305

1065

980

100kg

TRABFU2

305

1065

1020

100kg

TRABFU3

305

1065

2000

100kg

TRABFU5

Boltless Archive Frame Unit 4 Tier Depth

Width

Height

No. of Shelves

Cap. per level

Ref

450

1320

1315

100kg

TRAHDA4

Zamba Light Industrial Shelving

Light Duty Boltless Shelving Painted

175

Depth

Width

Height

No. of Shelves

Ref

300

700

760

TRAL3BK

300

700

1400

TRAL4BK

300

700

1500

TRAL5BK

Heavy Duty Boltless Frame Unit Depth Width

Height No. of Cap. per Shelves level

Ref

450

950

940

150kg

TRAHDF2

450

950

940

150kg

TRAHDF3

450

950

1880

150kg

TRAHDF5

Shelving Units

Shelving Units STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

176

Special Services

179

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Need something out of the ordinary? Why not use our Specials Service. This catalogue contains many hundreds of products and variations, but no matter how many we offer, there will always be a requirement for something different or special. Our specials service is here to provide solutions to those specific requirements. All you need to do is tell us what you need it to do, or sketch it out. Our design team will work with you to produce the ideal product for your special requirements.

Some examples which started from our Specials Service, and have now become part of our standard ranges. Board Trolley Plus

Sectioned trolley, designed for the transportation of mixed products: flat boards, boxes and tubes etc. Capacity: 540kg UDL Construction: Welded tube framework with flush fitting plywood deck. Overall L x W x H: 1000 x 600 x 1200mm Deck height: 220mm Rail heights from deck: 650 and 980mm Castors: 2 swivel, 2 fixed 160mm steel centred wheels with rubber tyres and roller bearings Finish: Red epoxy Weight: 36kg Trolley Ref: TP37 Brakes: Total stop Ref B237

Maid Service and Cleaning Trolley Designed for hotels and other resedential establishments. Incorporates top tray, 3 shelves and two detachable full length linen bags. Bag support platforms fold away when not in use.

We can help in two ways, either adapt a product, starting with one of our standard products and amend it to your requirements. Or, design from scratch, starting from a blank piece of paper we will come up with a solution to solve your needs. All our special products can be made as a â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;one offâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; or on batch production, just tell us how many you need.

179

Special Services STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

Fully welded construction Top tray L x W x D: 600 x 450 x 60mm Bag H x W x L (approx.) 825 x 410 x 295mm Overall H x W x L: With bags 1220 x 540 x 1370mm Without bags, support folded 1385 x 540 x 700mm Folding bag platforms fitted with revolving buffers with grey non-marking covers. Castors: 4 swivel with 125mm dia wheels, threadguards and grey non-marking tyres. Finish: Light grey epoxy Weight: 38kg Ref: TT40 Replacement bag Ref: MS120

Special Services

179

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED

Some examples which started from our Specials Service, and have now become part of our standard ranges. Board Trolley Plus

179

Special Services STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk

www.storage-design.co.uk

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED Primrose Hill Cowbridge South Wales CF71 7DU Tel: 01446 772614 Fax: 01446 774770 info@storage-design.co.uk www.storage-design.co.uk

2011

Handling Access Storage

2011

STORAGE DESIGN LIMITED TEL:01446 772614

info@storage-design.co.uk